\documentclass[11pt]{book}
\input{html.sty}
\htmladdtonavigation
   {\begin{rawhtml}
 <A HREF="http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/docs/software/fitsio/fitsio.html">FITSIO Home</A>
    \end{rawhtml}}
\oddsidemargin=0.00in
\evensidemargin=0.00in
\textwidth=6.5in
%\topmargin=0.0in
\textheight=8.75in
\parindent=0cm
\parskip=0.2cm
\begin{document}
\pagenumbering{roman}

\begin{titlepage}
\normalsize
\vspace*{4.0cm}
\begin{center}
{\Huge \bf CFITSIO User's Reference Guide}\\
\end{center}
\medskip 
\medskip 
\begin{center}
{\LARGE \bf An Interface to FITS Format Files}\\
\end{center}
\begin{center}
{\LARGE \bf for C Programmers}\\
\end{center}
\medskip
\medskip
\begin{center}
{\Large Version 4.4 \\}
\end{center}
\bigskip
\vskip 2.5cm
\begin{center}
{HEASARC\\
Code 662\\
Goddard Space Flight Center\\
Greenbelt, MD 20771\\
USA}
\end{center}

\vfill
\bigskip
\begin{center}
{\Large Feb 2024\\}
\end{center}
\vfill
\end{titlepage}

\clearpage

\tableofcontents
\chapter{Introduction }
\pagenumbering{arabic}


\section{ A Brief Overview}

CFITSIO is a machine-independent library of routines for reading and
writing data files in the FITS (Flexible Image Transport System) data
format.  It can also read IRAF format image files and raw binary data
arrays by converting them on the fly into a virtual FITS format file.
This library is written in ANSI C and provides a powerful yet simple
interface for accessing FITS files which will run on most commonly used
computers and workstations.  CFITSIO supports all the features
described in the official definition of the FITS format and can
read and write all the currently defined types of extensions, including
ASCII tables (TABLE), Binary tables (BINTABLE) and IMAGE extensions.
The CFITSIO routines insulate the programmer from having to deal with
the complicated formatting details in the FITS file, however, it is
assumed that users have a general knowledge about the structure and
usage of FITS files.

CFITSIO also contains a set of Fortran callable wrapper routines which
allow Fortran programs to call the CFITSIO routines.  See the companion
``FITSIO User's Guide'' for the definition of the Fortran subroutine
calling sequences.  These wrappers replace the older Fortran FITSIO
library which is no longer supported.

The CFITSIO package was initially developed by the HEASARC (High Energy
Astrophysics Science Archive Research Center) at the NASA Goddard Space
Flight Center to convert various existing and newly acquired
astronomical data sets into FITS format and to further analyze data
already in FITS format.  New features continue to be added to CFITSIO
in large part due to contributions of ideas or actual code from
users of the package.  The Integral Science Data Center in Switzerland,
and the XMM/ESTEC project in The Netherlands made especially significant
contributions that resulted in many of the new features that appeared
in v2.0 of CFITSIO.


\section{Sources of FITS Software and Information}

The latest version of the CFITSIO source code,
documentation, and example programs are available on the
Web or via anonymous ftp from:

\begin{verbatim}
        http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/fitsio
        ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/software/fitsio/c
\end{verbatim}

Any questions, bug reports, or suggested enhancements related to the CFITSIO
package should be sent to the FTOOLS Help Desk at the HEASARC:

\begin{verbatim}
        http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/cgi-bin/ftoolshelp
\end{verbatim}

This User's Guide assumes that readers already have a general
understanding of the definition and structure of FITS format files.
Further information about FITS formats is available from the FITS Support
Office at {\tt http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov}.  In particular, the
'FITS Standard' gives the authoritative definition of the FITS data
format.  Other documents available at that Web site
provide additional historical background
and practical advice on using FITS files.

The HEASARC also provides a very sophisticated FITS file analysis
program called `Fv' which can be used to display and edit the contents
of any FITS file as well as construct new FITS files from scratch.
Fv is freely available for
most Unix platforms, Mac PCs, and Windows PCs.
CFITSIO users may also be interested in the FTOOLS package of programs
that can be used to manipulate and analyze FITS format files.
Fv and FTOOLS are available from their respective Web sites at:

\begin{verbatim}
        http://fv.gsfc.nasa.gov
        http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/ftools
\end{verbatim}


\section{Acknowledgments}

The development of the many powerful features in CFITSIO was made
possible through collaborations with many people or organizations from
around the world.  The following in particular have made especially
significant contributions:

Programmers from the Integral Science Data Center, Switzerland (namely,
Jurek Borkowski, Bruce O'Neel, and Don Jennings), designed the concept
for the plug-in I/O drivers that was introduced with CFITSIO 2.0.  The
use of `drivers' greatly simplified  the low-level I/O, which in turn
made other new features in CFITSIO (e.g., support for compressed FITS
files and support for IRAF format image files) much easier to
implement.  Jurek Borkowski wrote the Shared Memory driver, and Bruce
O'Neel wrote the drivers for accessing FITS files over the network
using the FTP, HTTP, and ROOT protocols.  Also, in 2009, Bruce O'Neel
was the key developer of the thread-safe version of CFITSIO.

The ISDC also provided the template parsing routines (written by Jurek
Borkowski) and the hierarchical grouping routines (written by Don
Jennings).  The ISDC DAL (Data Access Layer) routines are layered on
top of CFITSIO and make extensive use of these features.

Giuliano Taffoni and Andrea Barisani, at INAF, University of Trieste,
Italy, implemented the I/O driver routines for accessing FITS files
on the computational grids using the gridftp protocol.

Uwe Lammers (XMM/ESA/ESTEC, The Netherlands) designed the
high-performance lexical parsing algorithm that is used to do
on-the-fly filtering of FITS tables.  This algorithm essentially
pre-compiles the user-supplied selection expression into a form that
can be rapidly evaluated for each row.  Peter Wilson (RSTX, NASA/GSFC)
then wrote the parsing routines used by CFITSIO based on Lammers'
design, combined with other techniques such as the CFITSIO iterator
routine to further enhance the data processing throughput.  This effort
also benefited from a much earlier lexical parsing routine that was
developed by Kent Blackburn (NASA/GSFC). More recently, Craig Markwardt
(NASA/GSFC) implemented additional functions (median, average, stddev)
and other enhancements to the lexical parser.

The CFITSIO iterator function is loosely based on similar ideas
developed for the XMM Data Access Layer.

Peter Wilson (RSTX, NASA/GSFC) wrote the complete set of
Fortran-callable wrappers for all the CFITSIO routines, which in turn
rely on the CFORTRAN macro developed by Burkhard Burow.

The syntax used by CFITSIO for filtering or binning input FITS files is
based on ideas developed for the AXAF Science Center Data Model by
Jonathan McDowell, Antonella Fruscione, Aneta Siemiginowska and Bill
Joye. See http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/docs/journal/axaf7.html for
further description of the AXAF Data Model.

The file decompression code were taken directly from the gzip (GNU zip)
program developed by Jean-loup Gailly and others.

The new compressed image data format (where the image is tiled and
the compressed byte stream from each tile is stored in a binary table)
was implemented in collaboration with Richard White (STScI), Perry
Greenfield (STScI) and Doug Tody (NOAO).

Doug Mink (SAO) provided the routines for converting IRAF format
images into FITS format.

Martin Reinecke (Max Planck Institute, Garching)) provided the modifications to
cfortran.h that are necessary to support 64-bit integer values when calling
C routines from fortran programs.  The cfortran.h macros were originally developed
by Burkhard Burow (CERN).

Julian Taylor (ESO, Garching) provided the fast byte-swapping algorithms
that use the SSE2 and SSSE3 machine instructions available on x86\_64 CPUs.

In addition, many other people have made valuable contributions to the
development of CFITSIO.  These include (with apologies to others that may
have inadvertently been omitted):

Steve Allen, Carl Akerlof, Keith Arnaud, Morten Krabbe Barfoed, Kent
Blackburn, G Bodammer, Romke Bontekoe, Lucio Chiappetti, Keith Costorf,
Robin Corbet, John Davis,  Richard Fink, Ning Gan, Emily Greene, Gretchen
Green, Joe Harrington, Cheng Ho, Phil Hodge, Jim Ingham, Yoshitaka
Ishisaki, Diab Jerius, Mark Levine, Todd Karakaskian, Edward King,
Scott Koch,  Claire Larkin, Rob Managan, Eric Mandel, Richard Mathar,
John Mattox, Carsten Meyer, Emi Miyata, Stefan Mochnacki, Mike Noble,
Oliver Oberdorf, Clive Page, Arvind Parmar, Jeff Pedelty, Tim Pearson,
Philippe Prugniel, Maren Purves, Scott Randall, Chris Rogers, Arnold Rots,
Rob Seaman, Barry Schlesinger, Robin Stebbins, Andrew Szymkowiak, Allyn Tennant,
Peter Teuben, James Theiler, Doug Tody, Shiro Ueno, Steve Walton, Archie
Warnock, Alan Watson, Dan Whipple, Wim Wimmers, Peter Young, Jianjun Xu,
and Nelson Zarate.


\section{Legal Stuff}

Copyright (Unpublished--all rights reserved under the copyright laws of
the United States), U.S. Government as represented by the Administrator
of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration.  No copyright is
claimed in the United States under Title 17, U.S. Code.

Permission to freely use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation without fee is hereby granted, provided that this
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty appears in all copies.

DISCLAIMER:

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED 'AS IS' WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESSED, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
ANY WARRANTY THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL CONFORM TO SPECIFICATIONS, ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, AND FREEDOM FROM INFRINGEMENT, AND ANY WARRANTY THAT THE
DOCUMENTATION WILL CONFORM TO THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY WARRANTY THAT THE
SOFTWARE WILL BE ERROR FREE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL NASA BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, ARISING OUT OF, RESULTING FROM, OR IN ANY WAY
CONNECTED WITH THIS SOFTWARE, WHETHER OR NOT BASED UPON WARRANTY,
CONTRACT, TORT , OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER OR NOT INJURY WAS SUSTAINED BY
PERSONS OR PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE, AND WHETHER OR NOT LOSS WAS SUSTAINED
FROM, OR AROSE OUT OF THE RESULTS OF, OR USE OF, THE SOFTWARE OR
SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER."

\chapter{ Creating the CFITSIO Library }


\section{Building the Library}

The CFITSIO code is contained in about 40 C source files (*.c) and header
files (*.h). On VAX/VMS systems 2 assembly-code files (vmsieeed.mar and
vmsieeer.mar) are also needed.

CFITSIO is written in ANCI C and should be compatible with most existing C and C++
compilers. Cray supercomputers are currently not supported.


\subsection{Unix Systems}

The CFITSIO library is built on Unix systems by typing:

\begin{verbatim}
 >  ./configure [--prefix=/target/installation/path] [--enable-reentrant]
                [--enable-sse2] [--enable-ssse3]
 >  make          (or  'make shared')
 >  make install  (this step is optional)
\end{verbatim}
at the operating system prompt.  The configure command customizes the
Makefile for the particular system, then the `make' command compiles the
source files and builds the library.  Type `./configure' and not simply
`configure' to ensure that the configure script in the current directory
is run and not some other system-wide configure script.  The optional
'prefix' argument to configure gives the path to the directory where
the CFITSIO library and include files should be installed via the later
'make install' command. For example,

\begin{verbatim}
   > ./configure --prefix=/usr1/local
\end{verbatim}
will cause the 'make install' command to copy the CFITSIO libcfitsio file
to /usr1/local/lib and the necessary include files to /usr1/local/include
(assuming of course that the  process has permission to write to these
directories).

All the available configure options can be seen by entering the command

\begin{verbatim}
   > ./configure --help
\end{verbatim}
Some of the more useful options are described below:

The --enable-reentrant option will attempt to configure CFITSIO
so that it can be used in multi-threaded programs.  See the
"Using CFITSIO in Multi-threaded Environments" section, below, for more details.

The --enable-sse2 and --enable-ssse3 options will cause configure to
attempt to build CFITSIO using faster byte-swapping algorithms.
See the "Optimizing Programs" chapter of this manual for
more information about these options.

The --with-gsiftp-flavour and --with-gsiftp options enable support for the Globus
Toolkit gsiftp protocal.  See the "Extended File Name Syntax" chapter for more
information.

The --with-bzip2 option enables support for reading FITS files that have been
externally compressed by the bzip2 algorithm.  This requires that the CFITSIO
library, and all applications program that use CFITSIO, to be linked to include
the libbz2 library.

The 'make shared' option builds a shared or dynamic version of the
CFITSIO library.  When using the shared library the executable code is
not copied into your program at link time and instead the program
locates the necessary library code at run time, normally through
LD\_LIBRARY\_PATH or some other method. The advantages of using a shared
library are:

\begin{verbatim}
   1.  Less disk space if you build more than 1 program
   2.  Less memory if more than one copy of a program using the shared
       library is running at the same time since the system is smart
       enough to share copies of the shared library at run time.
   3.  Possibly easier maintenance since a new version of the shared
       library can be installed without relinking all the software
       that uses it (as long as the subroutine names and calling
       sequences remain unchanged).
   4.  No run-time penalty.
\end{verbatim}
The disadvantages are:

\begin{verbatim}
   1. More hassle at runtime.  You have to either build the programs
      specially or have LD_LIBRARY_PATH set right.
   2. There may be a slight start up penalty, depending on where you are
      reading the shared library and the program from and if your CPU is
      either really slow or really heavily loaded.
\end{verbatim}

On Mac OS X platforms the 'make shared' command works like on other
UNIX platforms, but a .dylib file will be created instead of .so.  If
installed in a nonstandard location, add its location to the
DYLD\_LIBRARY\_PATH environment variable so that the library can be found
at run time.

On HP/UX systems, the environment variable CFLAGS should be set
to -Ae before running configure to enable "extended ANSI" features.

By default, a set of Fortran-callable wrapper routines are
also built and included in the CFITSIO library.  If these wrapper
routines are not needed (i.e., the CFITSIO library will not
be linked to any Fortran applications which call FITSIO subroutines)
then they may be omitted from the build by typing 'make all-nofitsio'
instead of simply typing 'make'.  This will reduce the size
of the CFITSIO library slightly.

It may not be possible to statically link programs that use CFITSIO on
some platforms (namely, on Solaris 2.6) due to the network drivers
(which provide FTP and HTTP access to FITS files).  It is possible to
make both a dynamic and a static version of the CFITSIO library, but
network file access will not be possible using the static version.


\subsection{VMS}

On VAX/VMS and ALPHA/VMS systems the make\_gfloat.com command file may
be executed to build the cfitsio.olb object library using the default
G-floating point option for double variables.  The make\_dfloat.com and
make\_ieee.com files may be used instead to build the library with the
other floating point options. Note that the getcwd function that is
used in the group.c module may require that programs using CFITSIO be
linked with the ALPHA\$LIBRARY:VAXCRTL.OLB library.  See the example
link line in the next section of this document.


\subsection{Windows PCs}

A precompiled DLL version of CFITSIO (not necessarily the latest version)
is available on the CFITSIO web site.
The CFITSIO library may also be built from the source code using the
CMake build system.  See the "README.win" file in the CFITSIO source distribution
for more information.


\subsection{Macintosh PCs}

When building on Mac OS-X, users should follow the Unix instructions,
above.  See the README.MacOS file for instructions on building a Universal
Binary that supports both Intel and PowerPC CPUs.


\section{Testing the Library}

The CFITSIO library should be tested by building and running
the testprog.c program that is included with the release.
On Unix systems, type:

\begin{verbatim}
    % make testprog
    % testprog > testprog.lis
    % diff testprog.lis testprog.out
    % cmp testprog.fit testprog.std
\end{verbatim}
 On VMS systems,
(assuming cc is the name of the C compiler command), type:

\begin{verbatim}
    $ cc testprog.c
    $ link testprog, cfitsio/lib, alpha$library:vaxcrtl/lib
    $ run testprog
\end{verbatim}
The test program should produce a FITS file called `testprog.fit'
that is identical to the `testprog.std' FITS file included with this
release.  The diagnostic messages (which were piped to the file
testprog.lis in the Unix example) should be identical to the listing
contained in the file testprog.out.  The 'diff' and 'cmp' commands
shown above should not report any differences in the files.  (There
may be some minor format differences, such as the presence or
absence of leading zeros, or 3 digit exponents in numbers,
which can be ignored).

The Fortran wrappers in CFITSIO may be tested with the testf77
program on Unix systems with:

\begin{verbatim}
    % gfortran -o testf77 testf77.f -L. -lcfitsio -lz -lcurl
    % testf77 > testf77.lis
    % diff testf77.lis testf77.out
    % cmp testf77.fit testf77.std
\end{verbatim}
On machines running SUN O/S, Fortran programs must be compiled with the
'-f' option to force double precision variables to be aligned on 8-byte
boundarys to make the fortran-declared variables compatible with C.  A
similar compiler option may be required on other platforms.  Failing to
use this option may cause the program to crash on FITSIO routines that
read or write double precision variables.

Also note that on some systems, the output listing of the testf77
program may differ slightly from the testf77.std template, if leading
zeros are not printed by default before the decimal point when using F
format.

A few other utility programs are included with CFITSIO; the first four
of this programs can be compiled an linked by typing `make
program\_name' where `program\_name' is the actual name of the program:

\begin{verbatim}
    speed - measures the maximum throughput (in MB per second)
              for writing and reading FITS files with CFITSIO.

    listhead - lists all the header keywords in any FITS file

    fitscopy - copies any FITS file (especially useful in conjunction
                 with the CFITSIO's extended input filename syntax).

    cookbook - a sample program that performs common read and
                 write operations on a FITS file.

    iter_a, iter_b, iter_c - examples of the CFITSIO iterator routine
\end{verbatim}


\section{Linking Programs with CFITSIO}

When linking applications software with the CFITSIO library, several
system libraries usually need to be specified on the link command
line.  On Unix systems, the most reliable way to determine what
libraries are required is to type 'make testprog' and see what
libraries the configure script has added.  The typical libraries that
need to be added are -lm (the math library) and -lnsl and -lsocket
(needed only for FTP and HTTP file access).  These latter 2 libraries
are not needed on VMS and Windows platforms, because FTP file access is
not currently supported on those platforms.

Note that when upgrading to a newer version of CFITSIO it is usually
necessary to recompile, as well as relink, the programs that use CFITSIO,
because the definitions in fitsio.h often change.


\section{Using CFITSIO in Multi-threaded Environments}

CFITSIO can be used either with the
POSIX pthreads interface or the OpenMP interface for multi-threaded
parallel programs.  When used in a multi-threaded environment,
the CFITSIO library *must* be built using
the -D\_REENTRANT compiler directive.  This can be done using the following
build commands:

\begin{verbatim}
  >./configure --enable-reentrant
  > make
\end{verbatim}
A function called fits\_is\_reentrant is available to test
whether or not CFITSIO was compiled with the -D\_REENTRANT
directive.  When this feature is enabled, multiple threads can
call any of the CFITSIO routines
to simultaneously read or write separate
FITS files.  Multiple threads can also read data from
the same FITS file simultaneously, as long as the file
was opened independently by each thread.  This relies on
the operating system to correctly deal with reading the
same file by multiple processes.  Different threads should
not share the same 'fitsfile' pointer to read an opened
FITS file, unless locks are placed around the calls to
the CFITSIO reading routines.
Different threads should never try to write to the same
FITS file.


\section{Getting Started with CFITSIO}

In order to effectively use the CFITSIO library it is recommended that
new users begin by reading the ``CFITSIO Quick Start Guide''.  It
contains all the basic information needed to write programs that
perform most types of operations on FITS files.  The set of example
FITS utility programs that are available from the CFITSIO web site are
also very useful for learning how to use CFITSIO.  To learn even more
about the capabilities of the CFITSIO library the following steps are
recommended:

1.  Read the following short `FITS Primer' chapter for an overview of
the structure of FITS files.

2. Review the Programming Guidelines in Chapter 4 to become familiar
with the conventions used by the CFITSIO interface.

3.  Refer to the cookbook.c, listhead.c, and fitscopy.c programs that
are included with this release for examples of routines that perform
various common FITS file operations.  Type 'make program\_name' to
compile and link these programs on Unix systems.

4.  Write a simple program to read or write a FITS file using the Basic
Interface routines described in Chapter 5.

5.  Scan through the more specialized routines that are described in
the following chapters to become familiar with the functionality that
they provide.


\section{Example Program}

The following listing shows an example of how to use the CFITSIO
routines in a C program.    Refer to the cookbook.c program that is
included with the CFITSIO distribution for other example routines.

This program creates a new FITS file, containing a FITS image.  An
`EXPOSURE' keyword is written to the header, then the image data are
written to the FITS file before closing the FITS file.

\begin{verbatim}
#include "fitsio.h"  /* required by every program that uses CFITSIO  */
main()
{
    fitsfile *fptr;       /* pointer to the FITS file; defined in fitsio.h */
    int status, ii, jj;
    long  fpixel = 1, naxis = 2, nelements, exposure;
    long naxes[2] = { 300, 200 };   /* image is 300 pixels wide by 200 rows */
    short array[200][300];

    status = 0;         /* initialize status before calling fitsio routines */
    fits_create_file(&fptr, "testfile.fits", &status);   /* create new file */

    /* Create the primary array image (16-bit short integer pixels */
    fits_create_img(fptr, SHORT_IMG, naxis, naxes, &status);

    /* Write a keyword; must pass the ADDRESS of the value */
    exposure = 1500.;
    fits_update_key(fptr, TLONG, "EXPOSURE", &exposure,
         "Total Exposure Time", &status);

    /* Initialize the values in the image with a linear ramp function */
    for (jj = 0; jj < naxes[1]; jj++)
        for (ii = 0; ii < naxes[0]; ii++)
            array[jj][ii] = ii + jj;

    nelements = naxes[0] * naxes[1];          /* number of pixels to write */

    /* Write the array of integers to the image */
    fits_write_img(fptr, TSHORT, fpixel, nelements, array[0], &status);

    fits_close_file(fptr, &status);            /* close the file */

    fits_report_error(stderr, status);  /* print out any error messages */
    return( status );
}
\end{verbatim}

\chapter{  A FITS Primer }

This section gives a brief overview of the structure of FITS files.
Users should refer to the documentation available from the FITS Support OFfice,
as described in the introduction, for more detailed information on FITS
formats.

FITS was first developed in the late 1970's as a standard data
interchange format between various astronomical observatories.  Since
then FITS has become the standard data format supported by most
astronomical data analysis software packages.

A FITS file consists of one or more Header + Data Units (HDUs), where
the first HDU is called the `Primary HDU', or `Primary Array'.  The
primary array contains an N-dimensional array of pixels, such as a 1-D
spectrum, a 2-D image, or a 3-D data cube.  Six different primary
data types are supported: Unsigned 8-bit bytes, 16-bit, 32-bit, and 64-bit signed
integers, and 32 and 64-bit floating point reals.  FITS also has a
convention for storing 16, 32-bit, and 64-bit unsigned integers (see the later
section entitled `Unsigned Integers' for more details). The primary HDU
may also consist of only a header with a null array containing no
data pixels.

Any number of additional HDUs may follow the primary array; these
additional HDUs are called FITS `extensions'.  There are currently 3
types of extensions defined by the FITS standard:

\begin{itemize}
\item
  Image Extension - a N-dimensional array of pixels, like in a primary array
\item
  ASCII Table Extension - rows and columns of data in ASCII character format
\item
  Binary Table Extension - rows and columns of data in binary representation
\end{itemize}

In each case the HDU consists of an ASCII Header Unit followed by an optional
Data Unit.  For historical reasons, each Header or Data unit must be an
exact multiple of 2880 8-bit bytes long.  Any unused space is padded
with fill characters (ASCII blanks or zeros).

Each Header Unit consists of any number of 80-character keyword records
or `card images' which have the
general form:

\begin{verbatim}
  KEYNAME = value / comment string
  NULLKEY =       / comment: This keyword has no value
\end{verbatim}
The keyword names may be up to 8 characters long and can only contain
uppercase letters, the digits 0-9, the hyphen, and the underscore
character. The keyword name is (usually) followed by an equals sign and
a space character (= ) in columns 9 - 10 of the record, followed by the
value of the keyword which may be either an integer, a floating point
number, a character string (enclosed in single quotes), or a boolean
value (the letter T or F).   A keyword may also have a null or undefined
value if there is no specified value string, as in the second example, above

The last keyword in the header is always the `END' keyword which has no
value or comment fields. There are many rules governing the exact
format of a keyword record (see the FITS Standard) so it is better
to rely on standard interface software like CFITSIO to correctly
construct or to parse the keyword records rather than try to deal
directly with the raw FITS formats.

Each Header Unit begins with a series of required keywords which depend
on the type of HDU.  These required keywords specify the size and
format of the following Data Unit.  The header may contain other
optional keywords to describe other aspects of the data, such as the
units or scaling values.  Other COMMENT or HISTORY keywords are also
frequently added to further document the data file.

The optional Data Unit immediately follows the last 2880-byte block in
the Header Unit.  Some HDUs do not have a Data Unit and only consist of
the Header Unit.

If there is more than one HDU in the FITS file, then the Header Unit of
the next HDU immediately follows the last 2880-byte block of the
previous Data Unit (or Header Unit if there is no Data Unit).

The main required keywords in FITS primary arrays or image extensions are:
\begin{itemize}
\item
BITPIX -- defines the data type of the array: 8, 16, 32, 64, -32, -64 for
unsigned 8--bit byte, 16--bit signed integer, 32--bit signed integer,
32--bit IEEE floating point, and 64--bit IEEE double precision floating
point, respectively.
\item
NAXIS --  the number of dimensions in the array, usually 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
\item
NAXISn -- (n ranges from 1 to NAXIS) defines the size of each dimension.
\end{itemize}

FITS tables start with the keyword XTENSION = `TABLE' (for ASCII
tables) or XTENSION = `BINTABLE' (for binary tables) and have the
following main keywords:
\begin{itemize}
\item
TFIELDS -- number of fields or columns in the table
\item
NAXIS2 -- number of rows in the table
\item
TTYPEn -- for each column (n ranges from 1 to TFIELDS) gives the
name of the column
\item
TFORMn -- the data type of the column
\item
TUNITn -- the physical units of the column (optional)
\end{itemize}

Users should refer to the FITS Support Office at {\tt http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov}
for further information about the FITS format and related software
packages.


\chapter{ Programming Guidelines }


\section{CFITSIO Definitions}

Any program that uses the CFITSIO interface must include the fitsio.h
header file with the statement

\begin{verbatim}
  #include "fitsio.h"
\end{verbatim}
This header file contains the prototypes for all the CFITSIO user
interface routines as well as the definitions of various constants used
in the interface.  It also defines a C structure of type `fitsfile'
that is used by CFITSIO to store the relevant parameters that define
the format of a particular FITS file.  Application programs must define
a pointer to this structure for each FITS file that is to be opened.
This structure is initialized (i.e., memory is allocated for the
structure) when the FITS file is first opened or created with the
fits\_open\_file or fits\_create\_file routines.  This fitsfile pointer
is then passed as the first argument to every other CFITSIO routine
that operates on the FITS file.  Application programs must not directly
read or write elements in this fitsfile structure because the
definition of the structure may change in future versions of CFITSIO.

A number of symbolic constants are also defined in fitsio.h for the
convenience of application programmers.  Use of these symbolic
constants rather than the actual numeric value will help to make the
source code more readable and easier for others to understand.

\begin{verbatim}
String Lengths, for use when allocating character arrays:

  #define FLEN_FILENAME 1025 /* max length of a filename                  */
  #define FLEN_KEYWORD   72  /* max length of a keyword                   */
  #define FLEN_CARD      81  /* max length of a FITS header card          */
  #define FLEN_VALUE     71  /* max length of a keyword value string      */
  #define FLEN_COMMENT   73  /* max length of a keyword comment string    */
  #define FLEN_ERRMSG    81  /* max length of a CFITSIO error message     */
  #define FLEN_STATUS    31  /* max length of a CFITSIO status text string */

  Note that FLEN_KEYWORD is longer than the nominal 8-character keyword
  name length because the HIERARCH convention supports longer keyword names.

Access modes when opening a FITS file:

  #define READONLY  0
  #define READWRITE 1

BITPIX data type code values for FITS images:

  #define BYTE_IMG      8  /*  8-bit unsigned integers */
  #define SHORT_IMG    16  /* 16-bit   signed integers */
  #define LONG_IMG     32  /* 32-bit   signed integers */
  #define LONGLONG_IMG 64  /* 64-bit   signed integers */
  #define FLOAT_IMG   -32  /* 32-bit single precision floating point */
  #define DOUBLE_IMG  -64  /* 64-bit double precision floating point */

  The following 4 data type codes are also supported by CFITSIO:
  #define SBYTE_IMG  10      /*  8-bit signed integers, equivalent to */
                             /*  BITPIX = 8, BSCALE = 1, BZERO = -128 */
  #define USHORT_IMG  20     /* 16-bit unsigned integers, equivalent to */
                             /*  BITPIX = 16, BSCALE = 1, BZERO = 32768 */
  #define ULONG_IMG   40     /* 32-bit unsigned integers, equivalent to */
                             /*  BITPIX = 32, BSCALE = 1, BZERO = 2147483648 */
  #define ULONGLONG_IMG  80  /* 64-bit unsigned integers, equivalent to */
                             /*  BITPIX = 64, BSCALE = 1, BZERO = 9223372036854775808*/

Codes for the data type of binary table columns and/or for the
data type of variables when reading or writing keywords or data:

                              DATATYPE               TFORM CODE
  #define TBIT          1  /*                            'X' */
  #define TBYTE        11  /* 8-bit unsigned byte,       'B' */
  #define TLOGICAL     14  /* logicals (int for keywords     */
                           /*  and char for table cols   'L' */
  #define TSTRING      16  /* ASCII string,              'A' */
  #define TSHORT       21  /* signed short,              'I' */
  #define TLONG        41  /* signed long,                   */
  #define TLONGLONG    81  /* 64-bit long signed integer 'K' */
  #define TFLOAT       42  /* single precision float,    'E' */
  #define TDOUBLE      82  /* double precision float,    'D' */
  #define TCOMPLEX     83  /* complex (pair of floats)   'C' */
  #define TDBLCOMPLEX 163  /* double complex (2 doubles) 'M' */

  The following data type codes are also supported by CFITSIO:
  #define TINT         31  /* int                            */
  #define TSBYTE       12  /* 8-bit signed byte,         'S' */
  #define TUINT        30  /* unsigned int               'V' */
  #define TUSHORT      20  /* unsigned short             'U' */
  #define TULONG       40  /* unsigned long                  */
  #define TULONGLONG   80  /* unsigned long long         'W' */

  The following data type code is only for use with fits\_get\_coltype
  #define TINT32BIT    41  /* signed 32-bit int,         'J' */


HDU type code values (value returned when moving to new HDU):

  #define IMAGE_HDU  0  /* Primary Array or IMAGE HDU */
  #define ASCII_TBL  1  /* ASCII  table HDU */
  #define BINARY_TBL 2  /* Binary table HDU */
  #define ANY_HDU   -1  /* matches any type of HDU */

Column name and string matching case-sensitivity:

  #define CASESEN   1   /* do case-sensitive string match */
  #define CASEINSEN 0   /* do case-insensitive string match */

Logical states (if TRUE and FALSE are not already defined):

  #define TRUE 1
  #define FALSE 0

Values to represent undefined floating point numbers:

  #define FLOATNULLVALUE  -9.11912E-36F
  #define DOUBLENULLVALUE -9.1191291391491E-36

Image compression algorithm definitions

  #define RICE_1       11
  #define GZIP_1       21
  #define GZIP_2       22
  #define PLIO_1       31
  #define HCOMPRESS_1  41
  #define NOCOMPRESS  -1

  #define NO_DITHER -1
  #define SUBTRACTIVE_DITHER_1 1
  #define SUBTRACTIVE_DITHER_2 2
\end{verbatim}


\section{Current Header Data Unit (CHDU)}

The concept of the Current Header and Data Unit, or CHDU, is
fundamental to the use of the CFITSIO library.  A simple FITS image may
only contain a single Header and Data unit (HDU), but in general FITS
files can contain multiple Header Data Units (also known as
`extensions'), concatenated one after the other in the file.  The user
can specify which HDU should be initially opened at run time by giving
the HDU name or number after the root file name.  For example,
'myfile.fits[4]' opens the 5th HDU in the file (note that the numbering
starts with 0), and 'myfile.fits[EVENTS] opens the HDU with the name
'EVENTS' (as defined by the EXTNAME or HDUNAME keywords).  If no HDU is
specified then CFITSIO opens the first HDU (the primary array) by
default.  The CFITSIO routines which read and write data  only operate
within the opened HDU,  Other CFITSIO routines are provided to move to
and open any other existing HDU within the FITS file or to append or
insert new HDUs in the FITS file.


\section{Function Names and Variable Datatypes}

Most of the CFITSIO routines have both a short name as well as a
longer descriptive name.  The short name is only 5 or 6 characters long
and is similar to the subroutine name in the Fortran-77 version of
FITSIO.  The longer name is more descriptive and it is recommended that
it be used instead of the short name to more clearly document the
source code.

Many of the CFITSIO routines come in families which differ only in the
data type of the associated parameter(s).  The data type of these
routines is indicated by the suffix of the routine name.  The short
routine names have a 1 or 2 character suffix (e.g., 'j' in 'ffpkyj')
while the long routine names have a 4 character or longer suffix
as shown in the following table:

\begin{verbatim}
    Long      Short  Data
    Names     Names  Type
    -----     -----  ----
    _bit        x    bit
    _byt        b    unsigned byte
    _sbyt       sb   signed byte
    _sht        i    short integer
    _lng        j    long integer
    _lnglng     jj   8-byte LONGLONG integer (see note below)
    _usht       ui   unsigned short integer
    _ulng       uj   unsigned long integer
    _ulnglng    ujj  unsigned long long integer
    _uint       uk   unsigned int integer
    _int        k    int integer
    _flt        e    real exponential floating point (float)
    _fixflt     f    real fixed-decimal format floating point (float)
    _dbl        d    double precision real floating-point (double)
    _fixdbl     g    double precision fixed-format floating point (double)
    _cmp        c    complex reals (pairs of float values)
    _fixcmp     fc   complex reals, fixed-format floating point
    _dblcmp     m    double precision complex (pairs of double values)
    _fixdblcmp  fm   double precision complex, fixed-format floating point
    _log        l    logical (int)
    _str        s    character string
\end{verbatim}

The logical data type corresponds to `int' for logical keyword values,
and `byte' for logical binary table columns.  In other words, the value
when writing a logical keyword must be stored in an `int' variable, and
must be stored in a `char' array when reading or writing to `L' columns
in a binary table.  Implicit data type conversion is not supported for
logical table columns, but is for keywords, so a logical keyword may be
read and cast to any numerical data type; a returned value = 0
indicates false, and any other value = true.

The `int' data type may be 2 bytes long on some old PC compilers,
but otherwise it is nearly always 4 bytes long.   Some 64-bit
machines, like the Alpha/OSF, define the `short', `int',
and `long' integer data types to be 2, 4, and 8 bytes long,
respectively.

Because there is no universal C compiler standard for the name of the
8-byte integer datatype, the fitsio.h include file typedef's
'LONGLONG'  to be equivalent to  an
appropriate 8-byte integer data type on each supported platform.
For maximum software portability it is recommended that
this LONGLONG datatype be used to define 8-byte integer variables
rather than using the native data type name on a particular
platform. On most
32-bit Unix and Mac OS-X operating systems LONGLONG is equivalent to the
intrinsic 'long long' 8-byte integer datatype.  On 64-bit systems (which currently
includes Alpha OSF/1, 64-bit Sun Solaris, 64-bit SGI MIPS, and  64-bit
Itanium and Opteron PC systems), LONGLONG is  simply typedef'ed to be
equivalent to 'long'.   Microsoft Visual C++ Version 6.0 does not define
a 'long long'  data type, so LONGLONG is typedef'ed to be equivalent to
the '\_\_int64' data type on 32-bit windows systems when using Visual C++.

A related issue that affects the portability of software is how to print
out the value of a 'LONGLONG' variable with printf.  Developers may
find it convenient to use the following preprocessing statements
in their C programs to handle this in a machine-portable manner:


\begin{verbatim}
#if defined(_MSC_VER) /* Microsoft Visual C++ */
          printf("%I64d", longlongvalue);
	
#elif (USE_LL_SUFFIX == 1)
          printf("%lld", longlongvalue);
	
#else
          printf("%ld", longlongvalue);
#endif
\end{verbatim}

Similarly, the name of the C utility routine that converts a character
string of digits into a 8-byte integer value is platform dependent:


\begin{verbatim}
#if defined(_MSC_VER) /* Microsoft Visual C++ */
      /* VC++ 6.0 does not seem to have an 8-byte conversion routine */
	
#elif (USE_LL_SUFFIX == 1)
          longlongvalue = atoll(*string);
	
#else
          longlongvalue = atol(*string);
#endif
\end{verbatim}

When dealing with the FITS byte data type it is important to remember
that the raw values (before any scaling by the BSCALE and BZERO, or
TSCALn and TZEROn keyword values) in byte arrays (BITPIX = 8) or byte
columns (TFORMn = 'B') are interpreted as unsigned bytes with values
ranging from 0 to 255.  Some C compilers define a 'char' variable as
signed, so it is important to explicitly declare a numeric char
variable as 'unsigned char' to avoid any ambiguity

One feature of the CFITSIO routines is that they can operate on a `X'
(bit) column in a binary table as though it were a `B' (byte) column.
For example a `11X' data type column can be interpreted the same as a
`2B' column (i.e., 2 unsigned 8-bit bytes).  In some instances, it can
be more efficient to read and write whole bytes at a time, rather than
reading or writing each individual bit.

The complex and double precision complex data types are not directly
supported in ANSI C so these data types should be interpreted as pairs
of float or double values, respectively, where the first  value in each
pair is the real part, and the second is the imaginary part.


\section{Support for Unsigned Integers and Signed Bytes}

Although FITS does not directly support unsigned integers as one of its
fundamental data types, FITS can still be used to efficiently store
unsigned integer data values in images and binary tables.  The
convention used in FITS files is to store the unsigned integers as
signed integers with an associated offset (specified by the BZERO or
TZEROn keyword).  For example, to store unsigned 16-bit integer values
in a FITS image the image would be defined as a signed 16-bit integer
(with BITPIX keyword = SHORT\_IMG = 16) with the keywords BSCALE = 1.0
and BZERO = 32768.  Thus the unsigned values of 0, 32768, and 65535,
for example, are physically stored in the FITS image as -32768, 0, and
32767, respectively;  CFITSIO automatically adds the BZERO offset to
these values when they are read.  Similarly, in the case of unsigned
32-bit integers the BITPIX keyword would be equal to LONG\_IMG = 32 and
BZERO would be equal to 2147483648 (i.e. 2 raised to the 31st power).

The CFITSIO interface routines will efficiently and transparently apply
the appropriate offset in these cases so in general application
programs do not need to be concerned with how the unsigned values are
actually stored in the FITS file.  As a convenience for users, CFITSIO
has several predefined constants for the value of BITPIX  (USHORT\_IMG,
ULONG\_IMG, ULONGLONG\_IMG) and for the TFORMn value in the case of binary tables (`U',
`V', and `W') which programmers can use when creating FITS files containing
unsigned integer values.  The following code fragment illustrates how
to write a FITS 1-D primary array of unsigned 16-bit integers:

\begin{verbatim}
      unsigned short uarray[100];
      int naxis, status;
      long naxes[10], group, firstelem, nelements;
       ...
      status = 0;
      naxis = 1;
      naxes[0] = 100;
      fits_create_img(fptr, USHORT_IMG, naxis, naxes, &status);

      firstelem = 1;
      nelements = 100;
      fits_write_img(fptr, TUSHORT, firstelem, nelements,
                          uarray, &status);
       ...
\end{verbatim}
In the above example, the 2nd parameter in fits\_create\_img tells
CFITSIO to write the header keywords appropriate for an array of 16-bit
unsigned integers (i.e., BITPIX = 16 and BZERO = 32768).  Then the
fits\_write\_img routine writes the array of unsigned short integers
(uarray) into the primary array of the FITS file.  Similarly, a 32-bit
unsigned integer image may be created by setting the second parameter
in fits\_create\_img equal to `ULONG\_IMG' and by calling the
fits\_write\_img routine with the second parameter = TULONG to write
the array of unsigned long image pixel values.

An analogous set of routines are available for reading or writing unsigned
integer values and signed byte values in a FITS binary table extension.
When specifying the TFORMn keyword value which defines the format of a
column, CFITSIO recognizes 4 additional data type codes besides those
already defined in the FITS standard: `U' meaning a 16-bit unsigned
integer column, `V' for a 32-bit unsigned integer column, `W' for a 64-bit
unsigned integer column, and 'S'
for a signed byte column.  These non-standard data type codes are not
actually written into the FITS file but instead are just used internally
within CFITSIO.  The following code fragment illustrates how to use
these features:

\begin{verbatim}
      unsigned short uarray[100];
      unsigned int  varray[100];

      int colnum, tfields, status;
      long nrows, firstrow, firstelem, nelements, pcount;

      char extname[] = "Test_table";           /* extension name */

      /* define the name, data type, and physical units for 4 columns */
      char *ttype[] = { "Col_1", "Col_2", "Col_3", "Col_4" };
      char *tform[] = { "1U",      "1V",    "1W",    "1S"};  /* special CFITSIO codes */
      char *tunit[] = { " ",        " ",    " ",    " " };
       ...

           /* write the header keywords */
      status  = 0;
      nrows   = 1;
      tfields = 3
      pcount  = 0;
      fits_create_tbl(fptr, BINARY_TBL, nrows, tfields, ttype, tform,
                tunit, extname, &status);

           /* write the unsigned shorts to the 1st column */
      colnum    = 1;
      firstrow  = 1;
      firstelem = 1;
      nelements = 100;
      fits_write_col(fptr, TUSHORT, colnum, firstrow, firstelem,
              nelements, uarray, &status);

           /* now write the unsigned longs to the 2nd column */
      colnum    = 2;
      fits_write_col(fptr, TUINT, colnum, firstrow, firstelem,
              nelements, varray, &status);
       ...
\end{verbatim}
Note that the non-standard TFORM values for the 3 columns, `U', `V', and `W'
tell CFITSIO to write the keywords appropriate for unsigned 16-bit, unsigned 32-bit and
unsigned 64-bit integers, respectively (i.e., TFORMn = '1I' and TZEROn
= 32768 for unsigned 16-bit integers, TFORMn = '1J' and TZEROn =
2147483648 for unsigned 32-bit integers, and TFORMn = '1K' and TZEROn =
9223372036854775808 for unsigned 64-bit integers).  The 'S' TFORMn value tells
CFITSIO to write the keywords appropriate for a signed 8-bit byte column
with TFORMn = '1B' and TZEROn = -128.  The calls to fits\_write\_col
then write the arrays of unsigned integer values to the columns.


\section{Dealing with Character Strings \label{character-strings}}

The character string values in a FITS header or in an ASCII column in a
FITS table extension are generally padded out with non-significant
space characters (ASCII 32) to fill up the header record or the column
width.  When reading a FITS string value, the CFITSIO routines will
strip off these non-significant trailing spaces and will return a
null-terminated string value containing only the significant
characters.  Leading spaces in a FITS string are considered
significant.  If the string contains all blanks, then CFITSIO will
return a single blank character, i.e, the first blank is considered to
be significant, since it distinguishes the string from a null or
undefined string, but the remaining trailing spaces are not
significant.

Similarly, when writing string values to a FITS file the
CFITSIO routines expect to get a null-terminated string as input;
CFITSIO will pad the string with blanks if necessary when writing it
to the FITS file.

The FITS standard does not require trailing spaces to be treated in
this way, but it does allow a more seamless transition from the
FORTRAN FITS world where trailing spaces are often treated as
insignificant.  Users who wish the greatest fidelity when transferring
strings can use the \verb+_byt+ variants of column readers and writers
(functions fits\_\{read,write\}\_col\_byt).  These routines will
transfer the raw fixed-length vectors of character bytes of the
column, including any trailing blanks of course. The \verb+_byt+
variants make no attempt to null-terminate any elements.  A NULL
string would be indicated by its first character being a NUL byte.

When calling CFITSIO routines that return a character string it is
vital that the size of the char array be large enough to hold the
entire string of characters, otherwise CFITSIO will overwrite whatever
memory locations follow the char array, possibly causing the program to
execute incorrectly.  This type of error can be difficult to debug, so
programmers should always ensure that the char arrays are allocated
enough space to hold the longest possible string, {\bf including} the
terminating NULL character.  The fitsio.h file contains the following
defined constants which programmers are strongly encouraged to use
whenever they are allocating space for char arrays:

\begin{verbatim}
#define FLEN_FILENAME 1025 /* max length of a filename */
#define FLEN_KEYWORD   72  /* max length of a keyword  */
#define FLEN_CARD      81  /* length of a FITS header card */
#define FLEN_VALUE     71  /* max length of a keyword value string */
#define FLEN_COMMENT   73  /* max length of a keyword comment string */
#define FLEN_ERRMSG    81  /* max length of a CFITSIO error message */
#define FLEN_STATUS    31  /* max length of a CFITSIO status text string */
\end{verbatim}
For example, when declaring a char array to hold the value string
of FITS keyword, use the following statement:

\begin{verbatim}
    char value[FLEN_VALUE];
\end{verbatim}
Note that FLEN\_KEYWORD is longer than needed for the nominal 8-character
keyword name because the HIERARCH convention supports longer keyword names.


\section{Implicit Data Type Conversion}

The CFITSIO routines that read and write numerical data can perform
implicit data type conversion.  This means that the data type of the
variable or array in the program does not need to be the same as the
data type of the value in the FITS file.  Data type conversion is
supported for numerical and string data types (if the string contains a
valid number enclosed in quotes) when reading a FITS header keyword
value and for numeric values when reading or writing values in the
primary array or a table column.  CFITSIO returns status =
NUM\_OVERFLOW  if the converted data value exceeds the range of the
output data type.  Implicit data type conversion is not supported
within binary tables for string, logical, complex, or double complex
data types.

In addition, any table column may be read as if it contained string values.
In the case of numeric columns the returned string will be formatted
using the TDISPn display format if it exists.


\section{Data Scaling}

When reading numerical data values in the primary array or a
table column, the values will be scaled automatically by the BSCALE and
BZERO (or TSCALn and TZEROn) header values if they are
present in the header.  The scaled data that is returned to the reading
program will have

\begin{verbatim}
        output value = (FITS value) * BSCALE + BZERO
\end{verbatim}
(a corresponding formula using TSCALn and TZEROn is used when reading
from table columns).  In the case of integer output values the floating
point scaled value is truncated to an integer (not rounded to the
nearest integer).  The fits\_set\_bscale and fits\_set\_tscale routines
(described in the `Advanced' chapter) may be used to override the
scaling parameters defined in the header (e.g., to turn off the scaling
so that the program can read the raw unscaled values from the FITS
file).

When writing numerical data to the primary array or to a table column
the data values will generally be automatically inversely scaled by the
value of the BSCALE and BZERO (or TSCALn and TZEROn) keyword values if
they they exist in the header.  These keywords must have been written
to the header before any data is written for them to have any immediate
effect.  One may also use the fits\_set\_bscale and fits\_set\_tscale
routines to define or override the scaling keywords in the header
(e.g., to turn off the scaling so that the program can write the raw
unscaled values into the FITS file). If scaling is performed, the
inverse scaled output value that is written into the FITS file will
have

\begin{verbatim}
         FITS value = ((input value) - BZERO) / BSCALE
\end{verbatim}
(a corresponding formula using TSCALn and TZEROn is used when
writing to table columns).  Rounding to the nearest integer, rather
than truncation, is performed when writing integer data types to the
FITS file.


\section{Support for IEEE Special Values}

The ANSI/IEEE-754 floating-point number standard defines certain
special values that are used to represent such quantities as
Not-a-Number (NaN), denormalized, underflow, overflow, and infinity.
(See the Appendix in the FITS standard or the FITS User's
Guide for a list of these values).  The CFITSIO routines that read
floating point data in FITS files recognize these IEEE special values
and by default interpret the overflow and infinity values as being
equivalent to a NaN, and convert the underflow and denormalized values
into zeros.  In some cases programmers may want access to the raw IEEE
values, without any modification by CFITSIO.  This can be done by
calling the fits\_read\_img or fits\_read\_col routines while
specifying 0.0 as the value of the NULLVAL parameter.  This will force
CFITSIO to simply pass the IEEE values through to the application
program without any modification.  This is not fully supported on
VAX/VMS machines, however, where there is no easy way to bypass the
default interpretation of the IEEE special values.  This is also not
supported when reading floating-point images that have been compressed
with the FITS tiled image compression convention that is discussed in
section 5.6;  the pixels values in tile compressed images are
represented by scaled integers, and a reserved integer value
(not a NaN) is used to represent undefined pixels.


\section{Error Status Values and the Error Message Stack}

Nearly all the CFITSIO routines return an error status value
in 2 ways: as the value of the last parameter in the function call,
and as the returned value of the function itself.  This provides
some flexibility in the way programmers can test if an error
occurred, as illustrated in the following 2 code fragments:

\begin{verbatim}
    if ( fits_write_record(fptr, card, &status) )
         printf(" Error occurred while writing keyword.");

or,

    fits_write_record(fptr, card, &status);
    if ( status )
         printf(" Error occurred while writing keyword.");
\end{verbatim}
A listing of all the CFITSIO status code values is given at the end of
this document.  Programmers are encouraged to use the symbolic
mnemonics (defined in fitsio.h) rather than the actual integer status
values to improve the readability of their code.

The CFITSIO library uses an `inherited status' convention for the
status parameter which means that if a routine is called with a
positive input value of the status parameter as input, then the routine
will exit immediately without changing the value of the status
parameter.  Thus, if one passes the status value returned from each
CFITSIO routine as input to the next CFITSIO routine, then whenever an
error is detected all further CFITSIO processing will cease.  This
convention can simplify the error checking in application programs
because it is not necessary to check the value of the status parameter
after every single CFITSIO routine call.  If a program contains a
sequence of several CFITSIO calls, one can just check the status value
after the last call.  Since the returned status values are generally
distinctive, it should be possible to determine which routine
originally returned the error status.

CFITSIO also maintains an internal stack of error messages
(80-character maximum length)  which in many cases provide a more
detailed explanation of the cause of the error than is provided by the
error status number alone.  It is recommended that the error message
stack be printed out whenever a program detects a CFITSIO error.  The
function fits\_report\_error will print out the entire error message
stack, or alternatively one may call fits\_read\_errmsg to get the
error messages one at a time.


\section{Variable-Length Arrays in Binary Tables}

CFITSIO provides easy-to-use support for reading and writing data in
variable length fields of a binary table. The variable length columns
have TFORMn keyword values of the form `1Pt(len)' or `1Qt(len)' where `t'
is the data type code (e.g., I, J, E, D, etc.) and `len' is an integer
specifying the maximum length of the vector in the table.  The 'P' type
variable length columns use 32-bit array length and byte offset values, whereas
the 'Q' type columns use 64-bit values, which may be required when dealing
with large arrays.  CFITSIO supports a local convention that interprets
the 'P' type descriptors as unsigned 32-bit integers, which provides
a factor of 2 greater range for the array length or heap address than
is possible with 32-bit 'signed' integers.  Note, however, that other software
packages may not support this convention, and may be unable to read thees
extended range variable length records.

If the value
of `len' is not specified when the table is created (e.g., if the TFORM
keyword value is simply specified as '1PE' instead of '1PE(400) ), then
CFITSIO will automatically scan the table when it is closed to
determine the maximum length of the vector and will append this value
to the TFORMn value.

The same routines that read and write data in an ordinary fixed length
binary table extension are also used for variable length fields,
however, the routine parameters take on a slightly different
interpretation as described below.

All the data in a variable length field is written into an area called
the `heap' which follows the main fixed-length FITS binary table. The
size of the heap, in bytes, is specified by the PCOUNT keyword in the
FITS header. When creating a new binary table, the initial value of
PCOUNT should usually be set to zero. CFITSIO will recompute the size
of the heap as the data is written and will automatically update the
PCOUNT keyword value when the table is closed.  When writing variable
length data to a table, CFITSIO will automatically extend the size
of the heap area if necessary, so that any following HDUs do not
get overwritten.

By default the heap data area starts immediately after the last row of
the fixed-length table.  This default starting location may be
overridden by the THEAP keyword, but this is not recommended.
If additional rows of data are added to the table, CFITSIO will
automatically shift the the heap down to make room for the new
rows, but it is obviously be more efficient to initially
create the table with the necessary number of blank rows, so that
the heap does not needed to be constantly moved.

When writing row of data to a variable length field the entire array of values for
a given row of the table must be written with a single call to
fits\_write\_col.
The total length of the array is given by nelements
+ firstelem - 1.  Additional elements cannot be appended to an existing
vector at a later time since any attempt to do so will simply overwrite
all the previously written data and the new data will be
written to a new area of the heap.  The fits\_compress\_heap routine
is provided to compress the heap and recover any unused space.
To avoid having to deal with this issue, it is recommended
that rows in a variable length field should only be written once.
An exception to
this general rule occurs when setting elements of an array as
undefined.  It is allowed to first write a dummy value into the array with
fits\_write\_col, and then call fits\_write\_col\_nul to flag the
desired elements as undefined. Note that the rows of a table,
whether fixed or variable length, do not have to be written
consecutively and may be written in any order.

When writing to a variable length ASCII character field (e.g., TFORM =
'1PA') only a single character string can be written.  The `firstelem'
and `nelements' parameter values in the fits\_write\_col routine are
ignored and the number of characters to write is simply determined by
the length of the input null-terminated character string.

The fits\_write\_descript routine is useful in situations where
multiple rows of a variable length column have the identical array of
values.  One can simply write the array once for the first row, and
then use fits\_write\_descript to write the same descriptor values into
the other rows;  all the rows will then point to the same storage
location thus saving disk space.

When reading from a variable length array field one can only read as
many elements as actually exist in that row of the table; reading does
not automatically continue with the next row of the table as occurs
when reading an ordinary fixed length table field.  Attempts to read
more than this will cause an error status to be returned.  One can
determine the number of elements in each row of a variable column with
the fits\_read\_descript routine.


\section{Multiple Access to the Same FITS File}

CFITSIO supports simultaneous read and write access to different
HDUs in the same FITS file in some circumstances, as described
below:

\begin{itemize}

\item
Multi-threaded programs

When CFITSIO is compiled with the -D\_REENTRANT directive (as can be
tested with the fits\_is\_reentrant function) different threads can
call any of the CFITSIO routines  to simultaneously read or write
separate  FITS files.  Multiple threads can also read data from the
same FITS file simultaneously, as long as the file was opened
independently by each thread.  This relies on the operating system
to correctly deal with reading the same file by multiple processes.
Different threads should not share the same 'fitsfile' pointer to
read an opened FITS file, unless locks are placed around the calls
to  the CFITSIO reading routines.  Different threads should  never
try to write to the same FITS file.

\item
Multiple read access to the same FITS file within a single
program/thread

A single process may open the same FITS file with READONLY access
multiple times, and thus create multiple 'fitsfile*' pointers to
that same file within CFITSIO. This relies on the operating system's
ability to open a single file multiple times and correctly manage
the subsequent read requests directed to the different C 'file*'
pointers, which actually all point to the same file.  CFITSIO simply
executes the read requests to the differnet 'fitsfile*' pointers the
same as if they were physically different files.

\item
Multiple write access to the same FITS file within a single
program/thread

CFITSIO supports opening the same FITS file multiple times with
WRITE access, but it only physically opens the file (at the
operating system level) once, on the first call to fits\_open\_file.
If fits\_open\_file is subsequently called to open the same file
again, CFITSIO will recognize that the file is already open, and
will return a new 'fitsfile*' pointer that logically points to the
first 'fitsfile*' pointer, without actually opening the file a
second time. The application program can then treat the 2
'fitsfile*' pointers as if they point to different files, and can
seemingly move to and write data to 2 different  HDUs within the
same file.  However, each time the application program switches
which 'fitsfile*' pointer it is writing to, CFITSIO will flush  any
internal buffers that contain data written to the first 'fitsfile*'
pointer,  then move to the HDU that the other 'fitsfile*' pointer
is writing to. Obviously, this may add a significant amount of
computational overhead if the  application program uses this feature
to frequently switch back and forth between writing to 2 (or more)
HDUs in the same file, so this capability should be used
judiciously.

Note that CFITSIO will not allow a FITS file to be opened a second
time with READWRITE access if it was opened previously with READONLY
access.

\end{itemize}


\section{When the Final Size of the FITS HDU is Unknown}

It is not required to know the total size of a FITS data array or table
before beginning to write the data to the FITS file.  In the case of
the primary array or an image extension, one should initially create
the array with the size of the highest dimension (largest NAXISn
keyword) set to a dummy value, such as 1.  Then after all the data have
been written and the true dimensions are known, then the NAXISn value
should be updated using the fits\_update\_key routine before moving to
another extension or closing the FITS file.

When writing to FITS tables, CFITSIO automatically keeps track of the
highest row number that is written to, and will increase the size of
the table if necessary.  CFITSIO will also automatically insert space
in the FITS file if necessary, to ensure that the data 'heap', if it
exists, and/or any additional HDUs that follow the table do not get
overwritten as new rows are written to the table.

As a general rule it is best to specify the initial number of rows = 0
when the table is created, then let CFITSIO keep track of the number of
rows that are actually written.  The application program should not
manually update the number of rows in the table (as given by the NAXIS2
keyword) since CFITSIO does this automatically.  If a table is
initially created with more than zero rows, then this will usually be
considered as the minimum size of the table, even if fewer rows are
actually written to the table.  Thus, if a table is initially created
with NAXIS2 = 20, and CFITSIO only writes 10 rows of data before
closing the table, then NAXIS2 will remain equal to 20.  If however, 30
rows of data are written to this table, then NAXIS2 will be increased
from 20 to 30.  The one exception to this automatic updating of the
NAXIS2 keyword is if the application program directly modifies the
value of NAXIS2 (up or down) itself just before closing the table.  In this
case, CFITSIO does not update NAXIS2 again, since it assumes that the
application program must have had a good reason for changing the value
directly.  This is not recommended, however, and is only provided for
backward compatibility with software that initially creates a table
with a large number of rows, than decreases the NAXIS2 value to the
actual smaller value just before closing the table.


\section{CFITSIO Size Limitations}

CFITSIO places very few restrictions on the size of FITS files that it
reads or writes.  There are a few limits, however, that may affect
some extreme cases:

1.  The maximum number of FITS files that may be simultaneously opened by
CFITSIO is set by NMAXFILES, as defined in fitsio2.h.  The current default
value is 1000, but this may be increased if necessary. Note that CFITSIO
allocates NIOBUF * 2880 bytes of I/O buffer space for each file that is
opened.  The default value of NIOBUF is 40 (defined in fitsio.h), so this
amounts to  more than 115K of memory  for each opened file (or 115 MB for
1000 opened files).  Note that the underlying  operating system, may have a
lower limit on the number of files that can be opened simultaneously.

2.  It used to be common for computer systems to only support disk files up
to 2**31 bytes = 2.1 GB in size, but most systems now support larger files.
CFITSIO can optionally read and write these so-called 'large files' that
are greater than 2.1 GB on
platforms where they are supported, but this
usually requires that special compiler option flags be specified to turn
on this  option.  On linux and solaris systems the compiler flags are
'-D\_LARGEFILE\_SOURCE' and  `-D\_FILE\_OFFSET\_BITS=64'. These flags
may also work on other platforms but this has not been tested.  Starting
with version 3.0 of CFITSIO, the default Makefile that is distributed
with CFITSIO will include these 2 compiler flags when building on Solaris
and Linux PC systems.   Users on other platforms will need to add these
compiler flags manually if they want to support large files.  In most
cases it appears that it is not necessary to include these compiler
flags when compiling application code that call the CFITSIO library
routines.

When CFITSIO is built with large file support (e.g., on Solaris and
Linux PC system by default) then it can read and write FITS data files
on disk that have any of these conditions:

\begin{itemize}
\item
FITS files larger than 2.1 GB in size
\item
FITS images containing greater than 2.1 G pixels
\item
FITS images that have one dimension with more than 2.1 G pixels
(as given by one of the NAXISn keyword)
\item
FITS tables containing more than 2.1E09 rows (given by the NAXIS2 keyword),
or with rows that are more than 2.1 GB wide (given by the NAXIS1 keyword)
\item
FITS binary tables with a variable-length array heap that is larger
than 2.1 GB (given by the PCOUNT keyword)
\end{itemize}

The current maximum FITS file size supported by  CFITSIO
is about 6 terabytes (containing
2**31 FITS blocks, each 2880 bytes in size). Currently, support for large
files in CFITSIO has been tested on the Linux, Solaris, and IBM AIX
operating systems.

Note that when writing application programs that are intended to support
large files it is important to use 64-bit integer variables
to store quantities such as the dimensions of images, or the number of
rows in a table.  These programs must also call the special versions
of some of the CFITSIO routines that have been adapted to
support 64-bit integers.  The names of these routines end in
'll' ('el' 'el') to distinguish them from the 32-bit integer
version (e.g.,  fits\_get\_num\_rowsll).


\chapter{Basic CFITSIO Interface Routines }

This chapter describes the basic routines in the CFITSIO user interface
that provide all the functions normally needed to read and write most
FITS files.  It is recommended that these routines be used for most
applications and that the more advanced routines described in the
next chapter only be used in special circumstances when necessary.

The following conventions are used in this chapter in the description
of each function:

1. Most functions have 2 names: a long descriptive name and a short
concise name.  Both names are listed on the first line of the following
descriptions, separated by a slash (/) character.  Programmers may use
either name in their programs but the long names are recommended to
help document the code and make it easier to read.

2. A right arrow symbol (\verb+>+) is used in the function descriptions to
separate the input parameters from the output parameters in the
definition of each routine.  This symbol is not actually part of the C
calling sequence.

3. The function parameters are defined in more detail in the
alphabetical listing in Appendix B.

4.  The first argument in almost all the functions is a pointer to a
structure of type `fitsfile'.  Memory for this structure is allocated
by CFITSIO when the FITS file is first opened or created and is freed
when the FITS file is closed.

5.  The last argument in almost all the functions is the error status
parameter.  It must be equal to 0 on input, otherwise the function will
immediately exit without doing anything.  A non-zero output value
indicates that an error occurred in the function.  In most cases the
status value is also returned as the value of the function itself.


\section{CFITSIO Error Status Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Return a descriptive text string (30 char max.) corresponding to
   a CFITSIO error status code.\label{ffgerr}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  void fits_get_errstatus / ffgerr (int status, > char *err_text)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Return the top (oldest) 80-character error message from the
    internal CFITSIO stack of error messages and shift any remaining
    messages on the stack up one level.  Call this routine
    repeatedly to get each message in sequence.  The function returns
   a value = 0 and a null error message when the error stack is empty.
\label{ffgmsg}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_errmsg / ffgmsg (char *err_msg)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Print out the error message corresponding to the input status
    value and all the error messages on the CFITSIO stack to the specified
    file stream  (normally to stdout or stderr).  If the input
    status value = 0 then this routine does nothing.
\label{ffrprt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  void fits_report_error / ffrprt (FILE *stream, status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ]The fits\_write\_errmark routine puts an invisible marker on the
   CFITSIO error stack.  The fits\_clear\_errmark routine can then be
   used to delete any more recent error messages on the stack, back to
   the position of the marker.  This preserves any older error messages
   on the stack.  The fits\_clear\_errmsg routine simply clears all the
   messages (and marks) from the stack.  These routines are called
   without any arguments.
\label{ffpmrk}  \label{ffcmsg}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  void fits_write_errmark / ffpmrk (void)
  void fits_clear_errmark / ffcmrk (void)
  void fits_clear_errmsg / ffcmsg (void)
\end{verbatim}


\section{FITS File Access Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Open an existing data file. \label{ffopen}


\begin{verbatim}
int fits_open_file / ffopen
    (fitsfile **fptr, char *filename, int iomode, > int *status)

int fits_open_diskfile / ffdkopn
    (fitsfile **fptr, char *filename, int iomode, > int *status)

int fits_open_data / ffdopn
    (fitsfile **fptr, char *filename, int iomode, > int *status)

int fits_open_table / fftopn
    (fitsfile **fptr, char *filename, int iomode, > int *status)

int fits_open_image / ffiopn
    (fitsfile **fptr, char *filename, int iomode, > int *status)

int fits_open_extlist / ffeopn
    (fitsfile **fptr, char *filename, int iomode, char *extlist,
    >  int *hdutype, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

The iomode parameter determines the read/write access allowed in the
file and can have values of READONLY (0) or READWRITE (1). The filename
parameter gives the name of the file to be opened, followed by an
optional argument giving the name or index number of the extension
within the FITS file that should be moved to and opened (e.g.,
\verb-myfile.fits+3- or \verb-myfile.fits[3]- moves to the 3rd extension within
the file, and \verb-myfile.fits[events]- moves to the extension with the
keyword EXTNAME = 'EVENTS').

The fits\_open\_diskfile routine is similar to the fits\_open\_file routine
except that it does not support the extended filename syntax in the input
file name.  This routine simply tries to open the specified input file
on magnetic disk.  This routine is mainly for use in cases where the
filename (or directory path) contains square or curly bracket characters
that would confuse the extended filename parser.

The fits\_open\_data routine is similar to the fits\_open\_file routine
except that it will move to the first HDU containing significant data,
if a HDU name or number to open was not explicitly specified as
part of the filename.  In this case, it will look for the first
IMAGE HDU with NAXIS greater than 0, or the first table that does not contain the
strings `GTI' (Good Time Interval extension) or `OBSTABLE' in the
EXTNAME keyword value.

The fits\_open\_table and fits\_open\_image routines are similar to
fits\_open\_data except they will move to the first significant table
HDU or image HDU in the file, respectively, if a HDU name or
number is not specified as part of the filename.

The fits\_open\_extlist routine opens the file and attempts to move to
a 'useful' HDU. If after opening the file CFITSIO is pointing to null
primary array, then CFITSIO will attempt to move to the first
extension that has an EXTNAME or HDUNAME keyword value that matches
one of the names in the input extlist space-delimited list of names
(wildcards are permitted).  If that fails, then CFITSIO simply moves
to the 2nd HDU in the file.  Upon return, the type of the HDU is
returned in *hdutype, as described in \ref{ffmahd} HDU Access Routines.

IRAF images (.imh format files) and raw binary data arrays may also be
opened with READONLY access.  CFITSIO will automatically test if the
input file is an IRAF image, and if, so will convert it on the fly into
a virtual FITS image before it is opened by the application program.
If the input file is a raw binary data array of numbers, then the data type
and dimensions of the array must be specified in square brackets
following the name of the file (e.g.  'rawfile.dat[i512,512]' opens a
512 x 512 short integer image).  See the `Extended File Name Syntax'
chapter for more details on how to specify the raw file name.  The raw
file is converted on the fly into a virtual FITS image in memory that
is then opened by the application program with READONLY access.

Programs can read the input file from the 'stdin' file stream if a dash
character ('-') is given as the filename. Files can also be opened over
the network using FTP or HTTP protocols by supplying the appropriate URL
as the filename.  The HTTPS and FTPS protocols are also supported if the CFITSIO
build includes the libcurl library.  (If the CFITSIO 'configure' script
finds a usable libcurl library on your system, it will automatically be 
included in the build.)

The input file can be modified in various ways to create a virtual file
(usually stored in memory) that is then opened by the application
program by supplying a filtering or binning specifier in square brackets
following the filename. Some of the more common filtering methods are
illustrated in the following paragraphs, but users should refer to the
'Extended File Name Syntax' chapter for a complete description of
the full file filtering syntax.

When opening an image, a rectangular subset of the physical image may be
opened by listing the first and last pixel in each dimension (and
optional pixel skipping factor):

\begin{verbatim}
myimage.fits[101:200,301:400]
\end{verbatim}
will create and open a 100x100 pixel virtual image of that section of
the physical image, and \verb+myimage.fits[*,-*]+ opens a virtual image
that is the same size as the physical image but has been flipped in
the vertical direction.

When opening a table, the filtering syntax can be used to add or delete
columns or keywords in the virtual table:
\verb-myfile.fits[events][col !time; PI = PHA*1.2]- opens a virtual table in which the TIME column
has been deleted and a new PI column has been added with a value 1.2
times that of the PHA column. Similarly, one can filter a table to keep
only those rows that satisfy a selection criterion:
\verb-myfile.fits[events][pha > 50]- creates and opens a virtual table
containing only those rows with a PHA value greater than 50. A large
number of boolean and mathematical operators can be used in the
selection expression. One can also filter table rows using 'Good Time
Interval' extensions, and spatial region filters as in
\verb-myfile.fits[events][gtifilter()]- and
\verb-myfile.fits[events][regfilter( "stars.rng")]-.

Finally, table columns may be binned or histogrammed to generate a
virtual image. For example, \verb-myfile.fits[events][bin (X,Y)=4]- will
result in a 2-dimensional image calculated by binning the X and Y
columns in the event table with a bin size of 4 in each dimension. The
TLMINn and TLMAXn keywords will be used by default to determine the
range of the image.

A single program can open the same FITS file more than once and then
treat the resulting fitsfile pointers as though they were completely
independent FITS files. Using this facility, a program can open a FITS
file twice, move to 2 different extensions within the file, and then
 read and write data in those extensions in any order.
\end{description}


\begin{description}
\item[2 ]  Create and open a new empty output FITS file. \label{ffinit}


\begin{verbatim}
int fits_create_file / ffinit
    (fitsfile **fptr, char *filename, > int *status)

int fits_create_diskfile / ffdkinit
    (fitsfile **fptr, char *filename, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

An error will be returned if the specified file already exists, unless
the filename is prefixed with an exclamation point (!). In that case
CFITSIO will overwrite (delete) any existing file with the same name.
Note that the exclamation point is a special UNIX character so if
it is used on the command line it must be preceded by a backslash to
force the UNIX shell to accept the character as part of the filename.

The output file will be written to the 'stdout' file stream if a dash
character ('-') or the string 'stdout' is given as the filename. Similarly,
'-.gz' or 'stdout.gz' will cause the file to be gzip compressed before
it is written out to the stdout stream.

Optionally, the name of a template file that is used to define the
structure of the new file may be specified in parentheses following the
output file name. The template file may be another FITS file, in which
case the new file, at the time it is opened, will be an exact copy of
the template file except that the data structures (images and tables)
will be filled with zeros. Alternatively, the template file may be an
ASCII format text file containing directives that define the keywords to be
created in each HDU of the file. See the 'Extended File Name Syntax'
 section for a complete description of the template file syntax.

The fits\_create\_diskfile routine is similar to the fits\_create\_file routine
except that it does not support the extended filename syntax in the input
file name.  This routine simply tries to create the specified file
on magnetic disk.  This routine is mainly for use in cases where the
filename (or directory path) contains square or curly bracket characters
 that would confuse the extended filename parser.
\end{description}



\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Close a previously opened FITS file.  The first routine simply
closes the file, whereas the second one also DELETES the file, which
can be useful in cases where a FITS file has been partially created,
but then an error occurs which prevents it from being completed.
Note that these routines behave differently than most other CFITSIO routines
if the input value of the `status' parameter is not zero:  Instead of
simply returning to the calling program without doing anything, these
routines effectively ignore the input status value and still attempt
to close or delete the file.
 \label{ffclos} \label{ffdelt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_close_file / ffclos (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)

  int fits_delete_file / ffdelt (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ]Return the name, I/O mode (READONLY or READWRITE), and/or the file
type (e.g. 'file://', 'ftp://') of the opened FITS file. \label{ffflnm}
 \label{ffflmd} \label{ffurlt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_file_name / ffflnm (fitsfile *fptr, > char *filename, int *status)

  int fits_file_mode / ffflmd (fitsfile *fptr, > int *iomode, int *status)

  int fits_url_type / ffurlt (fitsfile *fptr, > char *urltype, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\section{HDU Access Routines}

The following functions perform operations on Header-Data Units (HDUs)
as a whole.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Move to a different HDU in the file.  The first routine moves to a
    specified absolute HDU number (starting with 1 for the primary
    array) in the FITS file, and the second routine moves a relative
    number HDUs forward or backward from the current HDU.  A null
    pointer may be given for the hdutype parameter if it's value is
    not needed.  The third routine moves to the (first) HDU which has
    the specified extension type and EXTNAME and EXTVER keyword values
    (or HDUNAME and HDUVER keywords).  The extname parameter may
    contain wildcards, as accepted by fits\_compare\_str().  The
    hdutype parameter may have a value of IMAGE\_HDU, ASCII\_TBL,
    BINARY\_TBL, or ANY\_HDU where ANY\_HDU means that only the
    extname and extver values will be used to locate the correct
    extension.  If the input value of extver is 0 then the EXTVER
    keyword is ignored and the first HDU with a matching EXTNAME (or
    HDUNAME) keyword will be found.  If no matching HDU is found in
    the file then the current HDU will remain unchanged and a status =
    BAD\_HDU\_NUM will be returned.
  \label{ffmahd} \label{ffmrhd} \label{ffmnhd}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_movabs_hdu / ffmahd
      (fitsfile *fptr, int hdunum, > int *hdutype, int *status)

  int fits_movrel_hdu / ffmrhd
      (fitsfile *fptr, int nmove, > int *hdutype, int *status)

  int fits_movnam_hdu / ffmnhd
      (fitsfile *fptr, int hdutype, char *extname, int extver, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Return the total number of HDUs in the FITS file.  This returns the
number of completely defined HDUs in the file.  If a new HDU has just been added to
the FITS file, then that last HDU will only be counted if it has been closed,
or if data has been written to the HDU.
   The current HDU remains unchanged by this routine. \label{ffthdu}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_num_hdus / ffthdu
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *hdunum, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Return the number of the current HDU (CHDU) in the FITS file (where
    the primary array = 1).  This function returns the HDU number
   rather than a status value.  \label{ffghdn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_hdu_num / ffghdn
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *hdunum)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Return the type of the current HDU in the FITS file.  The possible
   values for hdutype are: IMAGE\_HDU, ASCII\_TBL, or BINARY\_TBL.  \label{ffghdt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_hdu_type / ffghdt
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *hdutype, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Copy all or part of the HDUs in the FITS file associated with infptr
    and append them to the end of the FITS file associated with
    outfptr.  If 'previous' is true (not 0), then any HDUs preceding
    the current HDU in the input file will be copied to the output
    file.  Similarly, 'current' and 'following' determine whether the
    current HDU, and/or any following HDUs in the input file will be
    copied to the output file. Thus, if all 3 parameters are true, then the
    entire input file will be copied.  On exit, the current HDU in
    the input file will be unchanged, and the last HDU in the output
   file will be the current HDU.  \label{ffcpfl}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_file / ffcpfl
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, int previous, int current,
          int following, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Copy the current HDU from the FITS file associated with infptr and append it
    to the end of the FITS file associated with outfptr.  Space may be
   reserved for MOREKEYS additional keywords in the output header. \label{ffcopy}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_hdu / ffcopy
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, int morekeys, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ] Write the current HDU in the input FITS file to the
   output FILE stream (e.g., to stdout). \label{ffwrhdu}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_hdu / ffwrhdu
      (fitsfile *infptr, FILE *stream, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[8 ]  Copy the header (and not the data) from the CHDU associated with infptr
    to the CHDU associated with outfptr.  If the current output HDU
    is not completely empty, then the CHDU will be closed and a new
    HDU will be appended to the output file.   An empty output data unit
   will be created with all values initially = 0). \label{ffcphd}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_header / ffcphd
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[9 ]  Delete the CHDU in the FITS file.  Any following HDUs will be shifted
    forward in the file, to fill in the gap created by the deleted
    HDU.  In the case of deleting the primary array (the first HDU in
    the file) then the current primary array will be replace by a null
    primary array containing the minimum set of required keywords and
    no data.  If there are more extensions in the file following the
    one that is deleted, then the the CHDU will be redefined to point
    to the following extension.  If there are no following extensions
    then the CHDU will be redefined to point to the previous HDU.  The
    output hdutype parameter returns the type of the new CHDU.  A null
    pointer may be given for
   hdutype if the returned value is not needed. \label{ffdhdu}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_delete_hdu / ffdhdu
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *hdutype, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\section{Header Keyword Read/Write Routines}

These routines read or write keywords in the Current Header Unit
(CHU).  Wild card characters (*, ?, or \#) may be used when specifying
the name of the keyword to be read: a '?' will match any single
character at that position in the keyword name and a '*' will match any
length (including zero) string of characters.  The '\#' character will
match any consecutive string of decimal digits (0 - 9).  When a wild
card is used the routine will only search for a match from the current
header position to the end of the header and will not resume the search
from the top of the header back to the original header position as is
done when no wildcards are included in the keyword name.  The
fits\_read\_record routine may be used to set the starting position
when doing wild card searches.  A status value of KEY\_NO\_EXIST is
returned if the specified keyword to be read is not found in the
header.


\subsection{Keyword Reading Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Return the number of existing keywords (not counting the
    END keyword) and the amount of space currently available for more
    keywords.  It returns morekeys = -1 if the header has not yet been
    closed.  Note that CFITSIO will dynamically add space if required
    when writing new keywords to a header so in practice there is no
    limit to the number of keywords that can be added to a header.  A
    null pointer may be entered for the morekeys parameter if it's
   value is not needed. \label{ffghsp}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_hdrspace / ffghsp
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *keysexist, int *morekeys, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Return the specified keyword.  In the first routine,
    the datatype parameter specifies the desired returned data type of the
    keyword value and can have one of the following symbolic constant
    values:  TSTRING, TLOGICAL (== int), TBYTE, TSHORT, TUSHORT, TINT,
    TUINT, TLONG, TULONG, TLONGLONG, TFLOAT, TDOUBLE, TCOMPLEX, and TDBLCOMPLEX.
    Within the context of this routine, TSTRING corresponds to a
    'char*' data type, i.e., a pointer to a character array.  Data type
    conversion will be performed for numeric values if the keyword
    value does not have the same data type.  If the value of the keyword
    is undefined (i.e., the value field is blank) then an error status
    = VALUE\_UNDEFINED will be returned.

    The second routine returns the keyword value as a character string
    (a literal copy of what is in the value field) regardless of the
    intrinsic data type of the keyword.  The third routine returns
    the entire 80-character header record of the keyword, with any
    trailing blank characters stripped off. The fourth routine returns
    the (next) header record that contains the literal string of characters
    specified by the 'string' argument.

    If a NULL comment pointer is supplied then the comment string
   will not be returned. \label{ffgky} \label{ffgkey} \label{ffgcrd}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_key / ffgky
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, char *keyname, > DTYPE *value,
       char *comment, int *status)

  int fits_read_keyword / ffgkey
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, > char *value, char *comment,
       int *status)

  int fits_read_card / ffgcrd
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, > char *card, int *status)

  int fits_read_str / ffgstr
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *string, > char *card, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Read a string-valued keyword and return the string length, the value string, 
    and/or the commment length and comment field.  These routines support the reading
    of long string keyword values of arbitrary length which use the CONTINUE convention.
    The first two routines, ffgkcsl and ffgskyc are the newer versions of the second two.  
    They provide all the functionality of the older routines, 
    but have the added capability of returning the length of comment strings (if any),
    and reading multi-line comment strings of arbitrary length.  They are recommended
    for use in the future.  ffgksl and ffgsky are maintained for backwards-compatibility.
    
    The first routine, ffgkcsl, simply returns the lengths of the character string value and
    comment string (if any) of the specified keyword.  These lengths are particularly helpful
    for allocating dynamic memory when retrieving the strings in the ffgskyc function.
    To create an array large enough to hold the full string, one should allocate a size equal to
    the returned length + 1 (for the trailing NULL).
    
    The second routine, ffgskyc, is for retrieving the value string and optional comment 
    string, both of which may be of arbitrary length spreading over multiple lines with the
    CONTINUE keyword convention.  It will return up to maxchar characters of the keyword value
    string, starting with the firstchar character.  Similarly, maxcomchar determines the 
    maximum number of characters to return for the comment string.  (The valuelen and comlen
    arguments return the total length of their respective strings regardless of what is actually
    returned as determined from the firstchar and max(com)char arguments.) If NULL is passed for 
    either the value or comm string pointer, its max(com)char setting is irrelevant since
    the corresponding string will not be returned.
    
    The ffgksl routine is the earlier version of ffgkcsl. It only returns the value string length and
    not the comment string length.  ffgsky, the earlier version of ffgskyc, does return 
    both the value string and comment string.  However it will only return up to the
    first FLEN\_COMMENT-1 characters of the comment.  It can read comments across
    multiple lines, but not of arbitrary length.   \label{ffgkcsl} \label{ffgskyc} \label{ffgksl} \label{ffgsky}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_key_com_strlen / ffgkcsl
      (fitsfile *fptr, const char *keyname, int *length, int *comlength,
      int *status);
      
  int fits_read_string_key_com / ffgskyc
      (fitsfile *fptr, const char *keyname, int firstchar, int maxchar,
      int maxcomchar, char *value, int *valuelen, char *comm,
      int *comlen, int *status);
      
  int fits_get_key_strlen / ffgksl
      (fitsfile *fptr, const char *keyname, int *length, int *status);

  int fits_read_string_key / ffgsky
       (fitsfile *fptr, const char *keyname, int firstchar, int maxchar,
       char *value, int *valuelen, char *comm, int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Return the nth header record in the CHU.  The first keyword
   in the header is at keynum = 1;  if keynum = 0 then these routines
   simply reset the internal CFITSIO pointer to the beginning of the header
   so that subsequent keyword operations will start at the top of the
   header (e.g., prior to searching for keywords using wild cards in
   the keyword name).   The first routine returns the entire
   80-character header record (with trailing blanks truncated),
   while the second routine parses the record and returns the name,
   value, and comment fields as separate (blank truncated)
   character strings.  If a NULL comment pointer is given on input,
   then the comment string will not be
  returned. \label{ffgrec} \label{ffgkyn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_record / ffgrec
      (fitsfile *fptr, int keynum, > char *card, int *status)

  int fits_read_keyn / ffgkyn
      (fitsfile *fptr, int keynum, > char *keyname, char *value,
       char *comment, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Return the next keyword whose name matches one of the strings in
    'inclist' but does not match any of the strings in 'exclist'.
    The strings in inclist and exclist may contain wild card characters
    (*, ?, and \#) as described at the beginning of this section.
    This routine searches from the current header position to the
    end of the header, only, and does not continue the search from
    the top of the header back to the original position.  The current
    header position may be reset with the ffgrec routine.  Note
    that nexc may be set = 0 if there are no keywords to be excluded.
    This routine returns status = KEY\_NO\_EXIST if a matching
   keyword is not found. \label{ffgnxk}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_find_nextkey / ffgnxk
      (fitsfile *fptr, char **inclist, int ninc, char **exclist,
       int nexc, > char *card, int  *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Return the physical units string from an existing keyword.  This
    routine uses a local convention, shown in the following example,
    in which the keyword units are enclosed in square brackets in the
    beginning of the keyword comment field.  A null string is returned
   if no units are defined for the keyword.  \label{ffgunt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
     VELOCITY=                 12.3 / [km/s] orbital speed

  int fits_read_key_unit / ffgunt
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, > char *unit, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ] Concatenate the header keywords in the CHDU into a single long
    string of characters.  This provides a convenient way of passing
    all or part of the header information in a FITS HDU to other subroutines.
    Each 80-character fixed-length keyword record is appended to the
    output character string, in order, with no intervening separator or
    terminating characters. The last header record is terminated with
    a NULL character.  These routine allocates memory for the returned
    character array, so the calling program must free the memory when
    finished.  The cleanest way to do this is to
    call the fits\_free\_memory routine.

    There are 2 related routines: fits\_hdr2str simply concatenates all
    the existing keywords in the header; fits\_convert\_hdr2str is similar,
    except that if the CHDU is a tile compressed image (stored in a binary
    table) then it will first convert that header back to that of the corresponding
    normal FITS image before concatenating the keywords.

    Selected keywords may be excluded from the returned character string.
    If the second parameter (nocomments) is TRUE (nonzero) then any
    COMMENT, HISTORY, or blank keywords in the header will not be copied
    to the output string.

    The 'exclist' parameter may be used to supply a list of keywords
    that are to be excluded from the output character string. Wild card
    characters (*, ?, and \#) may be used in the excluded keyword names.
    If no additional keywords are to be excluded, then set nexc = 0 and
   specify NULL for the the **exclist  parameter.  \label{ffhdr2str}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_hdr2str / ffhdr2str
      (fitsfile *fptr, int nocomments, char **exclist, int nexc,
      > char **header, int *nkeys, int *status)

  int fits_convert_hdr2str / ffcnvthdr2str
      (fitsfile *fptr, int nocomments, char **exclist, int nexc,
      > char **header, int *nkeys, int *status)

  int fits_free_memory / fffree
      (char *header, > int *status);

\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Keyword Writing Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Write a keyword of the appropriate data type into the
    CHU.  The first routine simply appends a new keyword whereas the
    second routine will update the value and comment fields of the
    keyword if it already exists, otherwise it appends a new
    keyword.  Note that the address to the value, and not the value
    itself, must be entered.    The datatype parameter specifies the
    data type of the keyword value with one of the following values:
    TSTRING, TLOGICAL (== int), TBYTE, TSHORT, TUSHORT, TINT, TUINT,
    TLONG, TLONGLONG, TULONG, TULONGLONG, TFLOAT, TDOUBLE.  Within the 
    context of this routine, TSTRING corresponds to a 'char*' data type,
    i.e., a pointer to a character array.  A null pointer may be entered 
    for the comment parameter in which case the  keyword comment
   field will be unmodified or left blank.  \label{ffpky} \label{ffuky}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_key / ffpky
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, char *keyname, DTYPE *value,
          char *comment, > int *status)

  int fits_update_key / ffuky
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, char *keyname, DTYPE *value,
          char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Write a keyword with a null or undefined value (i.e., the
    value field in the keyword is left blank).  The first routine
    simply appends a new keyword whereas the second routine will update
    the value and comment fields of the keyword if it already exists,
    otherwise it appends a new keyword.  A null pointer may be
    entered for the comment parameter in which case the  keyword
    comment
   field will be unmodified or left blank. \label{ffpkyu} \label{ffukyu}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_key_null / ffpkyu
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *comment, > int *status)

  int fits_update_key_null / ffukyu
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Write (append) a COMMENT or HISTORY keyword to the CHU.  The comment or
    history string will be continued over multiple keywords if it is longer
   than 70 characters. \label{ffpcom} \label{ffphis}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_comment / ffpcom
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *comment, > int *status)

  int fits_write_history / ffphis
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *history, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Write the DATE keyword to the CHU. The keyword value will contain
    the current system date as a character string in 'yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss'
    format. If a DATE keyword already exists in the header, then this
    routine will simply update the keyword value with the current date.
   \label{ffpdat}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_date / ffpdat
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ]Write a user specified keyword record into the CHU.  This is
   a low--level routine which can be used to write any arbitrary
   record into the header.  The record must conform to the all
  the FITS format requirements. \label{ffprec}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_record / ffprec
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *card, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ]Update an 80-character record in the CHU.  If a keyword with the input
   name already exists, then it is overwritten by the value of card.  This
   could modify the keyword name as well as the value and comment fields.
   If the keyword doesn't already exist then a new keyword card is appended
  to the header. \label{ffucrd}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_update_card / ffucrd
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *card, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[7 ] Modify (overwrite) the comment field of an existing keyword. \label{ffmcom}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_modify_comment / ffmcom
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[8 ] Write the physical units string into an existing keyword.  This
    routine uses a local convention, shown in the following example,
    in which the keyword units are enclosed in square brackets in the
   beginning of the keyword comment field.  \label{ffpunt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
     VELOCITY=                 12.3 / [km/s] orbital speed

  int fits_write_key_unit / ffpunt
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *unit, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[9 ] Rename an existing keyword, preserving the current value
   and comment fields. \label{ffmnam}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_modify_name / ffmnam
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *oldname, char *newname, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[10]  Delete a keyword record.  The space occupied by
    the keyword is reclaimed by moving all the following header records up
    one row in the header.  The first routine deletes a keyword at a
    specified position in the header (the first keyword is at position 1),
    whereas the second routine deletes a specifically named keyword.
    Wild card characters may be used when specifying the name of the keyword
    to be deleted. The third routine deletes the (next) keyword that contains
    the literal character string specified by the 'string'
   argument.\label{ffdrec} \label{ffdkey}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_delete_record / ffdrec
      (fitsfile *fptr, int   keynum,  > int *status)

  int fits_delete_key / ffdkey
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, > int *status)

  int fits_delete_str / ffdstr
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *string, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\section{Primary Array or IMAGE Extension I/O Routines}

These routines read or write data values in the primary data array (i.e.,
the first HDU in a FITS file) or an IMAGE extension.   There are also
routines to get information about the data type and size of the image.
Users should also read the following chapter on the CFITSIO iterator
function which provides a more `object oriented' method of reading and
writing images.  The iterator function is a little more complicated to
use, but the advantages are that it usually takes less code to perform
the same operation, and the resulting program often runs faster because
the FITS files are read and written using the most efficient block size.

C programmers should note that the ordering of arrays in FITS files, and
hence in all the CFITSIO calls, is more similar to the dimensionality
of arrays in Fortran rather than C.  For instance if a FITS image has
NAXIS1 = 100 and NAXIS2 = 50, then a 2-D array just large enough to hold
the image should be declared as array[50][100] and not as array[100][50].

The `datatype'  parameter specifies the data type of the `nulval'  and
`array' pointers and can have one of the following  values:  TBYTE,
TSBYTE, TSHORT, TUSHORT, TINT, TUINT, TLONG, TLONGLONG, TULONG, TULONGLONG, TFLOAT,
TDOUBLE.  Automatic data type conversion is performed if the data type
of the FITS array (as defined by the BITPIX keyword) differs from that
specified by 'datatype'.  The data values are also automatically scaled
by the BSCALE and BZERO keyword values as they are being read or written
in the FITS array.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Get the data type or equivalent data type of the image.  The
    first routine returns the physical data type of the FITS image, as
    given by the BITPIX keyword, with allowed values of BYTE\_IMG (8),
    SHORT\_IMG (16), LONG\_IMG (32), LONGLONG\_IMG (64),
    FLOAT\_IMG (-32), and DOUBLE\_IMG
    (-64).
    The second routine is similar, except that if the image pixel
    values are scaled, with non-default values for the BZERO and BSCALE
    keywords, then the routine will return the 'equivalent' data type
    that is needed to store the scaled values.  For example, if BITPIX
    = 16 and BSCALE = 0.1 then the equivalent data type is FLOAT\_IMG.
    Similarly if BITPIX = 16, BSCALE = 1, and BZERO = 32768, then the
    the pixel values span the range of an unsigned short integer and
   the returned data type will be USHORT\_IMG. \label{ffgidt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_img_type / ffgidt
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *bitpix, int *status)

  int fits_get_img_equivtype / ffgiet
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *bitpix, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Get the number of dimensions, and/or the size of
    each dimension in the image .  The number of axes in the image is
    given by naxis, and the size of each dimension is given by the
    naxes array (a maximum of maxdim dimensions will be returned).
   \label{ffgidm} \label{ffgisz} \label{ffgipr}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_img_dim / ffgidm
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *naxis, int *status)

  int fits_get_img_size / ffgisz
      (fitsfile *fptr, int maxdim, > long *naxes, int *status)

  int fits_get_img_sizell / ffgiszll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int maxdim, > LONGLONG *naxes, int *status)

  int fits_get_img_param / ffgipr
      (fitsfile *fptr, int maxdim, > int *bitpix, int *naxis, long *naxes,
       int *status)

  int fits_get_img_paramll / ffgiprll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int maxdim, > int *bitpix, int *naxis, LONGLONG *naxes,
       int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ]Create a new primary array or IMAGE extension with a specified
   data type and size.  If the FITS file is currently empty then a
   primary array is created, otherwise a new IMAGE extension is
  appended to the file. \label{ffcrim}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_create_img / ffcrim
      ( fitsfile *fptr, int bitpix, int naxis, long *naxes, > int *status)

  int fits_create_imgll / ffcrimll
      ( fitsfile *fptr, int bitpix, int naxis, LONGLONG *naxes, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Copy an n-dimensional image in a particular row and column of a
    binary table (in a vector column)
    to or from a primary array or image extension.

    The 'cell2image' routine
    will append a new image extension (or primary array) to the output file.
    Any WCS keywords associated with the input column image will be translated
    into the appropriate form for an image extension.  Any other keywords
    in the table header that are not specifically related to defining the
    binary table structure or to other columns in the table
    will also be copied to the header of the output image.

    The 'image2cell' routine will copy the input image into the specified row
    and column of the current binary table in the output file.  The binary table
    HDU must exist before calling this routine, but it
    may be empty, with no rows or columns of data.  The specified column
    (and row) will be created if it does not already exist.  The 'copykeyflag'
    parameter controls which keywords are copied from the input
    image to the header of the output table: 0 = no keywords will be copied,
    1 = all keywords will be copied (except those keywords that would be invalid in
   the table header), and 2 = copy only the WCS keywords. \label{copycell}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_cell2image
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, char *colname, long rownum,
       > int *status)

  int fits_copy_image2cell
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, char *colname, long rownum,
       int copykeyflag > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Write a rectangular subimage (or the whole image) to the FITS data
    array.  The fpixel and lpixel arrays give the coordinates of the
    first (lower left corner) and last (upper right corner) pixels in
   FITS image to be written to.  \label{ffpss}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_subset / ffpss
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, long *fpixel, long *lpixel,
       DTYPE *array, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Write pixels into the FITS data array.  'fpixel' is an array of
   length NAXIS which gives the coordinate of the starting pixel to be
   written to, such that fpixel[0] is in the range 1 to NAXIS1,
   fpixel[1] is in the range 1 to NAXIS2, etc.  The first pair of routines
   simply writes the array of pixels to the FITS file (doing data type
   conversion if necessary) whereas the second routines will substitute
   the  appropriate FITS null value for any elements which are equal to
   the input value of nulval (note that this parameter gives the
   address of the null value, not the null value itself).  For integer
   FITS arrays, the FITS null value is defined by the BLANK keyword (an
   error is returned if the BLANK keyword doesn't exist).  For floating
   point FITS arrays  the special IEEE NaN (Not-a-Number) value will be
   written into the FITS file.  If a null pointer is entered for
   nulval, then the null value is ignored and this routine behaves
  the same as fits\_write\_pix.   \label{ffppx} \label{ffppxn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_pix / ffppx
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, long *fpixel, LONGLONG nelements,
       DTYPE *array, int *status);

  int fits_write_pixll / ffppxll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, LONGLONG *fpixel, LONGLONG nelements,
       DTYPE *array, int *status);

  int fits_write_pixnull / ffppxn
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, long *fpixel, LONGLONG nelements,
       DTYPE *array, DTYPE *nulval, > int *status);

  int fits_write_pixnullll / ffppxnll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, LONGLONG *fpixel, LONGLONG nelements,
       DTYPE *array, DTYPE *nulval, > int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ] Set FITS data array elements equal to the appropriate null pixel
    value. For integer FITS arrays, the FITS null value is defined by
    the BLANK keyword  (an error is returned if the BLANK keyword
    doesn't exist). For floating point FITS arrays the special IEEE NaN
    (Not-a-Number) value will be written into the FITS file.  Note that
    'firstelem' is a scalar giving the  offset to the first pixel to be
    written in the equivalent 1-dimensional array of image pixels. \label{ffpprn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_null_img / ffpprn
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG firstelem, LONGLONG nelements, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[8 ] Read a rectangular subimage (or the whole image) from the FITS
    data array.  The fpixel and lpixel arrays give the coordinates of
    the first (lower left corner) and last (upper right corner) pixels
    to be read from the FITS image. Undefined FITS array elements will
    be returned with a value = *nullval, (note that this parameter
    gives the address of the null value, not the null value itself)
    unless nulval = 0 or *nulval = 0, in which case no checks for
   undefined pixels will be performed.  \label{ffgsv}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_subset / ffgsv
      (fitsfile *fptr, int  datatype, long *fpixel, long *lpixel, long *inc,
       DTYPE *nulval, > DTYPE *array, int *anynul, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[9 ] Read pixels from the FITS data array.  'fpixel' is the starting
    pixel location and is an array of length NAXIS such that fpixel[0]
    is in the range 1 to NAXIS1, fpixel[1] is in the range 1 to NAXIS2,
    etc. The nelements parameter specifies the number of pixels to
    read.  If fpixel is set to the first pixel, and nelements is set
    equal to the NAXIS1 value, then this routine would read the first
    row of the image.  Alternatively, if nelements is set equal to
    NAXIS1 * NAXIS2 then it would read an entire 2D image, or the first
    plane of a 3-D datacube.

    The first 2 routines will return any undefined pixels in the FITS array
    equal to the value of *nullval (note that this parameter gives the
    address of the null value, not the null value itself) unless nulval
    = 0 or *nulval = 0, in which case no checks for undefined pixels
    will be performed.  The second 2 routines are similar except that any
    undefined pixels will have the corresponding nullarray element set
   equal to TRUE (= 1).  \label{ffgpxv}  \label{ffgpxf}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_pix / ffgpxv
      (fitsfile *fptr, int  datatype, long *fpixel, LONGLONG nelements,
       DTYPE *nulval, > DTYPE *array, int *anynul, int *status)

  int fits_read_pixll / ffgpxvll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int  datatype, LONGLONG *fpixel, LONGLONG nelements,
       DTYPE *nulval, > DTYPE *array, int *anynul, int *status)

  int fits_read_pixnull / ffgpxf
      (fitsfile *fptr, int  datatype, long *fpixel, LONGLONG nelements,
       > DTYPE *array, char *nullarray, int *anynul, int *status)

  int fits_read_pixnullll / ffgpxfll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int  datatype, LONGLONG *fpixel, LONGLONG nelements,
       > DTYPE *array, char *nullarray, int *anynul, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[10]  Copy a rectangular section of an image and write it to a new
     FITS primary image or image extension.  The new image HDU is appended
     to the end of the output file; all the keywords in the input image
     will be copied to the output image.  The common WCS keywords will
     be updated if necessary to correspond to the coordinates of the section.
     The format of the section expression is
     same as specifying an image section using the extended file name
     syntax (see "Image Section" in Chapter 10).
     (Examples:  "1:100,1:200", "1:100:2, 1:*:2", "*, -*").
    \label{ffcpimg}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_image_section / ffcpimg
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, char *section, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\section{Image Compression}

CFITSIO transparently supports the 2 methods of image compression described
below.

1)  The entire FITS file may be externally compressed with the gzip or Unix
compress utility programs, producing a *.gz or *.Z file, respectively. When reading
compressed files of this type, CFITSIO first uncompresses the entire file
into memory before performing the requested read operations.  Output files
can be directly written in the gzip compressed format if the user-specified
filename ends with `.gz'.  In this case, CFITSIO initially writes the
uncompressed file in memory and then compresses it and writes it to disk
when the FITS file is closed, thus saving user disk space. Read and write
access to these compressed FITS files is generally quite fast since all the
I/O is performed in memory; the main limitation with this technique is that
there must be enough available memory (or swap space) to hold the entire
uncompressed FITS file.

2) CFITSIO also supports the FITS tiled image compression convention in
which the image is subdivided into a grid of rectangular tiles, and each
tile of pixels is individually compressed.   The details of this FITS
compression  convention are described at the FITS Support Office web site at
http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/fits\_registry.html, and in the fpackguide pdf file
that is included with the CFITSIO source file distributions Basically, the compressed
image tiles are stored in rows of a variable length array column in a FITS
binary table, however CFITSIO recognizes that this binary table extension
contains an image and treats it as if it were an IMAGE extension.  This
tile-compressed format is especially well suited for compressing very large
images because a) the FITS header keywords remain uncompressed for rapid
read access, and because b) it is possible to extract and uncompress
sections of the image without having to uncompress the entire image. This
format is also much more effective in compressing floating point images
than simply compressing the image using gzip or compress because it
approximates the floating point values with scaled integers which can then
be compressed more efficiently.

Currently CFITSIO supports 3 general purpose compression algorithms  plus
one other special-purpose compression technique that is designed for data
masks with positive integer pixel values. The 3 general purpose algorithms
are GZIP, Rice, and HCOMPRESS, and the special purpose  algorithm is the
IRAF pixel list compression technique (PLIO).  There are 2 variants of the GZIP
algorithm: GZIP\_1 compresses the array of image pixel value normally with the
GZIP algorithm, while GZIP\_2 first shuffles the bytes in all the pixel
values so that the most-significant byte of every pixel appears first, followed
by the less significant bytes in sequence.  GZIP\_2 may be more effective
in cases where the most significant byte in most of the image pixel values
contains the same bit pattern. In principle, any number of
other compression algorithms could also be supported  by the FITS tiled
image compression convention.

The FITS image can be subdivided into any desired rectangular grid of
compression tiles.  With the GZIP, Rice,  and PLIO algorithms, the default
is to take each row of the image as a tile.  The HCOMPRESS algorithm is
inherently 2-dimensional in nature, so the default in this case is to take
16 rows of the image per tile. In most cases it makes little difference what
tiling pattern is used, so the default tiles are usually adequate.  In the
case of very small images, it could be more efficient to compress the whole
image as a single tile. Note that the image dimensions are not required to
be an integer multiple of the tile dimensions; if not, then the tiles at the
edges of the image will be smaller than the other tiles.

The 4 supported image compression algorithms are all 'loss-less' when
applied to integer FITS images;  the pixel values are preserved exactly with
no loss of information during the compression and uncompression process.  In
addition, the HCOMPRESS algorithm supports a 'lossy' compression mode that
will produce
larger amount of image compression.  This is achieved by specifying a non-zero
value for the HCOMPRESS ``scale''
parameter.  Since the amount of compression that is achieved depends directly
on the RMS noise in the image, it is usually more convention
to specify the HCOMPRESS scale factor relative to the RMS noise.
Setting s = 2.5 means use a scale factor that is 2.5 times the calculated RMS noise
in the image tile.   In some cases
it may be desirable to specify the exact scaling to be used,
instead of specifying it relative to the calculated noise value.  This may
be done by specifying the negative of desired scale value (typically
in the range -2 to -100).

Very high compression factors (of 100 or more) can be
achieved by using large HCOMPRESS scale values, however, this can produce undesirable
``blocky'' artifacts in the compressed image.  A variation of the HCOMPRESS
algorithm (called HSCOMPRESS) can be used in this case to apply a small
amount of smoothing of the image when it is uncompressed to help cover up
these artifacts.  This smoothing is purely cosmetic and does not cause any
significant change to the image pixel values.

Floating point FITS images (which have BITPIX = -32 or -64) usually contain
too much ``noise'' in the least significant bits of the mantissa of the
pixel values  to be effectively compressed with any lossless algorithm.
Consequently, floating point images are first quantized into scaled integer
pixel values (and thus throwing away much of the noise) before being
compressed with the specified algorithm (either GZIP, Rice, or HCOMPRESS).
This technique produces much higher compression factors than
simply using the GZIP utility to externally compress the whole FITS file,  but it also
means that the original floating value pixel values are not exactly
preserved. When done properly, this  integer scaling technique will only
discard the insignificant noise while still preserving all the real
information in the image.  The amount of precision that is retained in the
pixel values is controlled by the "quantization level" parameter, q.  Larger
values of q will result in compressed images whose pixels more closely match
the floating point pixel values, but at the same time the amount of
compression that is achieved will be reduced.  Users should experiment with
different values for  this parameter to determine the optimal value that
preserves all the useful information in the image, without needlessly
preserving all the ``noise'' which will hurt the compression efficiency.

The default value for the quantization scale factor is 4.0, which means that
scaled integer pixel values will be quantized such that the difference
between adjacent integer values will be 1/4th of the noise level in the
image background. CFITSIO uses an optimized algorithm to accurately estimate
the noise in the image.  As an example, if the RMS noise in the background
pixels of an  image = 32.0,  then the spacing between adjacent scaled
integer pixel values  will equal 8.0 by default.  Note that the RMS noise is
independently calculated for each tile of the image, so the resulting
integer scaling factor may fluctuate slightly for each tile.   In some cases
it may be desirable to specify the exact quantization level to be used,
instead of specifying it relative to the calculated noise value.  This may
be done by specifying the negative of desired quantization level for the
value of q.  In the previous example, one could specify q = -8.0 so that the
quantized integer levels differ by exactly 8.0.  Larger negative values for q means
that the levels are more coarsely spaced, and will produce higher
compression factors.

When floating point images are being quantized, one must also specify what
quantization method is to be used.  The default algorithm is called
``SUBTRACTIVE\_DITHER\_1''.  A second variation called ``SUBTRACTIVE\_DITHER\_2''
is also available, which does the same thing except that any pixels with a
value of 0.0 are not dithered and instead the zero values are exactly
preserved in the compressed image.  This is intended for the special case
where ``bad pixels'' in the image have been artifically set to zero to indicate that they have no valid value.  It is not currently supported with HCOMPRESS, 
and if requested while using HCOMPRESS, it will be replaced with ``SUBTRACTIVE\_DITHER\_1''.  One may also turn off dithering
completely with the ``NO\_DITHER'' option, but this is not recommended
because it can cause larger systematic errors in measurements of the
position or brightness of objects in the compressed image.

There are 3 methods for specifying all the parameters needed to write a FITS
image in the tile compressed format.  The parameters may either be specified
at run time as part of the file name of the output compressed FITS file, or
the writing program may call a set of helper CFITSIO subroutines that are provided
for specifying the parameter values, or ``compression directive'' keywords
may be added to the header of each image HDU to specify the compression parameters.
These 3 methods are described below.

1)  At run time, when specifying the name of the output FITS file to be
created, the user can indicate that images should be
written in tile-compressed format by enclosing the compression
parameters in square brackets following the root disk file name
in the following format:

\begin{verbatim}
    [compress NAME T1,T2; q[z] QLEVEL, s HSCALE]
\end{verbatim}
where

\begin{verbatim}
    NAME   = algorithm name:  GZIP, Rice, HCOMPRESS, HSCOMPRSS or PLIO
             may be abbreviated to the first letter (or HS for HSCOMPRESS)
    T1,T2  = tile dimension (e.g. 100,100 for square tiles 100 pixels wide)
    QLEVEL = quantization level for floating point FITS images
    HSCALE = HCOMPRESS scale factor; default = 0 which is lossless.
\end{verbatim}

Here are a few examples of this extended syntax:


\begin{verbatim}
    myfile.fit[compress]    - use the default compression algorithm (Rice)
                              and the default tile size (row by row)

    myfile.fit[compress G] - use the specified compression algorithm;
    myfile.fit[compress R]     only the first letter of the algorithm
    myfile.fit[compress P]     should be given.
    myfile.fit[compress H]

    myfile.fit[compress R 100,100]   - use Rice and 100 x 100 pixel tiles

    myfile.fit[compress R; q 10.0] - quantization level = (RMS-noise) / 10.
    myfile.fit[compress R; qz 10.0] - quantization level = (RMS-noise) / 10.
                      also use the SUBTRACTIVE_DITHER_2 quantization method
    myfile.fit[compress HS; s 2.0]  -  HSCOMPRESS (with smoothing)
                                          and scale = 2.0 * RMS-noise
\end{verbatim}

2)  Before calling the CFITSIO routine to write the image header
keywords (e.g., fits\_create\_image) the programmer can call the
routines described below to specify the compression algorithm and the
tiling pattern that is to be used.  There are routines for specifying
the various compression parameters and similar routines to
return the current values of the parameters:
\label{ffsetcomp}  \label{ffgetcomp}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_set_compression_type(fitsfile *fptr, int comptype, int *status)
  int fits_set_tile_dim(fitsfile *fptr, int ndim, long *tilesize, int *status)
  int fits_set_quantize_level(fitsfile *fptr, float qlevel, int *status)
  int fits_set_quantize_method(fitsfile *fptr, int method, int *status)
  int fits_set_quantize_dither(fitsfile *fptr, int dither, int *status)
  int fits_set_dither_seed(fitsfile *fptr, int seed, int *status)
  int fits_set_dither_offset(fitsfile *fptr, int offset, int *status)
  int fits_set_lossy_int(fitsfile *fptr, int lossy_int, int *status)
      this forces integer image to be converted to floats, then quantized
  int fits_set_huge_hdu(fitsfile *fptr, int huge, int *status);
      this should be called when the compressed image size is more than 4 GB.
  int fits_set_hcomp_scale(fitsfile *fptr, float scale, int *status)
  int fits_set_hcomp_smooth(fitsfile *fptr, int smooth, int *status)
              Set smooth = 1 to apply smoothing when uncompressing the image

  int fits_get_compression_type(fitsfile *fptr, int *comptype, int *status)
  int fits_get_tile_dim(fitsfile *fptr, int ndim, long *tilesize, int *status)
  int fits_get_quantize_level(fitsfile *fptr, float *level, int *status)
  int fits_get_hcomp_scale(fitsfile *fptr, float *scale, int *status)
\end{verbatim}
Several symbolic constants are defined for use as the value of the
`comptype' parameter:  GZIP\_1, GZIP\_2, RICE\_1, HCOMPRESS\_1 or PLIO\_1.
Entering NULL for comptype will turn off the tile-compression and cause normal FITS
images to be written.

There are also defined symbolic constants for the quantization method:
``SUBTRACTIVE\_DITHER\_1'', ``SUBTRACTIVE\_DITHER\_2'', and ``NO\_DITHER''.

3) CFITSIO will uses the values of the following keywords, if they are present
in the header of the image HDU,
to determine how to compress that HDU.  These keywords override any compression parameters
that were specified with the previous 2 methods.

\begin{verbatim}
  FZALGOR  - 'RICE_1' , 'GZIP_1', 'GZIP_2', 'HCOMPRESS_1', 'PLIO_1', 'NONE'
  FZTILE   - 'ROW', 'WHOLE', or '(n,m)'
  FZQVALUE - float value (default = 4.0)
  FZQMETHD - 'SUBTRACTIVE_DITHER_1', 'SUBTRACTIVE_DITHER_2', 'NO_DITHER'
  FZDTHRSD - 'CLOCK', 'CHECKSUM', 1 - 10000
  FZINT2F  -  T, or F:  Convert integers to floats, then quantize?
  FZHSCALE - float value (default = 0).  Hcompress scale value.
\end{verbatim}

No special action is required by software when read tile-compressed images because
all the CFITSIO routines that read normal uncompressed FITS images also
transparently read images in the tile-compressed format;  CFITSIO essentially
treats the binary table that contains the compressed tiles as if
it were an IMAGE extension.


The following 2 routines are available for compressing or
or decompressing an image:

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_img_compress(fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, int *status);
  int fits_img_decompress (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, int *status);
\end{verbatim}
Before calling the compression routine, the compression parameters must
first be defined in one of the 3 way described in the previous paragraphs.
There is also a routine to determine if the current HDU contains
a tile compressed image (it returns 1 or 0):

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_is_compressed_image(fitsfile *fptr, int *status);
\end{verbatim}
A small example program called 'imcopy' is included with CFITSIO that
can be used to compress (or uncompress) any FITS image.  This
program can be used to experiment with the various compression options
on existing FITS images as shown in these examples:

\begin{verbatim}
1)  imcopy infile.fit 'outfile.fit[compress]'

       This will use the default compression algorithm (Rice) and the
       default tile size (row by row)

2)  imcopy infile.fit 'outfile.fit[compress GZIP]'

       This will use the GZIP compression algorithm and the default
       tile size (row by row).  The allowed compression algorithms are
       Rice, GZIP, and PLIO.  Only the first letter of the algorithm
       name needs to be specified.

3)  imcopy infile.fit 'outfile.fit[compress G 100,100]'

       This will use the GZIP compression algorithm and 100 X 100 pixel
       tiles.

4)  imcopy infile.fit 'outfile.fit[compress R 100,100; qz 10.0]'

       This will use the Rice compression algorithm, 100 X 100 pixel
       tiles, and quantization level = RMSnoise / 10.0 (assuming the
       input image has a floating point data type). By specifying
       qz instead of q, this means use the subtractive dither2
       quantization method.

5)  imcopy infile.fit outfile.fit

       If the input file is in tile-compressed format, then it will be
       uncompressed to the output file.  Otherwise, it simply copies
       the input image to the output image.

6)  imcopy 'infile.fit[1001:1500,2001:2500]'  outfile.fit

       This extracts a 500 X 500 pixel section of the much larger
       input image (which may be in tile-compressed format).  The
       output is a normal uncompressed FITS image.

7)  imcopy 'infile.fit[1001:1500,2001:2500]'  outfile.fit.gz

       Same as above, except the output file is externally compressed
       using the gzip algorithm.

\end{verbatim}

\section{ASCII and Binary Table Routines}

These routines perform read and write operations on columns of data in
FITS ASCII or Binary tables.  Note that in the following discussions,
the first row and column in a table is at position 1 not 0.

Users should also read the following chapter on the CFITSIO iterator
function which provides a more `object oriented' method of reading and
writing table columns.  The iterator function is a little more
complicated to use, but the advantages are that it usually takes less
code to perform the same operation, and the resulting program often
runs faster because the FITS files are read and written using the most
efficient block size.


\subsection{Create New Table}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ]Create a new ASCII or bintable table extension. If
   the FITS file is currently empty then a dummy primary array will be
   created before appending the table extension to it.  The tbltype
   parameter defines the type of table and can have values of
   ASCII\_TBL or BINARY\_TBL.  The naxis2 parameter gives the initial
   number of rows to be created in the table, and should normally be
   set = 0.  CFITSIO will automatically increase the size of the table
   as additional rows are written.  A non-zero number of rows may be
   specified to reserve space for that many rows, even if a fewer
   number of rows will be written.  The tunit and extname parameters
   are optional and a null pointer may be given if they are not
   defined.  The FITS Standard recommends that only letters, digits,
   and the underscore character be used in column names (the ttype
   parameter) with no embedded spaces.  Trailing blank characters are
   not significant.   \label{ffcrtb}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_create_tbl / ffcrtb
      (fitsfile *fptr, int tbltype, LONGLONG naxis2, int tfields, char *ttype[],
       char *tform[], char *tunit[], char *extname, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Copy the structure of an open table to a new table, optionally
    copying zero or more rows from the input table.  This is useful in
    cases where a task will filter rows from the input before transferring
    to the output, so a ``pristine'' output table with zero rows is
    desired to start.  The input file must be open and point to a binary table
    extension.  The output file must be open for writing; a new
    extension is created with the same table structure as the input.
    Optionally, a range of nrows may be copied starting from firstrow,
    similar to fits\_copy\_rows(). The value nrows may be 0.  Note that
    the first row in a table is at row = 1.
   \label{ffcpht}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_hdutab / ffcpht
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, LONGLONG firstrow,
       LONGLONG nrows, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}



\subsection{Column Information Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ]  Get the number of rows or columns in the current FITS table.
     The number of rows is given by the NAXIS2 keyword and the
     number of columns is given by the TFIELDS keyword in the header
    of the table. \label{ffgnrw}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_num_rows / ffgnrw
      (fitsfile *fptr, > long *nrows, int *status);

  int fits_get_num_rowsll / ffgnrwll
      (fitsfile *fptr, > LONGLONG *nrows, int *status);

  int fits_get_num_cols / ffgncl
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *ncols, int *status);
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Get the table column number (and name) of the column whose name
matches an input template name.   If casesen  = CASESEN then the column
name match will be case-sensitive, whereas if casesen = CASEINSEN then
the case will be ignored.  As a general rule, the column names should
be treated as case INsensitive.

The input column name template may be either the exact name of the
column to be searched for, or it may contain wild card characters (*,
?, or \#), or it may contain the integer number of the desired column
(with the first column = 1).  The `*' wild card character matches any
sequence of characters (including zero characters) and the `?'
character matches any single character.  The \# wildcard will match any
consecutive string of decimal digits (0-9).  If more than one column
name in the table matches the template string, then the first match is
returned and the status value will be set to COL\_NOT\_UNIQUE  as a
warning that a unique match was not found.  To find the other cases
that match the template, call the routine again leaving the input
status value equal to COL\_NOT\_UNIQUE and the next matching name will
then be returned.  Repeat this process until a status =
COL\_NOT\_FOUND  is returned.

The FITS Standard recommends that only letters, digits, and the
underscore character be used in column names (with no embedded
spaces).  Trailing blank characters are not significant.
  \label{ffgcno} \label{ffgcnn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_colnum / ffgcno
      (fitsfile *fptr, int casesen, char *templt, > int *colnum,
       int *status)

  int fits_get_colname / ffgcnn
      (fitsfile *fptr, int casesen, char *templt, > char *colname,
       int *colnum, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Return the data type, vector repeat value, and the width in bytes
    of a column in an ASCII or binary table.  Allowed values for the
    data type in ASCII tables are:  TSTRING, TSHORT, TLONG, TFLOAT, and
    TDOUBLE.  Binary tables also support these types: TLOGICAL, TBIT,
    TBYTE, TLONGLONG, TCOMPLEX and TDBLCOMPLEX.  The negative of the data type code
    value is returned if it is a variable length array column.  Note
    that in the case of a 'J' 32-bit integer binary table column, this
    routine will return data type = TINT32BIT (which in fact is
    equivalent to TLONG).  With most current C compilers, a value in a
    'J' column has the same size as an 'int' variable, and may not be
    equivalent to a 'long' variable, which is 64-bits long on an
    increasing number of compilers.

    The 'repeat' parameter returns the vector repeat count on the binary
    table TFORMn keyword value. (ASCII table columns always have repeat
    = 1).  The 'width' parameter returns the width in bytes of a single
    column element (e.g., a '10D' binary table column will have width =
    8, an ASCII table 'F12.2' column will have width = 12, and a binary
    table'60A' character string  column will have width = 60);  Note that
    CFITSIO supports the local convention for specifying arrays of
    fixed length strings within a binary table character column using
    the syntax TFORM = 'rAw' where 'r' is the total number of characters
    (= the width of the column) and 'w' is the width of a unit string
    within the column.  Thus if the column has TFORM = '60A12' then this
    means that each row of the table contains 5 12-character substrings
    within the 60-character field, and thus in this case this routine will
    return typecode = TSTRING, repeat = 60, and width = 12.  (The TDIMn
    keyword may also be used to specify the unit string length; The pair
    of keywords TFORMn = '60A' and TDIMn = '(12,5)'  would have the
    same effect as TFORMn = '60A12').  The number
    of substrings in any binary table character string field can be
    calculated by (repeat/width).  A null pointer may be given for any of
    the output parameters that are not needed.

   The second routine, fit\_get\_eqcoltype is similar except that in
   the case of scaled integer columns it returns the 'equivalent' data
   type that is needed to store the scaled values, and not necessarily
   the physical data type of the unscaled values as stored in the FITS
   table.  For example if a '1I' column in a binary table has TSCALn =
   1 and TZEROn = 32768, then this column effectively contains unsigned
   short integer values, and thus the returned value of typecode will
   be TUSHORT, not TSHORT.  Similarly, if a column has TTYPEn = '1I'
   and TSCALn = 0.12, then the returned typecode
  will be TFLOAT. \label{ffgtcl}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_coltype / ffgtcl
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, > int *typecode, long *repeat,
       long *width, int *status)

  int fits_get_coltypell / ffgtclll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, > int *typecode, LONGLONG *repeat,
       LONGLONG *width, int *status)

  int fits_get_eqcoltype / ffeqty
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, > int *typecode, long *repeat,
       long *width, int *status)

  int fits_get_eqcoltypell / ffeqtyll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, > int *typecode, LONGLONG *repeat,
       LONGLONG *width, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Return the display width of a column.  This is the length
    of the string that will be returned by the fits\_read\_col routine
    when reading the column as a formatted string.  The display width is
    determined by the TDISPn keyword, if present, otherwise by the data
   type of the column. \label{ffgcdw}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_col_display_width / ffgcdw
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, > int *dispwidth, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Return the number of and size of the dimensions of a table column in
    a binary table. Normally this information is given by the TDIMn keyword,
    but if this keyword is not present then this routine returns naxis = 1
   and naxes[0] equal to the repeat count in the TFORM keyword. \label{ffgtdm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_tdim / ffgtdm
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, int maxdim, > int *naxis,
       long *naxes, int *status)

  int fits_read_tdimll / ffgtdmll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, int maxdim, > int *naxis,
       LONGLONG *naxes, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Decode the input TDIMn keyword string (e.g. '(100,200)') and return the
    number of and size of the dimensions of a binary table column. If the input
    tdimstr character string is null, then this routine returns naxis = 1
    and naxes[0] equal to the repeat count in the TFORM keyword. This routine
   is called by fits\_read\_tdim.  \label{ffdtdm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_decode_tdim / ffdtdm
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *tdimstr, int colnum, int maxdim, > int *naxis,
       long *naxes, int *status)

  int fits_decode_tdimll / ffdtdmll
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *tdimstr, int colnum, int maxdim, > int *naxis,
       LONGLONG *naxes, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ] Write a TDIMn keyword whose value has the form '(l,m,n...)'
    where l, m, n... are the dimensions of a multidimensional array
   column in a binary table. \label{ffptdm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_tdim / ffptdm
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, int naxis, long *naxes, > int *status)

  int fits_write_tdimll / ffptdmll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, int naxis, LONGLONG *naxes, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Routines to Edit Rows or Columns}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Insert or delete rows in an ASCII or binary table. When inserting rows
    all the rows following row FROW are shifted down by NROWS rows;  if
    FROW = 0 then the blank rows are inserted at the beginning of the
    table.  Note that it is *not* necessary to insert rows in a table before
    writing data to those rows (indeed, it would be inefficient to do so).
    Instead one may simply write data to any row of the table, whether that
    row of data already exists or not.

    The first delete routine deletes NROWS consecutive rows
    starting with row FIRSTROW.  The second delete routine takes an
    input string that lists the rows or row ranges (e.g.,
    '5-10,12,20-30'), whereas the third delete routine takes an input
    integer array that specifies each individual row to be deleted. In
    both latter cases, the input list of rows to delete must be sorted
    in ascending order.  These routines update the NAXIS2 keyword to
    reflect the new number of rows in the
   table. \label{ffirow} \label{ffdrow} \label{ffdrws} \label{ffdrrg}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_insert_rows / ffirow
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG nrows, > int *status)

  int fits_delete_rows / ffdrow
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG nrows, > int *status)

  int fits_delete_rowrange / ffdrrg
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *rangelist, > int *status)

  int fits_delete_rowlist / ffdrws
      (fitsfile *fptr, long *rowlist, long nrows, > int *status)

  int fits_delete_rowlistll / ffdrwsll
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG *rowlist, LONGLONG nrows, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Insert or delete column(s) in an ASCII or binary
    table.  When inserting, COLNUM specifies the column number that the
    (first) new column should occupy in the table.  NCOLS specifies how
    many columns are to be inserted. Any existing columns from this
    position and higher are shifted over to allow room for the new
    column(s).  The index number on all the following keywords will be
    incremented or decremented if necessary to reflect the new position
    of the column(s) in the table:  TBCOLn, TFORMn, TTYPEn, TUNITn,
    TNULLn, TSCALn, TZEROn, TDISPn, TDIMn, TLMINn, TLMAXn, TDMINn,
    TDMAXn, TCTYPn, TCRPXn, TCRVLn, TCDLTn, TCROTn,
   and TCUNIn. \label{fficol} \label{fficls} \label{ffdcol}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_insert_col / fficol
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, char *ttype, char *tform,
       > int *status)

  int fits_insert_cols / fficls
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, int ncols, char **ttype,
       char **tform, > int *status)

  int fits_delete_col / ffdcol(fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Copy column(s) between HDUs.  If create\_col = TRUE, then
    new column(s) will be inserted in the output table, starting at
    position `outcolumn', otherwise the existing output column(s) will
    be overwritten (in which case they must have a compatible data
    type).

    The first form copies a single column incolnum to outcolnum.
    Copying within the same HDU is permitted.  The second form copies
    ncols columns from the input, starting at column incolnum to the
    output, starting at outcolnum.  For the second form, the input and
    output must be different HDUs.

    If outcolnum is greater than the number of column in the output table, then
    the new column(s) will be appended to the end of the table.
    Note that the first column in a table is at colnum = 1.
    The standard indexed keywords that related to the columns (e.g., TDISPn,
    TUNITn, TCRPXn, TCDLTn, etc.) will also be copied. \label{ffcpcl} \label{ffccls}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_col / ffcpcl
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, int incolnum, int outcolnum,
       int create_col, > int *status);

  int fits_copy_cols / ffccls
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, int incolnum, int outcolnum, 
       int ncols, int create_col, > int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Copy 'nrows' consecutive rows from one table to another, beginning
    with row 'firstrow'.  These rows will be appended to any existing
    rows in the output table.
   Note that the first row in a table is at row = 1. 

   The \verb|fits_copy_selrows| form copies only selected rows to the output.
   Which rows are transferred is determined by an array of flags, \verb|row_status[]|,
   which could be returned by \verb|fits_find_rows()| or constructed by the user.
   FITS row N is copied if \verb|row_status[N-first_row]| is non-zero.  
   \label{ffcprw} \label{ffcpsr}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_rows / ffcprw
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, LONGLONG firstrow,
       LONGLONG nrows, > int *status);

  int fits_copy_selrows / ffcpsr
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, LONGLONG firstrow,
       LONGLONG nrows, char *row_status, > int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Modify the vector length of a binary table column (e.g.,
    change a column from TFORMn = '1E' to '20E').  The vector
   length may be increased or decreased from the current value. \label{ffmvec}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_modify_vector_len / ffmvec
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG newveclen, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{Read and Write Column Data Routines}

The following routines write or read data values in the current ASCII
or binary table extension.  If a write operation extends beyond the
current size of the table, then the number of rows in the table will
automatically be increased and the NAXIS2 keyword value will be
updated.  Attempts to read beyond the end of the table will result in
an error.

Automatic data type conversion is performed for numerical data types
(only) if the data type of the column (defined by the TFORMn keyword)
differs from the data type of the array in the calling routine.  ASCII and binary
tables support the following data type values:  TSTRING, TBYTE, TSBYTE, TSHORT,
TUSHORT, TINT, TUINT, TLONG, TLONGLONG, TULONG, TULONGLONG, TFLOAT, or TDOUBLE.
Binary tables also support TLOGICAL (internally mapped to the `char'
data type), TCOMPLEX, and TDBLCOMPLEX.

Note that it is *not* necessary to insert rows in a table before
writing data to those rows (indeed, it would be inefficient to do so).
Instead, one may simply write data to any row of the table, whether that
row of data already exists or not.

Individual bits in a binary table 'X' or 'B' column may be read/written
to/from a *char array by specifying the TBIT datatype.  The *char
array will be interpreted as an array of logical TRUE (1) or FALSE (0)
values that correspond to the value of each bit in the FITS 'X' or 'B' column.
Alternatively, the values in a binary table 'X' column may be read/written
8 bits at a time to/from an array of 8-bit integers by specifying the
TBYTE datatype.

Note that within the context of these routines, the TSTRING data type
corresponds to a C 'char**' data type, i.e., a pointer to an array of
pointers to an array of characters.  This is different from the keyword
reading and writing routines where TSTRING corresponds to a C 'char*'
data type, i.e., a single pointer to an array of characters.  When
reading strings from a table, the char arrays obviously must have been
allocated long enough to hold the whole FITS table string.
See section \ref{character-strings}
(``Dealing with Character Strings'') for more information.

For complex and double complex data types, \verb+nelements+ is the number
of numerical pairs; the number of floats or doubles stored by
\verb+array+ must be \verb+2*nelements+.

For the logical data (TLOGICAL), the C storage type is a \verb+char+
single-byte character.  A FITS value of `\verb+T+'rue reads as 1 and
`\verb+F+' reads as 0; other non-FITS characters are preserved untranslated.

Numerical data values are automatically scaled by the TSCALn and TZEROn
keyword values (if they exist).

In the case of binary tables with vector elements, the \verb+firstelem+
parameter defines the starting element (beginning with 1, not 0) within
the cell (a cell is defined as the intersection of a row and a column
and may contain a single value or a vector of values).  The \verb+firstelem+
parameter is ignored when dealing with ASCII tables. Similarly, in the
case of binary tables the 'nelements' parameter specifies the total
number of vector values to be read or written (continuing on subsequent
rows if required) and not the number of table cells.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Write elements into an ASCII or binary table column.
\end{description}
   The first routine simply writes the array of values to the FITS file
   (doing data type conversion if necessary) whereas the second routine
   will substitute the  appropriate FITS null value for all elements
   which are equal to the input value of nulval (note that this
   parameter gives the address of nulval, not the null value
   itself).  For integer columns the FITS null value is defined by the
   TNULLn keyword (an error is returned if the keyword doesn't exist).
   For floating point columns  the special IEEE NaN (Not-a-Number)
   value will be written into the FITS file.  If a null pointer is
   entered for nulval, then the null value is ignored and this routine
   behaves the same as the first routine.  The third routine
   simply writes undefined pixel values to the column.  The fourth routine
   fills every column in the table with null values, in the specified
   rows (ignoring any columns that do not have a defined null value).

   The \verb+fits_write_cols()+ variant writes multiple columns in a
   single pass, which may be significantly faster for large data
   files.  The ``chunk'' size is determined automatically based upon
   CFITSIO's buffer sizes.  Only whole rows can be written, of any
   type except TBIT or TSTRING.  For this variant, datatype, colnum,
   array and nulval are arrays of the equivalent single-column
   parameter (i.e. \verb+datatype[i]+ is the data type of column
   \verb+i+). 

   \label{ffpcl} \label{ffpcn} \label{ffpclu} \label{ffpcln}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_col / ffpcl
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow,
       LONGLONG firstelem, LONGLONG nelements, DTYPE *array, > int *status)

  int fits_write_colnull / ffpcn
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow,
      LONGLONG firstelem, LONGLONG nelements, DTYPE *array, DTYPE *nulval,
      > int *status)

   int fits_write_col_null / ffpclu
       (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstelem,
        LONGLONG nelements, > int *status)

   int fits_write_nullrows / ffprwu
       (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG nelements, > int *status)

  int fits_write_cols / ffpcln
      (fitsfile *fptr, int ncols, int *datatype, int *colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, 
       LONGLONG nrows, DTYPE **array, DTYPE **nulval, int *status)

\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Read elements from an ASCII or binary table column.  The data type
    parameter specifies the data type of the `nulval' and `array'  pointers.
    The caller is required to allocate the storage of \verb+array+ before calling.  
    Undefined array elements will be returned with a value = *nullval,
    (note that this parameter gives the address of the null value, not the
    null value itself) unless nulval = 0 or *nulval = 0, in which case
    no checking for undefined pixels will be performed.  The second
    routine is similar except that any undefined pixels will have the
    corresponding nullarray element set equal to TRUE (= 1).

    Reading data as TSTRING values is different than for other data types
    as described above.

    Any column, regardless of it's intrinsic data type, may be read as a
    string.  It should be noted however that reading a numeric column
    as a string is 10 - 100 times slower than reading the same column
    as a number due to the large overhead in constructing the formatted
    strings.  The display format of the returned strings will be
    determined by the TDISPn keyword, if it exists, otherwise by the
    data type of the column.  The length of the returned strings (not
    including the null terminating character) can be determined with
    the fits\_get\_col\_display\_width routine.  The following TDISPn
    display formats are currently supported:

\begin{verbatim}
    Iw.m   Integer
    Ow.m   Octal integer
    Zw.m   Hexadecimal integer
    Fw.d   Fixed floating point
    Ew.d   Exponential floating point
    Dw.d   Exponential floating point
    Gw.d   General; uses Fw.d if significance not lost, else Ew.d
\end{verbatim}
    where w is the width in characters of the displayed values, m is the minimum
    number of digits displayed, and d is the number of digits to the right of the
    decimal.  The .m field is optional.

   The \verb+fits_read_cols()+ variant read multiple columns in a
   single pass, which may be significantly faster for large data
   files.  The ``chunk'' size is determined automatically based upon
   CFITSIO's buffer sizes.  Only whole rows can be read, of any type
   except TBIT or TSTRING.  For this variant, datatype, colnum, array
   and nulval are arrays of the equivalent single-column parameter
   (i.e. \verb+datatype[i]+ is the data type of column \verb+i+).

   \label{ffgcv} \label{ffgcf} \label{ffgcvn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_col / ffgcv
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstelem,
       LONGLONG nelements, DTYPE *nulval, DTYPE *array, int *anynul, int *status)

  int fits_read_colnull / ffgcf
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstelem,
      LONGLONG nelements, DTYPE *array, char *nullarray, int *anynul, int *status)

  int fits_read_cols / ffgcvn
      (fitsfile *fptr, int ncols, int *datatype, int *colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, 
       LONGLONG nrows, DTYPE **nulval, DTYPE **array, int **anynul, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Row Selection and Calculator Routines}

These routines all parse and evaluate an input string containing a user
defined arithmetic expression.  The first 3 routines select rows in a
FITS table, based on whether the expression evaluates to true (not
equal to zero) or false (zero).  The other routines evaluate the
expression and calculate a value for each row of the table.  The
allowed expression syntax is described in the row filter section in the
`Extended File Name Syntax' chapter of this document.  The expression
may also be written to a text file, and the name of the file, prepended
with a '@' character may be supplied for the 'expr' parameter (e.g.
'@filename.txt'). The  expression  in  the  file can be arbitrarily
complex and extend over multiple lines of the file.  Lines  that begin
with 2 slash characters ('//') will  be ignored and may be used to add
comments to the file.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Evaluate a boolean expression over the indicated rows, returning an
 array of flags indicating which rows evaluated to TRUE/FALSE.
 Upon return,
 *n\_good\_rows contains the number of rows that evaluate to TRUE. \label{fffrow}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_find_rows / fffrow
      (fitsfile *fptr,  char *expr, long firstrow, long nrows,
      > long *n_good_rows, char *row_status,  int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Find the first row which satisfies the input boolean expression \label{ffffrw}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_find_first_row / ffffrw
      (fitsfile *fptr,  char *expr, > long *rownum, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ]Evaluate an expression on all rows of a table.  If the input and output
files are not the same, copy the TRUE rows to the output file; if the output
table is not empty, then this routine will append the new
selected rows after the existing rows.   If the
files are the same, delete the FALSE rows (preserve the TRUE rows). \label{ffsrow}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_select_rows / ffsrow
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr,  char *expr,  > int *status )
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Calculate an expression for the indicated rows of a table, returning
the results, cast as datatype (TSHORT, TDOUBLE, etc), in array.  If
nulval==NULL, UNDEFs will be zeroed out.  For vector results, the number
of elements returned may be less than nelements if nelements is not an
even multiple of the result dimension.  Call fits\_test\_expr to obtain
the dimensions of the results.  \label{ffcrow}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_calc_rows / ffcrow
      (fitsfile *fptr,  int datatype, char *expr, long firstrow,
       long nelements, void *nulval, > void *array,  int *anynul, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ]Evaluate an expression and write the result either to a column (if
the expression is a function of other columns in the table) or to a
keyword (if the expression evaluates to a constant and is not a
function of other columns in the table).  In the former case, the
parName parameter is the name of the column (which may or may not already
exist) into which to write the results, and parInfo contains an
optional TFORM keyword value if a new column is being created.  If a
TFORM value is not specified then a default format will be used,
depending on the expression.  If the expression evaluates to a constant,
then the result will be written to the keyword name given by the
parName parameter, and the parInfo parameter may be used to supply an
optional comment for the keyword.  If the keyword does not already
exist, then the name of the keyword must be preceded with a '\#' character,
 otherwise the result will be written to a column with that name. \label{ffcalc}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_calculator / ffcalc
      (fitsfile *infptr, char *expr, fitsfile *outfptr, char *parName,
       char *parInfo, >  int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] This calculator routine is similar to the previous routine, except
that the expression is only evaluated over the specified
row ranges.  nranges specifies the number of row ranges, and firstrow
and lastrow give the starting and ending row number of each range. \label{ffcalcrng}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_calculator_rng / ffcalc_rng
      (fitsfile *infptr, char *expr, fitsfile *outfptr, char *parName,
       char *parInfo, int nranges, long *firstrow, long *lastrow
       >  int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ]Evaluate the given expression and return dimension and type information
on the result.  The returned dimensions correspond to a single row entry
of the requested expression, and are equivalent to the result of fits\_read\_tdim().
Note that strings are considered to be one element regardless of string length.
If maxdim == 0, then naxes is optional. \label{fftexp}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_test_expr / fftexp
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *expr, int maxdim > int *datatype, long *nelem, int *naxis,
       long *naxes, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Column Binning or Histogramming Routines}

The following routines may be useful when performing histogramming operations on
column(s) of a table to generate an image in a primary array or image extension.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ]  Calculate the histogramming parameters (min, max, and bin size
for each axis of the histogram, based on a variety of possible input parameters.
If the input names of the columns to be binned are null, then the routine will first
look for the CPREF = "NAME1, NAME2, ..." keyword which lists the preferred
columns.  If not present, then the routine will assume the column names X, Y, Z, and T
for up to 4 axes (as specified by the NAXIS parameter).

MININ and MAXIN are input arrays that give the minimum and maximum value for
the histogram, along each axis.  Alternatively, the name of keywords that give
the min, max, and binsize may be give with the MINNAME, MAXNAME, and BINNAME
array parameters.  If the value = DOUBLENULLVALUE and no keyword names are
given,  then the routine will use the TLMINn and TLMAXn keywords, if present, or the
actual min and/or max values in the column.

The ``d'' version has double precision floating point outputs as noted
in the calling signature.  The version without ``d'' has single
precision floating point outputs.

BINSIZEIN is an array giving the binsize along each axis.
If the value =
DOUBLENULLVALUE, and a keyword name is not specified with BINNAME,
then this routine will first look for the TDBINn keyword, or else will
use a binsize = 1, or a binsize that produces 10 histogram bins, which ever
is smaller.
 \label{calcbinning}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_calc_binning[d]
   Input parameters:
     (fitsfile *fptr,  /* IO - pointer to table to be binned              */
      int naxis,       /* I - number of axes/columns in the binned image  */
      char colname[4][FLEN_VALUE],   /* I - optional column names         */
      double *minin,     /* I - optional lower bound value for each axis  */
      double *maxin,     /* I - optional upper bound value, for each axis */
      double *binsizein, /* I - optional bin size along each axis         */
      char minname[4][FLEN_VALUE], /* I - optional keywords for min       */
      char maxname[4][FLEN_VALUE], /* I - optional keywords for max       */
      char binname[4][FLEN_VALUE], /* I - optional keywords for binsize   */
   Output parameters:
      int *colnum,     /* O - column numbers, to be binned */
      long *naxes,     /* O - number of bins in each histogram axis */
      float[double] *amin,     /* O - lower bound of the histogram axes */
      float[double] *amax,     /* O - upper bound of the histogram axes */
      float[double] *binsize,  /* O - width of histogram bins/pixels on each axis */
      int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Copy the relevant keywords from the header of the table that is being
binned, to the the header of the output histogram image.  This will not
copy the table structure keywords (e.g., NAXIS, TFORMn, TTYPEn, etc.) nor
will it copy the keywords that apply to other columns of the table that are
not used to create the histogram.  This routine will translate the names of
the World Coordinate System (WCS) keywords for the binned columns into the
form that is need for a FITS image (e.g., the TCTYPn table keyword will
be translated to the CTYPEn image keyword).
 \label{copypixlist2image}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_pixlist2image
      (fitsfile *infptr,   /* I - pointer to input HDU */
       fitsfile *outfptr,  /* I - pointer to output HDU */
       int firstkey,       /* I - first HDU keyword to start with */
       int naxis,          /* I - number of axes in the image */
       int *colnum,        /* I - numbers of the columns to be binned  */
       int *status)        /* IO - error status */
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Write a set of default WCS keywords to the histogram header, IF the
WCS keywords do not already exist.  This will create a linear WCS where
the coordinate types are equal to the original column names.
 \label{writekeyshisto}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_keys_histo
     (fitsfile *fptr,     /* I - pointer to table to be binned              */
      fitsfile *histptr,  /* I - pointer to output histogram image HDU      */
      int naxis,          /* I - number of axes in the histogram image      */
      int *colnum,        /* I - column numbers of the binned columns       */
      int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Update the WCS keywords in a histogram image header that give the location
of the reference pixel (CRPIXn), and the pixel size (CDELTn), in the binned
image.

The ``d'' version has double precision floating point inputs as noted
in the calling signature.  The version without ``d'' has single
precision floating point inputs.

 \label{rebinwcs}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_rebin_wcs[d]
     (fitsfile *fptr,     /* I - pointer to table to be binned           */
      int naxis,          /* I - number of axes in the histogram image   */
      float[double] *amin,        /* I - first pixel include in each axis        */
      float[double] *binsize,     /* I - binning factor for each axis            */
      int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Bin the values in the input table columns, and write the histogram
array to the output FITS image (histptr).

The ``d'' version has double precision floating point inputs as noted
in the calling signature.  The version without ``d'' has single
precision floating point inputs.
 \label{makehist}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_make_hist[d]
   (fitsfile *fptr,    /* I - pointer to table with X and Y cols;      */
    fitsfile *histptr, /* I - pointer to output FITS image             */
    int bitpix,        /* I - datatype for image: 16, 32, -32, etc     */
    int naxis,         /* I - number of axes in the histogram image    */
    long *naxes,       /* I - size of axes in the histogram image      */
    int *colnum,       /* I - column numbers (array length = naxis)    */
    float[double] *amin,       /* I - minimum histogram value, for each axis   */
    float[double] *amax,       /* I - maximum histogram value, for each axis   */
    float[double] *binsize,    /* I - bin size along each axis                 */
    float[double] weight,      /* I - binning weighting factor (FLOATNULLVALUE */
                       /*     for no weighting)                        */
    int wtcolnum,      /* I - keyword or col for weight      (or NULL) */
    int recip,         /* I - use reciprocal of the weight? 0 or 1     */
    char *selectrow,   /* I - optional array (length = no. of          */
                       /* rows in the table).  If the element is true  */
                       /* then the corresponding row of the table will */
                       /* be included in the histogram, otherwise the  */
                       /* row will be skipped.  Ingnored if *selectrow */
                       /* is equal to NULL.                            */
    int *status)
\end{verbatim}



\section{Utility Routines}


\subsection{File Checksum Routines}

The following routines either compute or validate the checksums for the
CHDU.  The DATASUM keyword is used to store the numerical value of the
32-bit, 1's complement checksum for the data unit alone.  If there is
no data unit then the value is set to zero. The numerical value is
stored as an ASCII string of digits, enclosed in quotes, because the
value may be too large to represent as a 32-bit signed integer.  The
CHECKSUM keyword is used to store the ASCII encoded COMPLEMENT of the
checksum for the entire HDU.  Storing the complement, rather than the
actual checksum, forces the checksum for the whole HDU to equal zero.
If the file has been modified since the checksums were computed, then
the HDU checksum will usually not equal zero.  These checksum keyword
conventions are based on a paper by Rob Seaman published in the
proceedings of the ADASS IV conference in Baltimore in November 1994
and a later revision in June 1995.  See Appendix B for the definition
of the parameters used in these routines.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Compute and write the DATASUM and CHECKSUM keyword values for the CHDU
    into the current header.  If the keywords already exist, their values
    will be updated only if necessary (i.e., if the file
    has been modified since the original keyword
   values were computed). \label{ffpcks}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_chksum / ffpcks
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Update the CHECKSUM keyword value in the CHDU, assuming that the
    DATASUM keyword exists and already has the correct value.  This routine
    calculates the new checksum for the current header unit, adds it to the
    data unit checksum, encodes the value into an ASCII string, and writes
   the string to the CHECKSUM keyword. \label{ffupck}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_update_chksum / ffupck
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Verify the CHDU by computing the checksums and comparing
    them with the keywords.  The data unit is verified correctly
    if the computed checksum equals the value of the DATASUM
    keyword.  The checksum for the entire HDU (header plus data unit) is
    correct if it equals zero.  The output DATAOK and HDUOK parameters
    in this routine are integers which will have a value = 1
    if the data or HDU is verified correctly, a value = 0
    if the DATASUM or CHECKSUM keyword is not present, or value = -1
   if the computed checksum is not correct. \label{ffvcks}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_verify_chksum / ffvcks
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *dataok, int *hduok, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Compute and return the checksum values for the CHDU
    without creating or modifying the
    CHECKSUM and DATASUM keywords.  This routine is used internally by
   ffvcks, but may be useful in other situations as well. \label{ffgcks}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_chksum/ /ffgcks
      (fitsfile *fptr, > unsigned long *datasum, unsigned long *hdusum,
       int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Encode a checksum value
    into a 16-character string.  If complm is non-zero (true) then the 32-bit
   sum value will be complemented before encoding. \label{ffesum}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_encode_chksum / ffesum
      (unsigned long sum, int complm, > char *ascii);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Decode a 16-character checksum string into a unsigned long value.
    If is non-zero (true). then the 32-bit sum value will be complemented
    after decoding.  The checksum value is also returned as the
   value of the function. \label{ffdsum}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  unsigned long fits_decode_chksum / ffdsum
           (char *ascii, int complm, > unsigned long *sum);
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Date and Time Utility Routines}

The following routines help to construct or parse the FITS date/time
strings.   Starting in the year 2000, the FITS DATE keyword values (and
the values of other `DATE-' keywords) must have the form 'YYYY-MM-DD'
(date only) or 'YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.ddd...' (date and time) where the
number of decimal places in the seconds value is optional.  These times
are in UTC.  The older 'dd/mm/yy' date format may not be used for dates
after 01 January 2000.  See Appendix B for the definition of the
parameters used in these routines.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Get the current system date.  C already provides standard
    library routines for getting the current date and time,
    but this routine is provided for compatibility with
    the Fortran FITSIO library.  The returned year has 4 digits
    (1999, 2000, etc.) \label{ffgsdt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_system_date/ffgsdt
      ( > int *day, int *month, int *year, int *status )
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Get the current system date and time string ('YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss').
The time will be in UTC/GMT if available, as indicated by a returned timeref
value = 0.  If the returned value of timeref = 1 then this indicates that
it was not possible to convert the local time to UTC, and thus the local
time was returned.
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_system_time/ffgstm
      (> char *datestr, int  *timeref, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Construct a date string from the input date values.  If the year
is between 1900 and 1998, inclusive, then the returned date string will
have the old FITS format ('dd/mm/yy'), otherwise the date string will
have the new FITS format ('YYYY-MM-DD').  Use fits\_time2str instead
 to always return a date string using the new FITS format. \label{ffdt2s}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_date2str/ffdt2s
      (int year, int month, int day, > char *datestr, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Construct a new-format date + time string ('YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.ddd...').
  If the year, month, and day values all = 0 then only the time is encoded
  with format 'hh:mm:ss.ddd...'.  The decimals parameter specifies how many
  decimal places of fractional seconds to include in the string.  If `decimals'
 is negative, then only the date will be return ('YYYY-MM-DD').
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_time2str/fftm2s
      (int year, int month, int day, int hour, int minute, double second,
      int decimals, > char *datestr, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Return the date as read from the input string, where the string may be
in either the old ('dd/mm/yy')  or new ('YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss' or
'YYYY-MM-DD') FITS format.  Null pointers may be supplied for any
  unwanted output date parameters.
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_str2date/ffs2dt
      (char *datestr, > int *year, int *month, int *day, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Return the date and time as read from the input string, where the
string may be in either the old  or new FITS format.  The returned hours,
minutes, and seconds values will be set to zero if the input string
does not include the time ('dd/mm/yy' or 'YYYY-MM-DD') .  Similarly,
the returned year, month, and date values will be set to zero if the
date is not included in the input string ('hh:mm:ss.ddd...').  Null
pointers may be supplied for any unwanted output date and time
parameters.
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_str2time/ffs2tm
      (char *datestr, > int *year, int *month, int *day, int *hour,
      int *minute, double *second, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{General Utility Routines}

The following utility routines may be useful for certain applications.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Return the revision number of the CFITSIO library.
    The revision number will be incremented with each new
   release of CFITSIO. The 3 fields of the version string M.xx.yy
   are converted to a float as: M + .01*xx + .0001*yy. \label{ffvers}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  float fits_get_version / ffvers ( > float *version)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Write an 80-character message to the CFITSIO error stack.  Application
    programs should not normally write to the stack, but there may be
   some situations where this is desirable. \label{ffpmsg}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  void fits_write_errmsg / ffpmsg (char *err_msg)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Convert a character string to uppercase (operates in place). \label{ffupch}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  void fits_uppercase / ffupch (char *string)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Compare the input template string against the reference string
    to see if they match.  The template string may contain wildcard
    characters: '*' will match any sequence of characters (including
    zero characters) and '?' will match any single character in the
    reference string.  The '\#' character will match any consecutive string
    of decimal digits (0 - 9).  If casesen = CASESEN = TRUE then the match will
    be case sensitive, otherwise the case of the letters will be ignored
    if casesen = CASEINSEN = FALSE.  The returned MATCH parameter will be
    TRUE if the 2 strings match, and EXACT will be TRUE if the match is
    exact (i.e., if no wildcard characters were used in the match).
   Both strings must be 68 characters or less in length. \label{ffcmps}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  void fits_compare_str / ffcmps
       (char *templt, char *string, int casesen, > int *match, int *exact)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ]Split a string containing a list of names (typically file names or column
   names) into individual name tokens by a sequence of calls to
   fits\_split\_names.  The names in the list must be delimited by a comma
   and/or spaces.  This routine ignores spaces and commas that occur
   within parentheses, brackets, or curly brackets.  It also strips any
   leading and trailing blanks from the returned name.

   This routine is similar to the ANSI C 'strtok' function:

   The first call to fits\_split\_names has a non-null input string.
   It finds the first name in the string and terminates it by overwriting
   the next character of the string with a null terminator and returns a
   pointer to the name.  Each subsequent call, indicated by a NULL value
   of the input string, returns the next name, searching from just past
   the end of the previous name.  It returns NULL when no further names
  are found.  \label{splitnames}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
   char *fits_split_names(char *namelist)
\end{verbatim}
   The following example shows how a string would be split into 3 names:

\begin{verbatim}
    myfile[1][bin (x,y)=4], file2.fits  file3.fits
    ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^  ^^^^^^^^^^  ^^^^^^^^^^
        1st name             2nd name    3rd name
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Test that the keyword name contains only legal characters (A-Z,0-9,
    hyphen, and underscore) or that the keyword record contains only legal
   printable ASCII characters  \label{fftkey} \label{fftrec}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_test_keyword / fftkey (char *keyname, > int *status)

  int fits_test_record / fftrec (char *card, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ] Test whether the current header contains any NULL (ASCII 0) characters.
    These characters are illegal in the header, but they will go undetected
    by most of the CFITSIO keyword header routines, because the null is
    interpreted as the normal end-of-string terminator.  This routine returns
    the position of the first null character in the header, or zero if there
    are no nulls.  For example a returned value of 110 would indicate that
    the first NULL is located in the 30th character of the second keyword
    in the header (recall that each header record is 80 characters long).
    Note that this is one of the few CFITSIO routines in which the returned
    value is not necessarily equal to the status value).   \label{ffnchk}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_null_check / ffnchk (char *card, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[8 ] Parse a header keyword record and return the name of the keyword,
    and the length of the name.
    The keyword name normally occupies the first 8 characters of the
    record, except under the HIERARCH convention where the name can
   be up to 70 characters in length. \label{ffgknm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_keyname / ffgknm
      (char *card, > char *keyname, int *keylength, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[9 ] Parse a header keyword record, returning the value (as
    a literal character string) and comment strings.  If the keyword has no
    value (columns 9-10 not equal to '= '), then a null value string is
    returned and the comment string is set equal to column 9 - 80 of the
   input string. \label{ffpsvc}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_parse_value / ffpsvc
      (char *card, > char *value, char *comment, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[10] Construct a properly formated 80-character header keyword record from the
    input keyword name, keyword value, and keyword comment strings.
    Hierarchical keyword names (e.g., "ESO TELE CAM") are supported.
    The value string may contain an integer, floating point, logical, or
    quoted character string (e.g., "12", "15.7", "T",
    or "'NGC 1313'").  \label{ffmkky}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
   int fits_make_key / ffmkky
       (const char *keyname, const char *value, const char *comment,
         > char *card, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[11] Construct an array indexed keyword name (ROOT + nnn).
    This routine appends the sequence number to the root string to create
   a keyword name (e.g., 'NAXIS' + 2 = 'NAXIS2') \label{ffkeyn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_make_keyn / ffkeyn
      (char *keyroot, int value, > char *keyname, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[12]  Construct a sequence keyword name (n + ROOT).
    This routine concatenates the sequence number to the front of the
   root string to create a keyword name (e.g., 1 + 'CTYP' = '1CTYP') \label{ffnkey}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_make_nkey / ffnkey
      (int value, char *keyroot, > char *keyname, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[13] Determine the data type of a keyword value string. This routine
    parses the keyword value string  to determine its data type.
    Returns 'C', 'L', 'I', 'F' or 'X', for character string, logical,
   integer, floating point, or complex, respectively. \label{ffdtyp}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_keytype / ffdtyp
      (char *value, > char *dtype, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[14] Determine the integer data type of an integer keyword value string.
   The returned datatype value is the minimum integer datatype (starting
   from top of the following list and working down) required
  to store the integer value:
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
    Data Type      Range
     TSBYTE:     -128 to 127
     TBYTE:       128 to 255
     TSHORT:     -32768 to 32767
     TUSHORT:     32768 to 65535
     TINT        -2147483648 to 2147483647
     TUINT        2147483648 to 4294967295
     TLONGLONG   -9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[  ]  The *neg parameter returns 1 if the input value is
    negative and returns 0 if it is non-negative.\label{ffinttyp}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_inttype / ffinttyp
      (char *value, > int *datatype, int *neg, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[15] Return the class of an input header record.  The record is classified
    into one of the following categories (the class values are
    defined in fitsio.h).  Note that this is one of the few CFITSIO
   routines that does not return a status value. \label{ffgkcl}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
       Class  Value             Keywords
  TYP_STRUC_KEY  10  SIMPLE, BITPIX, NAXIS, NAXISn, EXTEND, BLOCKED,
                     GROUPS, PCOUNT, GCOUNT, END
                     XTENSION, TFIELDS, TTYPEn, TBCOLn, TFORMn, THEAP,
                     and the first 4 COMMENT keywords in the primary array
                     that define the FITS format.
  TYP_CMPRS_KEY  20  The keywords used in the compressed image or table
                     format, including ZIMAGE, ZCMPTYPE, ZNAMEn, ZVALn,
                     ZTILEn, ZBITPIX, ZNAXISn, ZSCALE, ZZERO, ZBLANK
  TYP_SCAL_KEY   30  BSCALE, BZERO, TSCALn, TZEROn
  TYP_NULL_KEY   40  BLANK, TNULLn
  TYP_DIM_KEY    50  TDIMn
  TYP_RANG_KEY   60  TLMINn, TLMAXn, TDMINn, TDMAXn, DATAMIN, DATAMAX
  TYP_UNIT_KEY   70  BUNIT, TUNITn
  TYP_DISP_KEY   80  TDISPn
  TYP_HDUID_KEY  90  EXTNAME, EXTVER, EXTLEVEL, HDUNAME, HDUVER, HDULEVEL
  TYP_CKSUM_KEY 100  CHECKSUM, DATASUM
  TYP_WCS_KEY   110  WCS keywords defined in the the WCS papers, including:
                     CTYPEn, CUNITn, CRVALn, CRPIXn, CROTAn, CDELTn
                     CDj_is, PVj_ms, LONPOLEs, LATPOLEs
                     TCTYPn, TCTYns, TCUNIn, TCUNns, TCRVLn, TCRVns, TCRPXn,
                     TCRPks, TCDn_k, TCn_ks, TPVn_m, TPn_ms, TCDLTn, TCROTn
                     jCTYPn, jCTYns, jCUNIn, jCUNns, jCRVLn, jCRVns, iCRPXn,
                     iCRPns, jiCDn,  jiCDns, jPVn_m, jPn_ms, jCDLTn, jCROTn
                     (i,j,m,n are integers, s is any letter)
  TYP_REFSYS_KEY 120 EQUINOXs, EPOCH, MJD-OBSs, RADECSYS, RADESYSs, DATE-OBS
  TYP_COMM_KEY   130 COMMENT, HISTORY, (blank keyword)
  TYP_CONT_KEY   140 CONTINUE
  TYP_USER_KEY   150 all other keywords

  int fits_get_keyclass / ffgkcl (char *card)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[16] Parse the 'TFORM' binary table column format string.
    This routine parses the input TFORM character string and returns the
    integer data type code, the repeat count of the field, and, in the case
    of character string fields, the length of the unit string.  See Appendix
    B for the allowed values for the returned typecode parameter.  A
   null pointer may be given for any output parameters that are not needed. \label{ffbnfm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
   int fits_binary_tform / ffbnfm
       (char *tform, > int *typecode, long *repeat, long *width,
        int *status)

   int fits_binary_tformll / ffbnfmll
       (char *tform, > int *typecode, LONGLONG *repeat, long *width,
        int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[17] Parse the 'TFORM' keyword value that defines the column format in
    an ASCII table.  This routine parses the input TFORM character
    string and returns the data type code, the width of the column,
    and (if it is a floating point column) the number of decimal places
    to the right of the decimal point.  The returned data type codes are
    the same as for the binary table, with the following
    additional rules:  integer columns that are between 1 and 4 characters
    wide are defined to be short integers (code = TSHORT).  Wider integer
    columns are defined to be regular integers (code = TLONG).  Similarly,
    Fixed decimal point columns (with TFORM = 'Fw.d') are defined to
    be single precision reals (code = TFLOAT) if w is between 1 and 7 characters
    wide, inclusive.  Wider 'F' columns will return a double precision
    data code (= TDOUBLE).  'Ew.d' format columns will have datacode = TFLOAT,
    and 'Dw.d' format columns will have datacode = TDOUBLE. A null
   pointer may be given for any output parameters that are not needed. \label{ffasfm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_ascii_tform / ffasfm
      (char *tform, > int *typecode, long *width, int *decimals,
       int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[18] Calculate the starting column positions and total ASCII table width
    based on the input array of ASCII table TFORM values.  The SPACE input
    parameter defines how many blank spaces to leave between each column
    (it is recommended to have one space between columns for better human
   readability). \label{ffgabc}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_tbcol / ffgabc
      (int tfields, char **tform, int space, > long *rowlen,
       long *tbcol, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[19] Parse a template header record and return a formatted 80-character string
    suitable for appending to (or deleting from) a FITS header file.
    This routine is useful for parsing lines from an ASCII template file
    and reformatting them into legal FITS header records.  The formatted
    string may then be passed to the fits\_write\_record, ffmcrd, or
    fits\_delete\_key routines
   to append or modify a FITS header record. \label{ffgthd}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_parse_template / ffgthd
      (char *templt, > char *card, int *keytype, int *status)
\end{verbatim}
    The input templt character string generally should contain 3 tokens:
    (1) the KEYNAME, (2) the VALUE, and (3) the COMMENT string.  The
    TEMPLATE string must adhere to the following format:


\begin{description}
\item[- ]     The KEYNAME token must begin in columns 1-8 and be a maximum  of 8
        characters long.  A legal FITS keyword name may only
        contain the characters A-Z, 0-9, and '-' (minus sign) and
        underscore.  This routine will automatically convert any lowercase
        characters to uppercase in the output string.  If the first 8 characters
        of the template line are
        blank then the remainder of the line is considered to be a FITS comment
       (with a blank keyword name).
\end{description}


\begin{description}
\item[- ]     The VALUE token must be separated from the KEYNAME token by one or more
        spaces and/or an '=' character.  The data type of the VALUE token
        (numeric, logical, or character string) is automatically determined
        and  the output CARD string is formatted accordingly.  The value
        token may be forced to be interpreted as a string (e.g. if it is a
        string of numeric digits) by enclosing it in single quotes.
        If the value token is a character string that contains 1 or more
        embedded blank space characters or slash ('/') characters then the
       entire character string must be enclosed in single quotes.
\end{description}


\begin{description}
\item[- ]     The COMMENT token is optional, but if present must be separated from
       the VALUE token by a blank space or a  '/' character.
\end{description}


\begin{description}
\item[- ]     One exception to the above rules is that if the first non-blank
        character in the first 8 characters of the template string is a
        minus sign ('-') followed
        by a single token, or a single token followed by an equal sign,
        then it is interpreted as the name of a keyword which is to be
       deleted from the FITS header.
\end{description}


\begin{description}
\item[- ]     The second exception is that if the template string starts with
        a minus sign and is followed by 2 tokens (without an equals sign between
        them) then the second token
        is interpreted as the new name for the keyword specified by
        first token.  In this case the old keyword name (first token)
        is returned in characters 1-8 of the returned CARD string, and
        the new keyword name (the second token) is returned in characters
        41-48 of the returned CARD string.  These old and new names
        may then be passed to the ffmnam routine which will change
       the keyword name.
\end{description}

    The keytype output parameter indicates how the returned CARD string
    should be interpreted:

\begin{verbatim}
        keytype                  interpretation
        -------          -------------------------------------------------
           -2            Rename the keyword with name = the first 8 characters of CARD
                         to the new name given in characters 41 - 48 of CARD.

           -1            delete the keyword with this name from the FITS header.

            0            append the CARD string to the FITS header if the
                         keyword does not already exist, otherwise update
                         the keyword value and/or comment field if is already exists.

            1            This is a HISTORY or COMMENT keyword; append it to the header

            2            END record; do not explicitly write it to the FITS file.
\end{verbatim}
     EXAMPLES:  The following lines illustrate valid input template strings:

\begin{verbatim}
      INTVAL 7 / This is an integer keyword
      RVAL           34.6   /     This is a floating point keyword
      EVAL=-12.45E-03  / This is a floating point keyword in exponential notation
      lval F / This is a boolean keyword
                  This is a comment keyword with a blank keyword name
      SVAL1 = 'Hello world'   /  this is a string keyword
      SVAL2  '123.5'  this is also a string keyword
      sval3  123+  /  this is also a string keyword with the value '123+    '
      # the following template line deletes the DATE keyword
      - DATE
      # the following template line modifies the NAME keyword to OBJECT
      - NAME OBJECT
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[20]  Translate a keyword name into a new name, based on a set of patterns.
This routine is useful for translating keywords in cases such as
adding or deleting columns in
a table, or copying a column from one table to another, or extracting
an array from a cell in a binary table column into an image extension.  In
these cases, it is necessary to translate the names of the keywords associated
with the original table column(s) into the appropriate keyword name in the final
file.  For example, if column 2 is deleted from a table,
then the value of 'n' in all the
TFORMn and TTYPEn keywords for columns 3 and higher must be decremented
by 1.  Even more complex translations are sometimes needed to convert the
WCS keywords when extracting an image out of a table column cell into
a separate image extension.

The user passes an array of patterns to be matched.  Input pattern
number i is pattern[i][0], and output pattern number i is
pattern[i][1].  Keywords are matched against the input patterns.  If a
match is found then the keyword is re-written according to the output
pattern.

Order is important.  The first match is accepted.  The fastest match
will be made when templates with the same first character are grouped
together.

Several characters have special meanings:

\begin{verbatim}
     i,j - single digits, preserved in output template
     n - column number of one or more digits, preserved in output template
     m - generic number of one or more digits, preserved in output template
     a - coordinate designator, preserved in output template
     # - number of one or more digits
     ? - any character
     * - only allowed in first character position, to match all
         keywords; only useful as last pattern in the list
\end{verbatim}
i, j, n, and m are returned by the routine.

For example, the input pattern "iCTYPn" will match "1CTYP5" (if n\_value
is 5); the output pattern "CTYPEi" will be re-written as "CTYPE1".
Notice that "i" is preserved.

The following output patterns are special:

    "-" - do not copy a keyword that matches the corresponding input pattern

    "--" - if match occurs, outrec will have "-KEYNAME"

    "+" - copy the input unchanged

The inrec string could be just the 8-char keyword name, or the entire
80-char header record.  Characters 9 - 80 in the input string simply get
appended to the translated keyword name.

Upon return, outrec will have the converted string, starting from the
pattern[i][1] pattern and applying the numerical substitutions as 
described above. If the output pattern is "--" then the resulting
outrec will be "-KEYNAME", which may indicate to the calling
routine that KEYNAME is to be deleted.

If n\_range = 0, then only keywords with 'n' equal to n\_value will be
considered as a pattern match.  If n\_range = +1, then all values of
'n' greater than or equal to n\_value will be a match, and if -1,
then values of 'n' less than or equal to n\_value will match.\label{translatekey}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
int fits_translate_keyword(
      char *inrec,        /* I - input string */
      char *outrec,       /* O - output converted string, or */
                          /*     a null string if input does not  */
                          /*     match any of the patterns */
      char *patterns[][2],/* I - pointer to input / output string */
                          /*     templates */
      int npat,           /* I - number of templates passed */
      int n_value,        /* I - base 'n' template value of interest */
      int n_offset,       /* I - offset to be applied to the 'n' */
                          /*     value in the output string */
      int n_range,        /* I - controls range of 'n' template */
                          /*     values of interest (-1,0, or +1) */
      int *pat_num,       /* O - matched pattern number (0 based) or -1 */
      int *i,             /* O - value of i, if any, else 0 */
      int *j,             /* O - value of j, if any, else 0 */
      int *m,             /* O - value of m, if any, else 0 */
      int *n,             /* O - value of n, if any, else 0 */
      int *status)        /* IO - error status */
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[  ]  Here is an example of some of the patterns used to convert the keywords associated
with an image in a cell of a table column into the keywords appropriate for
an IMAGE extension:
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
    char *patterns[][2] = {{"TSCALn",  "BSCALE"  },  /* Standard FITS keywords */
			   {"TZEROn",  "BZERO"   },
			   {"TUNITn",  "BUNIT"   },
			   {"TNULLn",  "BLANK"   },
			   {"TDMINn",  "DATAMIN" },
			   {"TDMAXn",  "DATAMAX" },
			   {"iCTYPn",  "CTYPEi"  },  /* Coordinate labels */
			   {"iCTYna",  "CTYPEia" },
			   {"iCUNIn",  "CUNITi"  },  /* Coordinate units */
			   {"iCUNna",  "CUNITia" },
			   {"iCRVLn",  "CRVALi"  },  /* WCS keywords */
			   {"iCRVna",  "CRVALia" },
			   {"iCDLTn",  "CDELTi"  },
			   {"iCDEna",  "CDELTia" },
			   {"iCRPXn",  "CRPIXi"  },
			   {"iCRPna",  "CRPIXia" },
			   {"ijPCna",  "PCi_ja"  },
			   {"ijCDna",  "CDi_ja"  },
			   {"iVn_ma",  "PVi_ma"  },
			   {"iSn_ma",  "PSi_ma"  },
			   {"iCRDna",  "CRDERia" },
			   {"iCSYna",  "CSYERia" },
			   {"iCROTn",  "CROTAi"  },
			   {"WCAXna",  "WCSAXESa"},
			   {"WCSNna",  "WCSNAMEa"}};
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[21]  Translate the keywords in the input HDU into the keywords that are
appropriate for the output HDU.  This is a driver routine that calls
the previously described routine for all keywords in the HDU.

It is allowed for infptr and outfptr to point to the same HDU.

If any output matched patterns are of the form "-KEYNAME" then
this routine will attempt to delete the keyword KEYNAME.  It is
not an error if KEYNAME is not present in the output HDU.
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
int fits_translate_keywords(
	   fitsfile *infptr,   /* I - pointer to input HDU */
	   fitsfile *outfptr,  /* I - pointer to output HDU */
	   int firstkey,       /* I - first HDU record number to start with */
	   char *patterns[][2],/* I - pointer to input / output keyword templates */
	   int npat,           /* I - number of templates passed */
	   int n_value,        /* I - base 'n' template value of interest */
	   int n_offset,       /* I - offset to be applied to the 'n' */
 	                       /*     value in the output string */
	   int n_range,        /* I - controls range of 'n' template */
	                       /*     values of interest (-1,0, or +1) */
	   int *status)        /* IO - error status */
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[22]  Parse the input string containing a list of rows or row ranges, and
     return integer arrays containing the first and last row in each
     range.  For example, if rowlist = "3-5, 6, 8-9" then it will
     return numranges = 3, rangemin = 3, 6, 8 and rangemax = 5, 6, 9.
     At most, 'maxranges' number of ranges will be returned.  'maxrows'
     is the maximum number of rows in the table; any rows or ranges
     larger than this will be ignored.  The rows must be specified in
     increasing order, and the ranges must not overlap. A minus sign
     may be use to specify all the rows to the upper or lower bound, so
     "50-" means all the rows from 50 to the end of the table, and "-"
     means all the rows in the table, from 1 - maxrows.
   \label{ffrwrg}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
    int fits_parse_range / ffrwrg(char *rowlist, LONGLONG maxrows, int maxranges, >
       int *numranges, long *rangemin, long *rangemax, int *status)

    int fits_parse_rangell / ffrwrgll(char *rowlist, LONGLONG maxrows, int maxranges, >
       int *numranges, LONGLONG *rangemin, LONGLONG *rangemax, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[23]  Check that the Header fill bytes (if any) are all blank.  These are the bytes
     that may follow END keyword and before the beginning of data unit,
     or the end of the HDU if there is no data unit.
   \label{ffchfl}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
    int ffchfl(fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[24]  Check that the Data fill bytes (if any) are all zero (for IMAGE or
     BINARY Table HDU) or all blanks (for ASCII table HDU).  These file
     bytes may be located after the last valid data byte in the HDU and
     before the physical end of the HDU.
     \label{ffcdfl}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
    int ffcdfl(fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[25]  Estimate the root-mean-squared (RMS) noise in an image.
These routines are mainly for use with the Hcompress image compression
algorithm.  They return an estimate of the RMS noise in the background
pixels of the image.  This robust algorithm (written by Richard
White, STScI) first attempts to estimate the RMS value
as 1.68 times the median of the absolute differences between successive
pixels in the image.  If the median = 0,  then the
algorithm falls back to computing the RMS of the difference between successive
pixels, after several N-sigma rejection cycles to remove
extreme values.  The input parameters are:  the array of image pixel values
(either float or short values), the number of values in the array,
the value that is used to represent null pixels (enter a very
large number if there are no null pixels). \label{imageRMS}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
    int fits_rms_float (float fdata[], int npix, float in_null_value,
                   > double *rms, int *status)
    int fits_rms_short (short fdata[], int npix, short in_null_value,
                   > double *rms, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[26]  Was CFITSIO compiled with the -D\_REENTRANT directive
so that it may be safely used in multi-threaded environments?
The following function returns 1 if yes, 0 if no.  Note, however,
that even if the -D\_REENTRANT directive was specified, this does
not guarantee that the CFITSIO routines are thread-safe, because
some compilers may not support this feature.\label{reentrant}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
int fits_is_reentrant(void)
\end{verbatim}

\chapter{  The CFITSIO Iterator Function }

The fits\_iterate\_data function in CFITSIO provides a unique method of
executing an arbitrary user-supplied `work' function that operates on
rows of data in  FITS tables or on pixels in FITS images.  Rather than
explicitly reading and writing the FITS images or columns of data, one
instead calls the CFITSIO iterator routine, passing to it the name of
the user's work function that is to be executed along with a list of
all the table columns or image arrays that are to be passed to the work
function.  The CFITSIO iterator function then does all the work of
allocating memory for the arrays, reading the input data from the FITS
file, passing them to the work function, and then writing any output
data back to the FITS file after the work function exits.  Because
it is often more efficient to process only a subset of the total table
rows at one time, the iterator function can determine the optimum
amount of data to pass in each iteration and repeatedly call the work
function until the entire table been processed.

For many applications this single CFITSIO iterator function can
effectively replace all the other CFITSIO routines for reading or
writing data in FITS images or tables.  Using the iterator has several
important advantages over the traditional method of reading and writing
FITS data files:

\begin{itemize}
\item
It cleanly separates the data I/O from the routine that operates on
the data.  This leads to a more modular and `object oriented'
programming style.

\item
It simplifies the application program by eliminating the need to allocate
memory for the data arrays and eliminates most of the calls to the CFITSIO
routines that explicitly read and write the data.

\item
It ensures that the data are processed as efficiently as possible.
This is especially important when processing tabular data since
the iterator function will calculate the most efficient number
of rows in the table to be passed at one time to the user's work
function on each iteration.

\item
Makes it possible for larger projects to develop a library of work
functions that all have a uniform calling sequence and are all
independent of the details of the FITS file format.

\end{itemize}

There are basically 2 steps in using the CFITSIO iterator function.
The first step is to design the work function itself which must have a
prescribed set of input parameters.  One of these parameters is a
structure containing pointers to the arrays of data; the work function
can perform any desired operations on these arrays and does not need to
worry about how the input data were read from the file or how the
output data get written back to the file.

The second step is to design the driver routine that opens all the
necessary FITS files and initializes  the input parameters to the
iterator function.  The driver program calls the CFITSIO iterator
function which then reads the data and passes it to the user's work
function.

The following 2 sections describe these steps in more detail.  There
are also several example programs included with the CFITSIO
distribution which illustrate how to use the iterator function.


\section{The Iterator Work Function}

The user-supplied iterator work function must have the following set of
input parameters (the function can be given any desired name):


\begin{verbatim}
  int user_fn( long totaln, long offset, long firstn, long nvalues,
               int narrays, iteratorCol *data,  void *userPointer )
\end{verbatim}

\begin{itemize}

\item
  totaln -- the total number of table rows or image pixels
            that will be passed to the work function
            during 1 or more iterations.

\item
  offset     -- the offset applied to the first table row or image
                pixel to be passed to the work function.  In other
                words, this is the number of rows or pixels that
                are skipped over before starting the iterations. If
                offset = 0, then all the table rows or image pixels
                will be passed to the work function.

\item
  firstn     -- the number of the first table row or image pixel
                (starting with 1)  that is being passed in this
                particular call to the work function.

\item
  nvalues    -- the number of table rows or image pixels that are
                being passed in this particular call to the work
                function.  nvalues will always be less than or
                equal to totaln and will have the same value on
                each iteration, except possibly on the last
                call which may have a smaller value.

\item
  narrays     -- the number of arrays of data that are being passed
                 to the work function.  There is one array for each
                 image or table column.

\item
  *data   -- array of structures, one for each
             column or image.  Each structure contains a pointer
             to the array of data as well as other descriptive
             parameters about that array.

\item
  *userPointer -- a user supplied pointer that can be used
                 to pass ancillary information from the driver function
                 to the work function.
                 This pointer is passed to the CFITSIO iterator function
                 which then passes it on to the
                 work function without any modification.
                 It may point to a single number, to an array of values,
                 to a structure containing an arbitrary set of parameters
                 of different types,
                 or it may be a null pointer if it is not needed.
                 The work function must cast this pointer to the
                 appropriate data type before using it it.
\end{itemize}

The totaln, offset, narrays, data, and userPointer parameters are
guaranteed to have the same value on each iteration.  Only firstn,
nvalues, and the arrays of data pointed to by the data structures may
change on each iterative call to the work function.

Note that the iterator treats an image as a long 1-D array of pixels
regardless of it's intrinsic dimensionality.  The total number of
pixels is just the product of the size of each dimension, and the order
of the pixels is the same as the order that they are stored in the FITS
file. If the work function needs to know the number and size of the
image dimensions then these parameters can be passed via the
userPointer structure.

The iteratorCol structure is currently defined as follows:

\begin{verbatim}
typedef struct  /* structure for the iterator function column information */
{
   /* structure elements required as input to fits_iterate_data: */

  fitsfile *fptr;       /* pointer to the HDU containing the column or image */
  int      colnum;      /* column number in the table; ignored for images    */
  char     colname[70]; /* name (TTYPEn) of the column; null for images      */
  int      datatype;    /* output data type (converted if necessary) */
  int      iotype;      /* type: InputCol, InputOutputCol, or OutputCol */

  /* output structure elements that may be useful for the work function: */

  void     *array;    /* pointer to the array (and the null value) */
  long     repeat;    /* binary table vector repeat value; set     */
                      /*     equal to 1 for images                 */
  long     tlmin;     /* legal minimum data value, if any          */
  long     tlmax;     /* legal maximum data value, if any          */
  char     unit[70];  /* physical unit string (BUNIT or TUNITn)    */
  char     tdisp[70]; /* suggested display format; null if none    */

} iteratorCol;
\end{verbatim}

Instead of directly reading or writing the elements in this structure,
it is recommended that programmers use the access functions that are
provided for this purpose.

The first five elements in this structure must be initially defined by
the driver routine before calling the iterator routine.  The CFITSIO
iterator routine uses this information to determine what column or
array to pass to the work function, and whether the array is to be
input to the work function, output from the work function, or both.
The CFITSIO iterator function fills in the values of the remaining
structure elements before passing it to the work function.

The array structure element is a pointer to the actual data array and
it must be cast to the correct data type before it is used.  The
`repeat' structure element give the number of data values in each row
of the table, so that the total number of data values in the array is
given by repeat * nvalues.  In the case of image arrays and ASCII
tables, repeat will always be equal to 1.  When the data type is a
character string, the array pointer is actually a pointer to an array
of string pointers (i.e., char **array).  The other output structure
elements are provided for convenience in case that information is
needed within the work function.  Any other information may be passed
from the driver routine to the work function via the userPointer
parameter.

Upon completion, the work routine must return an integer status value,
with 0 indicating success and any other value indicating an error which
will cause the iterator function to immediately exit at that point.  Return status
values in the range 1 -- 1000 should be avoided since these are
reserved for use by CFITSIO.  A return status value of -1 may be used to
force the CFITSIO iterator function to stop at that point and return
control to the driver routine after writing any output arrays to the
FITS file.  CFITSIO does not considered this to be an error condition,
so any further processing by the application program will continue normally.


\section{The Iterator Driver Function}

The iterator driver function must open the necessary FITS files and
position them to the correct HDU.  It must also initialize the following
parameters in the iteratorCol structure (defined above) for each
column or image before calling the CFITSIO iterator function.
Several `constructor' routines are provided in CFITSIO for this
purpose.

\begin{itemize}
\item
  *fptr --  The fitsfile pointer to the table or image.
\item
colnum -- the number of the column in the table.  This value is ignored
          in the case of images.  If colnum equals 0, then the column name
          will be used to identify the column to be passed to the
          work function.

\item
colname -- the name (TTYPEn keyword) of the column.  This is
           only required if colnum = 0 and is ignored for images.
\item
datatype -- The desired data type of the array to be passed to the
            work function.  For numerical data the data type does
            not need to be the same as the actual data type in the
            FITS file, in which case CFITSIO will do the conversion.
            Allowed values are: TSTRING, TLOGICAL, TBYTE, TSBYTE, TSHORT, TUSHORT,
            TINT, TLONG, TULONG, TFLOAT, TDOUBLE.  If the input
            value of data type equals 0, then the  existing
            data type of the column or image will be used without
            any conversion.

\item
iotype -- defines whether the data array is to be input to the
          work function (i.e, read from the FITS file), or output
          from the work function (i.e., written to the FITS file) or
          both.  Allowed values are InputCol, OutputCol, or InputOutputCol.
	  Variable-length array columns are supported as InputCol or
	  InputOutputCol types, but may not be used for an OutputCol type.
\end{itemize}

After the driver routine has initialized all these parameters, it
can then call the CFITSIO iterator function:


\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_iterate_data(int narrays, iteratorCol *data, long offset,
      long nPerLoop, int (*workFn)( ), void *userPointer, int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{itemize}
\item

   narrays    -- the number of columns or images that are to be passed
                 to the work function.
\item
   *data --     pointer to array of structures containing information
                about each column or image.

\item
   offset      -- if positive, this number of rows at the
                      beginning of the table (or pixels in the image)
                      will be skipped and will not be passed to the work
                      function.

\item
   nPerLoop   - specifies the number of table rows (or number of
                    image pixels) that are to be passed to the work
                    function on each iteration.  If nPerLoop = 0
                    then CFITSIO will calculate the optimum number
                    for greatest efficiency.
                    If nPerLoop is negative, then all the rows
                    or pixels will be passed at one time, and the work
                    function will only be called once.  If any variable
		    length arrays are being processed, then the nPerLoop
		    value is ignored, and the iterator will always process
		    one row of the table at a time.

\item
   *workFn     - the name (actually the address) of the work function
                 that is to be called by fits\_iterate\_data.

\item
   *userPointer - this is a user supplied pointer that can be used
                  to pass ancillary information from the driver routine
                  to the work function.  It may point to a single number,
                  an array, or to a structure containing an arbitrary set
                  of parameters.

\item
   *status      - The CFITSIO error status.  Should = 0 on input;
                  a non-zero output value indicates an error.
\end{itemize}

When fits\_iterate\_data is called it first allocates memory to hold
all the requested columns of data or image pixel arrays.  It then reads
the input data from the FITS tables or images into the arrays then
passes the structure with pointers to these data arrays to the work
function.  After the work function returns, the iterator function
writes any output columns of data or images back to the FITS files.  It
then repeats this process for any remaining sets of rows or image
pixels until it has processed the entire table or image or until the
work function returns a non-zero status value.  The iterator then frees
the memory that it initially allocated and returns control to the
driver routine that called it.


\section{Guidelines for Using the Iterator Function}

The totaln, offset, firstn, and nvalues parameters that are passed to
the work function are useful for determining how much of the data has
been processed and how much remains left to do.  On the very first call
to the work function firstn will be equal to offset + 1;  the work
function may need to perform various initialization tasks before
starting to  process the data. Similarly, firstn + nvalues - 1 will be
equal to totaln on the last iteration, at which point the work function
may need to perform some clean up operations before exiting for the
last time.  The work function can also force an early termination of
the iterations by returning a status value = -1.

The narrays and iteratorCol.datatype arguments allow the work function
to double check that the number of input arrays and their data types
have the expected values.  The iteratorCol.fptr and iteratorCol.colnum
structure elements can be used if the work function needs to read or
write the values of other keywords in the FITS file associated with
the array.  This should generally only be done during the
initialization step or during the clean up step after the last set of
data has been processed.  Extra FITS file I/O during the main
processing loop of the work function can seriously degrade the speed of
the program.  Note that the behavior of the \verb|fits_iterate_data()|
is undefined if narrays is zero.

If variable-length array columns are being processed, then the iterator
will operate on one row of the table at a time.  In this case the
the repeat element in the interatorCol structure will be set equal to
the number of elements in the current row that is being processed.

One important feature of the iterator is that the first element in each
array that is passed to the work function gives the value that is used
to represent null or undefined values in the array.  The real data then
begins with the second element of the array (i.e., array[1], not
array[0]).  If the first array element is equal to zero, then this
indicates that all the array elements have defined values and there are
no undefined values.  If array[0] is not equal to zero, then this
indicates that some of the data values are undefined and this value
(array[0]) is used to represent them.  In the case of output arrays
(i.e., those arrays that will be written back to the FITS file by the
iterator function after the work function exits) the work function must
set the first array element to the desired null value if necessary,
otherwise the first element should be set to zero to indicate that
there are no null values in the output array.  CFITSIO defines 2
values, FLOATNULLVALUE and DOUBLENULLVALUE, that can be used as default
null values for float and double data types, respectively.  In the case
of character string data types, a null string is always used to
represent undefined strings.

In some applications it may be necessary to recursively call the iterator
function.  An example of this is given by one of the example programs
that is distributed with CFITSIO: it first calls a work function that
writes out a 2D histogram image.  That work function in turn calls
another work function that reads the  `X' and `Y' columns in a table to
calculate the value of each 2D histogram image pixel. Graphically, the
program structure can be described as:

\begin{verbatim}
 driver --> iterator --> work1_fn --> iterator --> work2_fn
\end{verbatim}

Finally, it should be noted that the table columns or image arrays that
are passed to the work function do not all have to come from the same
FITS file and instead may come from any combination of sources as long
as they have the same length.   The length of the first table column or
image array is used by the iterator if they do not all have the same
length.


\section{Complete List of Iterator Routines}

All of the iterator routines are listed below.  Most of these routines
do not have a corresponding short function name.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ]  Iterator `constructor' functions that set
   the value of elements in the iteratorCol structure
   that define the columns or arrays. These set the fitsfile
    pointer, column name, column number, datatype, and iotype,
    respectively.  The last 2 routines allow all the parameters
    to be set with one function call (one supplies the column
   name, the other the column number). \label{ffiterset}
\end{description}


\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_iter_set_file(iteratorCol *col, fitsfile *fptr);

  int fits_iter_set_colname(iteratorCol *col, char *colname);

  int fits_iter_set_colnum(iteratorCol *col, int colnum);

  int fits_iter_set_datatype(iteratorCol *col, int datatype);

  int fits_iter_set_iotype(iteratorCol *col, int iotype);

  int fits_iter_set_by_name(iteratorCol *col, fitsfile *fptr,
          char *colname, int datatype,  int iotype);

  int fits_iter_set_by_num(iteratorCol *col, fitsfile *fptr,
          int colnum, int datatype,  int iotype);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ]  Iterator `accessor' functions that return the value of the
     element in the iteratorCol structure
    that describes a particular data column or array \label{ffiterget}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  fitsfile * fits_iter_get_file(iteratorCol *col);

  char * fits_iter_get_colname(iteratorCol *col);

  int fits_iter_get_colnum(iteratorCol *col);

  int fits_iter_get_datatype(iteratorCol *col);

  int fits_iter_get_iotype(iteratorCol *col);

  void * fits_iter_get_array(iteratorCol *col);

  long fits_iter_get_tlmin(iteratorCol *col);

  long fits_iter_get_tlmax(iteratorCol *col);

  long fits_iter_get_repeat(iteratorCol *col);

  char * fits_iter_get_tunit(iteratorCol *col);

  char * fits_iter_get_tdisp(iteratorCol *col);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ]  The CFITSIO iterator function \label{ffiter}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_iterate_data(int narrays,  iteratorCol *data, long offset,
            long nPerLoop,
            int (*workFn)( long totaln, long offset, long firstn,
                           long nvalues, int narrays, iteratorCol *data,
                           void *userPointer),
            void *userPointer,
            int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\chapter{ World Coordinate System Routines }

The FITS community has adopted a set of keyword conventions that define
the transformations needed to convert between pixel locations in an
image and the corresponding celestial coordinates on the sky, or more
generally, that define world coordinates that are to be associated with
any pixel location in an n-dimensional FITS array. CFITSIO is distributed
with a a few self-contained World Coordinate System (WCS) routines,
however, these routines DO NOT support all the latest WCS conventions,
so it is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED that software developers use a more robust
external WCS library.  Several recommended libraries are:


\begin{verbatim}
  WCSLIB -  supported by Mark Calabretta
  WCSTools - supported by Doug Mink
  AST library - developed by the U.K. Starlink project
\end{verbatim}

More information about the WCS keyword conventions and links to all of
these WCS libraries can be found on the FITS Support Office web site at
http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov under the WCS link.

The functions provided in these external WCS libraries will need
access to the  WCS keywords contained in the FITS file headers.
One convenient way to pass this information to the external library is
to use the fits\_hdr2str routine in CFITSIO (defined below) to copy the
header keywords into one long string, and then pass this string to an
interface routine in the external library that will extract
the necessary WCS information (e.g., the 'wcspih' routine in the WCSLIB
library and the 'astFitsChan' and 'astPutCards' functions in the AST
library).


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Concatenate the header keywords in the CHDU into a single long
    string of characters. Each 80-character fixed-length keyword
    record is appended to the output character string, in order, with
    no intervening separator or terminating characters. The last header
    record is terminated with a NULL character.  This routine allocates
    memory for the returned character array, so the calling program must
    free the memory when finished.

    There are 2 related routines: fits\_hdr2str simply concatenates all
    the existing keywords in the header; fits\_convert\_hdr2str is similar,
    except that if the CHDU is a tile compressed image (stored in a binary
    table) then it will first convert that header back to that of a
    normal FITS image before concatenating the keywords.

    Selected keywords may be excluded from the returned character string.
    If the second parameter (nocomments) is TRUE (nonzero) then any
    COMMENT, HISTORY, or blank keywords in the header will not be copied
    to the output string.

    The 'exclist' parameter may be used to supply a list of keywords
    that are to be excluded from the output character string. Wild card
    characters (*, ?, and \#) may be used in the excluded keyword names.
    If no additional keywords are to be excluded, then set nexc = 0 and
   specify NULL for the the **exclist  parameter.  \label{hdr2str}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_hdr2str
      (fitsfile *fptr, int nocomments, char **exclist, int nexc,
      > char **header, int *nkeys, int *status)

  int fits_convert_hdr2str / ffcnvthdr2str
      (fitsfile *fptr, int nocomments, char **exclist, int nexc,
      > char **header, int *nkeys, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[2 ]  The following CFITSIO routine is specifically designed for use
in conjunction with the WCSLIB library.  It is not expected that
applications programmers will call this routine directly, but it
is documented here for completeness.  This routine extracts arrays
from a binary table that contain WCS information using the -TAB table
lookup convention.  See the documentation provided with the WCSLIB
 library for more information.  \label{wcstab}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_wcstab
       (fitsfile *fptr, int nwtb, wtbarr *wtb, int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\section{ Self-contained WCS Routines}

The following routines DO NOT support the more recent WCS conventions
that have been approved as part of the FITS standard.  Consequently,
the following routines ARE NOW DEPRECATED.  It is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED
that software developers not use these routines, and instead use an
external WCS library, as described in the previous section.

These routines are included mainly for backward compatibility with
existing software.  They support the following standard map
projections: -SIN, -TAN, -ARC, -NCP, -GLS, -MER, and -AIT (these are the
legal values for the coordtype parameter).  These routines are based
on similar functions in Classic AIPS.  All the angular quantities are
given in units of degrees.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Get the values of the basic set of standard FITS celestial coordinate
    system keywords from the header of a FITS image (i.e., the primary
    array or an IMAGE extension).  These values may then be passed to
    the fits\_pix\_to\_world and fits\_world\_to\_pix routines that
    perform the coordinate transformations.  If any or all of the WCS
    keywords are not present, then default values will be returned. If
    the first coordinate axis is the declination-like coordinate, then
    this routine will swap them so that the longitudinal-like coordinate
    is returned as the first axis.

    The first routine (ffgics) returns
    the primary WCS, whereas the second routine returns the particular
    version of the WCS specified by the 'version' parameter, which much
    be a character ranging from 'A' to 'Z' (or a blank character, which is
    equivalent to calling ffgics).

    If the file uses the newer 'CDj\_i' WCS transformation matrix
    keywords instead of old style 'CDELTn' and 'CROTA2' keywords, then
    this routine will calculate and return the values of the equivalent
    old-style keywords.  Note that the conversion from the new-style
    keywords to the old-style values is sometimes only an
    approximation, so if the approximation is larger than an internally
    defined threshold level, then CFITSIO will still return the
    approximate WCS keyword values, but will also return with status =
    APPROX\_WCS\_KEY, to warn the calling program that approximations
    have been made.  It is then up to the calling program to decide
    whether the approximations are sufficiently accurate for the
    particular application, or whether more precise WCS transformations
   must be performed using new-style WCS keywords directly. \label{ffgics}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_img_coord / ffgics
      (fitsfile *fptr, > double *xrefval, double *yrefval,
       double *xrefpix, double *yrefpix, double *xinc, double *yinc,
       double *rot, char *coordtype, int *status)

  int fits_read_img_coord_version / ffgicsa
      (fitsfile *fptr, char version, > double *xrefval, double *yrefval,
       double *xrefpix, double *yrefpix, double *xinc, double *yinc,
       double *rot, char *coordtype, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Get the values of the standard FITS celestial coordinate system
    keywords from the header of a FITS table where the X and Y (or RA
    and DEC) coordinates are stored in 2 separate columns of the table
    (as in the Event List table format that is often used by high energy
    astrophysics missions).  These values may then be passed to the
    fits\_pix\_to\_world and fits\_world\_to\_pix routines that perform
   the coordinate transformations. \label{ffgtcs}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_tbl_coord / ffgtcs
      (fitsfile *fptr, int xcol, int ycol, > double *xrefval,
       double *yrefval, double *xrefpix, double *yrefpix, double *xinc,
       double *yinc, double *rot, char *coordtype, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ]  Calculate the celestial coordinate corresponding to the input
    X and Y pixel location in the image. \label{ffwldp}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_pix_to_world / ffwldp
      (double xpix, double ypix, double xrefval, double yrefval,
       double xrefpix, double yrefpix, double xinc, double yinc,
       double rot, char *coordtype, > double *xpos, double *ypos,
       int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ]  Calculate the X and Y pixel location corresponding to the input
    celestial coordinate in the image. \label{ffxypx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_world_to_pix / ffxypx
      (double xpos, double ypos, double xrefval, double yrefval,
       double xrefpix, double yrefpix, double xinc, double yinc,
       double rot, char *coordtype, > double *xpix, double *ypix,
       int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\chapter{  Hierarchical Grouping Routines }

These functions allow for the creation and manipulation of FITS HDU
Groups, as defined in "A Hierarchical Grouping Convention for FITS" by
Jennings, Pence, Folk and Schlesinger:

https://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/registry/grouping/grouping.pdf

A group is a
collection of HDUs whose association is defined by a {\it grouping
table}.  HDUs which are part of a group are referred to as {\it member
HDUs} or simply as {\it members}. Grouping table member HDUs may
themselves be grouping tables, thus allowing for the construction of
open-ended hierarchies of HDUs.

Grouping tables contain one row for each member HDU. The grouping table
columns provide identification information that allows applications to
reference or "point to" the member HDUs. Member HDUs are expected, but
not required, to contain a set of GRPIDn/GRPLCn keywords in their
headers for each grouping table that they are referenced by. In this
sense, the GRPIDn/GRPLCn keywords "link" the member HDU back to its
Grouping table. Note that a member HDU need not reside in the same FITS
file as its grouping table, and that a given HDU may be referenced by
up to 999 grouping tables simultaneously.

Grouping tables are implemented as FITS binary tables with up to six
pre-defined column TTYPEn values: 'MEMBER\_XTENSION', 'MEMBER\_NAME',
'MEMBER\_VERSION', 'MEMBER\_POSITION', 'MEMBER\_URI\_TYPE' and 'MEMBER\_LOCATION'.
The first three columns allow member HDUs to be identified by reference to
their XTENSION, EXTNAME and EXTVER keyword values. The fourth column allows
member HDUs to be identified by HDU position within their FITS file.
The last two columns identify the FITS file in which the member HDU resides,
if different from the grouping table FITS file.

Additional user defined "auxiliary" columns may also be included with any
grouping table. When a grouping table is copied or modified the presence of
auxiliary columns is always taken into account by the grouping support
functions; however, the grouping support functions cannot directly
make use of this data.

If a grouping table column is defined but the corresponding member HDU
information is unavailable then a null value of the appropriate data type
is inserted in the column field. Integer columns (MEMBER\_POSITION,
MEMBER\_VERSION) are defined with a TNULLn value of zero (0). Character field
columns (MEMBER\_XTENSION, MEMBER\_NAME, MEMBER\_URI\_TYPE, MEMBER\_LOCATION)
utilize an ASCII null character to denote a null field value.

The grouping support functions belong to two basic categories: those that
work with grouping table HDUs (ffgt**) and those that work with member HDUs
(ffgm**). Two functions, fits\_copy\_group() and fits\_remove\_group(), have the
option to recursively copy/delete entire groups. Care should be taken when
employing these functions in recursive mode as poorly defined groups could
cause unpredictable results. The problem of a grouping table directly or
indirectly referencing itself (thus creating an infinite loop) is protected
against; in fact, neither function will attempt to copy or delete an HDU
twice.


\section{Grouping Table Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ]Create (append) a grouping table at the end of the current FITS file
   pointed to by fptr. The grpname parameter provides the grouping table
   name (GRPNAME keyword value) and may be set to NULL if no group name
   is to be specified. The grouptype parameter specifies the desired
   structure of the grouping table and may take on the values:
   GT\_ID\_ALL\_URI (all columns created), GT\_ID\_REF (ID by reference columns),
   GT\_ID\_POS (ID by position columns), GT\_ID\_ALL (ID by reference and
   position columns), GT\_ID\_REF\_URI (ID by reference and FITS file URI
  columns), and GT\_ID\_POS\_URI (ID by position and FITS file URI columns). \label{ffgtcr}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_create_group / ffgtcr
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *grpname, int grouptype, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ]Create (insert) a grouping table just after the CHDU of the current FITS
   file pointed to by fptr. All HDUs below the the insertion point will be
   shifted downwards to make room for the new HDU. The grpname parameter
   provides the grouping table name (GRPNAME keyword value) and may be set to
   NULL if no group name is to be specified. The grouptype parameter specifies
   the desired structure of the grouping table and may take on the values:
   GT\_ID\_ALL\_URI (all columns created), GT\_ID\_REF (ID by reference columns),
   GT\_ID\_POS (ID by position columns), GT\_ID\_ALL (ID by reference and
   position columns), GT\_ID\_REF\_URI (ID by reference and FITS file URI
  columns), and GT\_ID\_POS\_URI (ID by position and FITS file URI columns) \label{ffgtis}.
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_insert_group / ffgtis
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *grpname, int grouptype, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ]Change the structure of an existing grouping table pointed to by
   gfptr. The grouptype parameter (see fits\_create\_group() for valid
   parameter values) specifies the new structure of the grouping table. This
   function only adds or removes grouping table columns, it does not add
   or delete group members (i.e., table rows). If the grouping table already
   has the desired structure then no operations are performed and function
   simply returns with a (0) success status code. If the requested structure
   change creates new grouping table columns, then the column values for all
   existing members will be filled with the null values appropriate to the
  column type. \label{ffgtch}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_change_group / ffgtch
      (fitsfile *gfptr, int grouptype, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ]Remove the group defined by the grouping table pointed to by gfptr, and
   optionally all the group member HDUs. The rmopt parameter specifies the
   action to be taken for
   all members of the group defined by the grouping table. Valid values are:
   OPT\_RM\_GPT (delete only the grouping table) and OPT\_RM\_ALL (recursively
   delete all HDUs that belong to the group). Any groups containing the
   grouping table gfptr as a member are updated, and if rmopt == OPT\_RM\_GPT
   all members have their GRPIDn and GRPLCn  keywords updated accordingly.
   If rmopt == OPT\_RM\_ALL, then other groups that contain the deleted members
  of gfptr are updated to reflect the deletion accordingly. \label{ffgtrm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_remove_group / ffgtrm
      (fitsfile *gfptr, int rmopt, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ]Copy (append) the group defined by the grouping table pointed to by infptr,
   and optionally all group member HDUs, to the FITS file pointed to by
   outfptr. The cpopt parameter specifies the action to be taken for all
   members of the group infptr. Valid values are: OPT\_GCP\_GPT (copy only
   the grouping table) and OPT\_GCP\_ALL (recursively copy ALL the HDUs that
   belong to the group defined by infptr). If the cpopt == OPT\_GCP\_GPT then
   the members of infptr have their GRPIDn and GRPLCn keywords updated to
   reflect the existence of the new grouping table outfptr, since they now
   belong to the new group. If cpopt == OPT\_GCP\_ALL then the new
   grouping table outfptr only contains pointers to the copied member HDUs
   and not the original member HDUs of infptr. Note that, when
   cpopt == OPT\_GCP\_ALL, all members of the group defined by infptr will be
   copied to a single FITS file pointed to by outfptr regardless of their
  file distribution in the original group.  \label{ffgtcp}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_group / ffgtcp
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, int cpopt, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Merge the two groups defined by the grouping table HDUs infptr and outfptr
    by combining their members into a single grouping table. All member HDUs
    (rows) are copied from infptr to outfptr. If mgopt == OPT\_MRG\_COPY then
    infptr continues to exist unaltered after the merge. If the mgopt ==
    OPT\_MRG\_MOV then infptr is deleted after the merge. In both cases,
   the GRPIDn and GRPLCn keywords of the member HDUs are updated accordingly. \label{ffgtmg}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_merge_groups / ffgtmg
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, int mgopt, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ]"Compact" the group defined by grouping table pointed to by gfptr. The
   compaction is achieved by merging (via fits\_merge\_groups()) all direct
   member HDUs of gfptr that are themselves grouping tables. The cmopt
   parameter defines whether the merged grouping table HDUs remain after
   merging (cmopt == OPT\_CMT\_MBR) or if they are deleted after merging
   (cmopt == OPT\_CMT\_MBR\_DEL). If the grouping table contains no direct
   member HDUs that are themselves grouping tables then this function
   does nothing. Note that this function is not recursive, i.e., only the
  direct member HDUs of gfptr are considered for merging. \label{ffgtcm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_compact_group / ffgtcm
      (fitsfile *gfptr, int cmopt, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[8 ]Verify the integrity of the grouping table pointed to by gfptr to make
   sure that all group members are accessible and that all links to other
   grouping tables are valid. The firstfailed parameter returns the member
   ID (row number) of the first member HDU to fail verification (if positive
   value) or the first group link to fail (if negative value). If gfptr is
  successfully verified then firstfailed contains a return value of 0. \label{ffgtvf}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_verify_group / ffgtvf
      (fitsfile *gfptr, > long *firstfailed, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[9 ] Open a grouping table that contains the member HDU pointed to by mfptr.
    The grouping table to open is defined by the grpid parameter, which
    contains the keyword index value of the GRPIDn/GRPLCn keyword(s) that
    link the member HDU mfptr to the grouping table. If the grouping table
    resides in a file other than the member HDUs file then an attempt is
    first made to open the file readwrite, and failing that readonly. A
    pointer to the opened grouping table HDU is returned in gfptr.

    Note that it is possible, although unlikely and undesirable, for the
    GRPIDn/GRPLCn keywords in a member HDU header to be non-continuous, e.g.,
    GRPID1, GRPID2, GRPID5, GRPID6. In such cases, the grpid index value
    specified in the function call shall identify the (grpid)th GRPID value.
    In the above example, if grpid == 3, then the group specified by GRPID5
   would be opened. \label{ffgtop}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_open_group / ffgtop
      (fitsfile *mfptr, int grpid, > fitsfile **gfptr, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[10]  Add a member HDU to an existing grouping table pointed to by gfptr.
   The member HDU may either be pointed to mfptr (which must be positioned
   to the member HDU) or, if mfptr == NULL, identified by the hdupos parameter
   (the HDU position number, Primary array == 1) if both the grouping table
   and the member HDU reside in the same FITS file. The new member HDU shall
   have the appropriate GRPIDn and GRPLCn keywords created in its header.
   Note that if the member HDU is already a member of the group then it will
  not be added a second time. \label{ffgtam}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_add_group_member / ffgtam
      (fitsfile *gfptr, fitsfile *mfptr, int hdupos, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\section{Group Member Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Return the number of member HDUs in a grouping table gfptr. The number
    of member HDUs is just the NAXIS2 value (number of rows) of the grouping
   table. \label{ffgtnm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_num_members / ffgtnm
      (fitsfile *gfptr, > long *nmembers, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ]  Return the number of groups to which the HDU pointed to by mfptr is
     linked, as defined by the number of GRPIDn/GRPLCn keyword records that
     appear in its header. Note that each time this function is called, the
     indices of the GRPIDn/GRPLCn keywords are checked to make sure they
     are continuous (ie no gaps) and are re-enumerated to eliminate gaps if
    found.  \label{ffgmng}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_num_groups / ffgmng
      (fitsfile *mfptr, > long *nmembers, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Open a member of the grouping table pointed to by gfptr. The member to
    open is identified by its row number within the grouping table as given
    by the parameter 'member' (first member == 1) . A fitsfile pointer to
    the opened member HDU is returned as mfptr. Note that if the member HDU
    resides in a FITS file different from the grouping table HDU then the
   member file is first opened readwrite and, failing this, opened readonly. \label{ffgmop}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_open_member / ffgmop
      (fitsfile *gfptr, long member, > fitsfile **mfptr, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ]Copy (append) a member HDU of the grouping table pointed to by gfptr.
   The member HDU is identified by its row number within the grouping table
   as given by the parameter 'member' (first member == 1). The copy of the
   group member HDU will be appended to the FITS file pointed to by mfptr,
   and upon return mfptr shall point to the copied member HDU. The cpopt
   parameter may take on the following values: OPT\_MCP\_ADD which adds a new
   entry in gfptr for the copied member HDU, OPT\_MCP\_NADD which does not add
   an entry in gfptr for the copied member, and OPT\_MCP\_REPL which replaces
  the original member entry with the copied member entry. \label{ffgmcp}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_member / ffgmcp
      (fitsfile *gfptr, fitsfile *mfptr, long member, int cpopt, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ]Transfer a group member HDU from the grouping table pointed to by
   infptr to the grouping table pointed to by outfptr. The member HDU to
   transfer is identified by its row number within infptr as specified by
   the parameter 'member' (first member == 1). If tfopt == OPT\_MCP\_ADD then
   the member HDU is made
   a member of outfptr and remains a member of infptr. If tfopt == OPT\_MCP\_MOV
  then the member HDU is deleted from infptr after the transfer to outfptr. \label{ffgmtf}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_transfer_member / ffgmtf
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, long member, int tfopt,
       > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ]Remove a member HDU from the grouping table pointed to by gfptr. The
   member HDU to be deleted is identified by its row number in the grouping
   table as specified by the parameter 'member' (first member == 1). The rmopt
   parameter may take on the following values: OPT\_RM\_ENTRY which
   removes the member HDU entry from the grouping table and updates the
   member's GRPIDn/GRPLCn keywords, and OPT\_RM\_MBR which removes the member
  HDU entry from the grouping table and deletes the member HDU itself. \label{ffgmrm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_remove_member / ffgmrm
      (fitsfile *gfptr, long member, int rmopt, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\chapter{ Specialized CFITSIO Interface Routines }

The basic interface routines described previously are recommended
for most uses, but the routines described in this chapter
are also available if necessary.  Some of these routines perform more
specialized function that cannot easily be done with the basic
interface routines while others duplicate the functionality of the
basic routines but have a slightly different calling sequence.
See Appendix B for the definition of each function parameter.


\section{FITS File Access Routines}

\subsection{File Access}

\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Open an existing FITS file residing in core computer memory.  This
routine is analogous to fits\_open\_file.   The 'filename'  is
currently ignored by this routine and may be any arbitrary string. In
general, the application must have preallocated an initial block of
memory to hold the FITS file prior to calling this routine:  'memptr'
points to the starting address and 'memsize' gives the initial size of
the block of memory.  'mem\_realloc' is a pointer to an optional
function that CFITSIO can call to allocate additional memory, if needed
(only if mode = READWRITE), and is modeled after the standard C
'realloc' function;  a null pointer may be given if the initial
allocation of memory is all that will be required (e.g., if the file is
opened with mode = READONLY).  The 'deltasize' parameter may be used to
suggest a minimum amount of additional memory that should be allocated
during each call to the memory reallocation function.  By default,
CFITSIO will reallocate enough additional space to hold the entire
currently defined FITS file (as given by the NAXISn keywords) or 1 FITS
block (= 2880 bytes), which ever is larger.  Values of deltasize less
than 2880 will be ignored.  Since the memory reallocation operation can
be computationally expensive, allocating a larger initial block of
memory, and/or specifying a larger deltasize value may help to reduce
the number of reallocation calls and make the application program run
faster.  Note that values of the memptr and memsize pointers will be updated
by CFITSIO if the location or size of the FITS file in memory
should change as a result of allocating more memory. \label{ffomem}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_open_memfile / ffomem
      (fitsfile **fptr, const char *filename, int mode, void **memptr,
       size_t *memsize, size_t deltasize,
       void *(*mem_realloc)(void *p, size_t newsize), int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Create a new FITS file residing in core computer memory.  This
routine is analogous to fits\_create\_file.    In general, the
application must have preallocated an initial block of memory to hold
the FITS file prior to calling this routine:  'memptr' points to the
starting address and 'memsize' gives the initial size of the block of
memory.  'mem\_realloc' is a pointer to an optional function that
CFITSIO can call to allocate additional memory, if needed, and is
modeled after the standard C 'realloc' function;  a null pointer may be
given if the initial allocation of memory is all that will be
required.  The 'deltasize' parameter may be used to suggest a minimum
amount of additional memory that should be allocated during each call
to the memory reallocation function.  By default, CFITSIO will
reallocate enough additional space to hold 1 FITS block (= 2880 bytes)
and  values of deltasize less than 2880 will be ignored.  Since the
memory reallocation operation can be computationally expensive,
allocating a larger initial block of memory, and/or specifying a larger
deltasize value may help to reduce the number of reallocation calls
and make the application program run
faster. Note that values of the memptr and memsize pointers will be updated
by CFITSIO if the location or size of the FITS file in memory
should change as a result of allocating more memory. \label{ffimem}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_create_memfile / ffimem
      (fitsfile **fptr, void **memptr,
       size_t *memsize, size_t deltasize,
       void *(*mem_realloc)(void *p, size_t newsize), int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Reopen a FITS file that was previously opened with
    fits\_open\_file or fits\_create\_file.  The new fitsfile
    pointer may then be treated as a separate file, and one may
    simultaneously read or write to 2 (or more)  different extensions in
    the same file.   The fits\_open\_file routine (above) automatically
    detects cases where a previously opened file is being opened again,
    and then internally call fits\_reopen\_file, so programs should rarely
    need to explicitly call this routine.
\label{ffreopen}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_reopen_file / ffreopen
      (fitsfile *openfptr, fitsfile **newfptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[4 ]  Create a new FITS file, using a template file to define its
  initial size and structure.  The template may be another FITS HDU
  or an ASCII template file.  If the input template file name pointer
  is null, then this routine behaves the same as fits\_create\_file.
  The currently supported format of the ASCII template file is described
  under the fits\_parse\_template routine (in the general Utilities
  section)
\label{fftplt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_create_template / fftplt
      (fitsfile **fptr, char *filename, char *tpltfile > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Parse the input filename or URL into its component parts, namely:
\begin{itemize}
\item
the file type (file://, ftp://, http://, etc),
\item
the base input file name,
\item
the name of the output file that the input file is to be copied to prior
to opening,
\item
the HDU or extension specification,
\item
the filtering specifier,
\item
the binning specifier,
\item
the column specifier,
\item
and the
image pixel filtering specifier.
\end{itemize}
A null pointer (0) may be be specified for any of the output string arguments
that are not needed.  Null strings will be returned for any components that are not
present in the input file name.  The calling routine must allocate sufficient
memory to hold the returned character strings.  Allocating the string lengths
equal to FLEN\_FILENAME is guaranteed to be safe.
These routines are mainly for internal use
by other CFITSIO routines. \label{ffiurl}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_parse_input_url / ffiurl
      (char *filename, > char *filetype, char *infile, char *outfile, char
       *extspec, char *filter, char *binspec, char *colspec, int *status)

  int fits_parse_input_filename / ffifile
      (char *filename, > char *filetype, char *infile, char *outfile, char
       *extspec, char *filter, char *binspec, char *colspec, char *pixspec,
       int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Parse the input filename and return the HDU number that would be
moved to if the file were opened with fits\_open\_file.  The returned
HDU number begins with 1 for the primary array, so for example, if the
input filename = `myfile.fits[2]' then hdunum = 3 will be returned.
CFITSIO does not open the file to check if the extension actually
exists if an extension number is specified. If an extension name is
included in the file name specification (e.g.  `myfile.fits[EVENTS]'
then this routine will have to open the FITS file and look for the
position of the named extension, then close file again.  This is not
possible if the file is being read from the stdin stream, and an error
will be returned in this case.  If the filename does not specify an
explicit extension (e.g. 'myfile.fits') then hdunum = -99 will be
returned, which is functionally equivalent to hdunum = 1. This routine
is mainly used for backward compatibility in the ftools software
package and is not recommended for general use.  It is generally better
and more efficient to first open the FITS file with fits\_open\_file,
then use fits\_get\_hdu\_num to determine which HDU in the file has
been opened, rather than calling fits\_parse\_input\_url followed by a
call to fits\_open\_file.
 \label{ffextn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
   int fits_parse_extnum / ffextn
       (char *filename, > int *hdunum, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ]Parse the input file name and return the root file name.  The root
name includes the file type if specified, (e.g.  'ftp://' or 'http://')
and the full path name, to the extent that it is specified in the input
filename.  It does not include the HDU name or number, or any filtering
specifications. The calling routine must allocate sufficient
memory to hold the returned rootname character string.  Allocating the length
equal to FLEN\_FILENAME is guaranteed to be safe.
 \label{ffrtnm}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
   int fits_parse_rootname / ffrtnm
       (char *filename, > char *rootname, int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[8 ]Test if the input file or a compressed version of the file (with
a .gz, .Z, .z, or .zip extension) exists on disk.  The returned value of
the 'exists' parameter will have 1 of the 4 following values:

\begin{verbatim}
   2:  the file does not exist, but a compressed version does exist
   1:  the disk file does exist
   0:  neither the file nor a compressed version of the file exist
  -1:  the input file name is not a disk file (could be a ftp, http,
       smem, or mem file, or a file piped in on the STDIN stream)
\end{verbatim}

 \label{ffexist}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
   int fits_file_exists / ffexist
       (char *filename, > int *exists, int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[9 ]Flush any internal buffers of data to the output FITS file. These
   routines rarely need to be called, but can be useful in cases where
   other processes need to access the same FITS file in real time,
   either on disk or in memory.  These routines also help to ensure
   that if the application program subsequently aborts then the FITS
   file will have been closed properly.  The first routine,
   fits\_flush\_file is more rigorous and completely closes, then
   reopens, the current HDU, before flushing the internal buffers, thus
   ensuring that the output FITS file is identical to what would be
   produced if the FITS was closed at that point (i.e., with a call to
   fits\_close\_file).  The second routine, fits\_flush\_buffer simply
   flushes the internal CFITSIO buffers of data to the output FITS
   file, without updating and closing the current HDU.  This is much
   faster, but there may be circumstances where the flushed file does
   not completely reflect the final state of the file as it will exist
   when the file is actually closed.

   A typical use of these routines would be to flush the state of a
   FITS table to disk after each row of the table is written.  It is
   recommend that fits\_flush\_file be called after the first row is
   written, then fits\_flush\_buffer may be called after each
   subsequent row is written.  Note that this latter routine will not
   automatically update the NAXIS2 keyword which records the number of
   rows of data in the table, so this keyword must be explicitly
   updated by the application program after each row is written.
  \label{ffflus}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_flush_file / ffflus
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)

  int fits_flush_buffer / ffflsh
      (fitsfile *fptr, 0, > int *status)

      (Note:  The second argument must be 0).
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[10 ] Wrapper functions for global initialization and cleanup of the libcurl library used
   when accessing files with the HTTPS or FTPS protocols.  If an HTTPS/FTPS file transfer is to
   be performed, it is recommended that you call the init function once near the start of your 
   program before any file\_open calls, and before creating any threads. The cleanup function
   should be called after all HTTPS/FTPS file accessing is completed, and after all threads are 
   completed.  The functions return 0 upon successful initialization and cleanup.  These
   are NOT THREAD-SAFE.    
  \label{ffihtps}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_init_https / ffihtps
      ()
      
  int fits_cleanup_https / ffchtps
      ()
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{Download Utility Functions}

These routines do not need to be called for normal file accessing. They are
primarily intended to help with debugging and diagnosing issues which occur 
during file downloads.  These routines are NOT THREAD-SAFE.

\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Toggle the verbosity of the libcurl library diagnostic output when
   accessing files with the HTTPS or FTPS protocol.  `flag' = 1 turns the output
   on, 0 turns it off (the default).
  \label{ffvhtps}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
   void fits_verbose_https / ffvhtps
        (int flag)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2] If `flag' is set to 1, this will display (to stderr) a progress 
  bar during an https file download.  (This is not yet implemented
  for other file transfer protocols.)  `flag' = 0 by default.
 \label{ffshdwn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
   void fits_show_download_progress / ffshdwn
        (int flag)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3] The timeout setting (in seconds) determines the maximum time
  allowed for a net download to complete.  If a download has not finished within
  the allowed time, the file transfer will terminate and the CFITSIO calling
  function will return with an error.  Use fits\_get\_timeout will see the 
  current timeout setting and fits\_set\_timeout to change the setting.  This
  adjustmant may be particularly useful when having trouble downloading large 
  files over slow connections.
 \label{ffgtmo}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
   int fits_get_timeout / ffgtmo
       ()
       
   int fits_set_timeout / ffstmo
       (int seconds, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\section{HDU Access Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Get the byte offsets in the FITS file to the start of the header
    and the start and end of the data in the CHDU. The difference
    between headstart and dataend equals the size of the CHDU.  If the
    CHDU is the last HDU in the file, then dataend is also equal to the
    size of the entire FITS file.  Null pointers may be input for any
   of the address parameters if their values are not needed. \label{ffghad}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_hduaddr / ffghad  (only supports files up to 2.1 GB in size)
       (fitsfile *fptr, > long *headstart, long *datastart, long *dataend,
        int *status)

  int fits_get_hduaddrll / ffghadll  (supports large files)
       (fitsfile *fptr, > LONGLONG *headstart, LONGLONG *datastart,
        LONGLONG *dataend, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Create (append) a new empty HDU at the end of the FITS file.
    This is now  the CHDU but it is completely empty and has
    no header keywords.  It is recommended that fits\_create\_img or
 fits\_create\_tbl be used instead of this routine. \label{ffcrhd}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_create_hdu / ffcrhd
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Insert a new IMAGE extension immediately following the CHDU, or
    insert a new Primary Array at the beginning of the file.  Any
    following extensions in the file will be shifted down to make room
    for the new extension.  If the CHDU is the last HDU in the file
    then the new image extension will simply be appended to the end of
    the file.   One can force a new primary array to be inserted at the
    beginning of the FITS file by setting status = PREPEND\_PRIMARY prior
    to calling the routine.  In this case the old primary array will be
    converted to an IMAGE extension. The new extension (or primary
    array) will become the CHDU.  Refer to Chapter 9 for a list of
   pre-defined bitpix values.  \label{ffiimg}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_insert_img / ffiimg
      (fitsfile *fptr, int bitpix, int naxis, long *naxes, > int *status)

  int fits_insert_imgll / ffiimgll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int bitpix, int naxis, LONGLONG *naxes, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Insert a new ASCII or binary table extension immediately following the CHDU.
    Any following extensions will be shifted down to make room for the
    new extension.  If there are no other following extensions then the
    new table extension will simply be appended to the end of the
    file.   If the FITS file is currently empty then this routine will
    create a dummy primary array before appending the table to it. The
    new extension will become the CHDU.  The tunit and extname
    parameters are optional and a null pointer may be given if they are
    not defined.  When inserting an ASCII table with
    fits\_insert\_atbl, a null pointer  may given for the *tbcol
    parameter in which case each column of the table will be separated
    by a single space character. Similarly, if the input value of
    rowlen is  0, then CFITSIO will calculate the default rowlength
    based on the tbcol and ttype values.  Under normal circumstances,
    the nrows
    paramenter should have a value of 0; CFITSIO will automatically update
    the number of rows as data is written to the table.  When inserting a binary table
    with fits\_insert\_btbl, if there are following extensions in the
    file and if the table contains variable length array columns then
    pcount must specify the expected final size of the data heap,
   otherwise pcount must = 0. \label{ffitab} \label{ffibin}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_insert_atbl / ffitab
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG rowlen, LONGLONG nrows, int tfields, char *ttype[],
       long *tbcol, char *tform[], char *tunit[], char *extname, > int *status)

  int fits_insert_btbl / ffibin
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG nrows, int tfields, char **ttype,
      char **tform, char **tunit, char *extname, long pcount, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Modify the size, dimensions, and/or data type of the current
    primary array or image extension. If the new image, as specified
    by the input arguments, is larger than the current existing image
    in the FITS file then zero fill data will be inserted at the end
    of the current image and any following extensions will be moved
    further back in the file.  Similarly, if the new image is
    smaller than the current image then any following extensions
    will be shifted up towards the beginning of the FITS file
    and the image data will be truncated to the new size.
    This routine rewrites the BITPIX, NAXIS, and NAXISn keywords
   with the appropriate values for the new image. \label{ffrsim}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_resize_img / ffrsim
      (fitsfile *fptr, int bitpix, int naxis, long *naxes, > int *status)

  int fits_resize_imgll / ffrsimll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int bitpix, int naxis, LONGLONG *naxes, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Copy the data (and not the header) from the CHDU associated with infptr
    to the CHDU associated with outfptr. This will overwrite any data
    previously in the output CHDU.  This low level routine is used by
    fits\_copy\_hdu, but it may also be useful in certain application programs
    that want to copy the data from one FITS file to another but also
    want to modify the header keywords. The required FITS header keywords
    which define the structure of the HDU must be written to the
   output CHDU before calling this routine. \label{ffcpdt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_data / ffcpdt
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ] Read or write a specified number of bytes starting at the specified byte
    offset from the start of the extension data unit.  These low
    level routine are intended mainly for accessing the data in
    non-standard, conforming extensions, and should not be used for standard
   IMAGE, TABLE, or BINTABLE extensions. \label{ffgextn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_ext / ffgextn
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG offset, LONGLONG nbytes, void *buffer)
  int fits_write_ext / ffpextn
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG offset, LONGLONG nbytes, void *buffer)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[8 ] This routine forces CFITSIO to rescan the current header keywords that
    define the structure of the HDU (such as the NAXIS and BITPIX
    keywords) so that it reinitializes the internal buffers that
    describe the HDU structure.  This routine is useful for
    reinitializing the structure of an HDU if any of the required
    keywords (e.g., NAXISn) have been modified.  In practice it should
    rarely be necessary to call this routine because CFITSIO
   internally calls it in most situations. \label{ffrdef}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_set_hdustruc / ffrdef
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)   (DEPRECATED)
\end{verbatim}

\section{Specialized Header Keyword Routines}


\subsection{Header Information Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Reserve space in the CHU for MOREKEYS more header keywords.
    This routine may be called to allocate space for additional keywords
    at the time the header is created (prior to writing any data).
    CFITSIO can dynamically add more space to the header when needed,
    however it is more efficient to preallocate the required space
   if the size is known in advance. \label{ffhdef}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_set_hdrsize / ffhdef
      (fitsfile *fptr, int morekeys, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Return the number of keywords in the header (not counting the END
    keyword) and the current position
    in the header.  The position is the number of the keyword record that
    will be read next (or one greater than the position of the last keyword
    that was read). A value of 1 is returned if the pointer is
   positioned at the beginning of the header. \label{ffghps}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_hdrpos / ffghps
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *keysexist, int *keynum, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Read and Write the Required Keywords}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Write the required extension header keywords into the CHU.
  These routines are not required, and instead the appropriate
  header may be constructed by writing each individual keyword in the
  proper sequence.

  The simpler fits\_write\_imghdr routine is equivalent to calling
  fits\_write\_grphdr with the default values of simple = TRUE, pcount
  = 0, gcount = 1, and extend = TRUE.  The PCOUNT, GCOUNT and EXTEND
  keywords are not required in the primary header and are only written
  if pcount is not equal to zero, gcount is not equal to zero or one,
  and if extend is TRUE, respectively.  When writing to an IMAGE
  extension, the SIMPLE and EXTEND parameters are ignored.  It is
  recommended that fits\_create\_image or fits\_create\_tbl be used
  instead of these routines to write the
  required header keywords. The general fits\_write\_exthdr routine
  may be used to write the header of any conforming FITS
 extension.  \label{ffphpr} \label{ffphps}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_imghdr / ffphps
      (fitsfile *fptr, int bitpix, int naxis, long *naxes, > int *status)

  int fits_write_imghdrll / ffphpsll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int bitpix, int naxis, LONGLONG *naxes, > int *status)

  int fits_write_grphdr / ffphpr
      (fitsfile *fptr, int simple, int bitpix, int naxis, long *naxes,
       LONGLONG pcount, LONGLONG gcount, int extend, > int *status)

  int fits_write_grphdrll / ffphprll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int simple, int bitpix, int naxis, LONGLONG *naxes,
       LONGLONG pcount, LONGLONG gcount, int extend, > int *status)

  int fits_write_exthdr /ffphext
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *xtension, int bitpix, int naxis, long *naxes,
       LONGLONG pcount, LONGLONG gcount, > int *status)

\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Write the ASCII table header keywords into the CHU.  The optional
    TUNITn and EXTNAME keywords are written only if the input pointers
    are not null.  A null pointer may given for the
    *tbcol parameter in which case a single space will be inserted
    between each column of the table.  Similarly, if rowlen is
    given = 0, then CFITSIO will calculate the default rowlength based on
   the tbcol and ttype values. \label{ffphtb}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_atblhdr / ffphtb
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG rowlen, LONGLONG nrows, int tfields, char **ttype,
       long *tbcol, char **tform, char **tunit, char *extname, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Write the binary table header keywords into the CHU.   The optional
   TUNITn and EXTNAME keywords are written only if the input pointers
   are not null.  The pcount parameter, which specifies the
   size of the variable length array heap, should initially = 0;
   CFITSIO will automatically update the PCOUNT keyword value if any
   variable length array data is written to the heap.  The TFORM keyword
   value for variable length vector columns should have the form 'Pt(len)'
   or '1Pt(len)' where `t' is the data type code letter (A,I,J,E,D, etc.)
   and  `len' is an integer specifying the maximum length of the vectors
   in that column (len must be greater than or equal to the longest
   vector in the column).  If `len' is not specified when the table is
   created (e.g., the input TFORMn value is just '1Pt') then CFITSIO will
   scan the column when the table is first closed and will append the
   maximum length to the TFORM keyword value.  Note that if the table
   is subsequently modified to increase the maximum length of the vectors
   then the modifying program is responsible for also updating the TFORM
  keyword value.  \label{ffphbn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_btblhdr / ffphbn
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG nrows, int tfields, char **ttype,
       char **tform, char **tunit, char *extname, LONGLONG pcount, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Read the required keywords from the CHDU (image or table).  When
    reading from an IMAGE extension the SIMPLE and EXTEND parameters are
    ignored.  A null pointer may be supplied for any of the returned
   parameters that are not needed. \label{ffghpr} \label{ffghtb} \label{ffghbn}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_imghdr / ffghpr
      (fitsfile *fptr, int maxdim, > int *simple, int *bitpix, int *naxis,
       long *naxes, long *pcount, long *gcount, int *extend, int *status)

  int fits_read_imghdrll / ffghprll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int maxdim, > int *simple, int *bitpix, int *naxis,
       LONGLONG *naxes, long *pcount, long *gcount, int *extend, int *status)

  int fits_read_atblhdr / ffghtb
      (fitsfile *fptr,int maxdim, > long *rowlen, long *nrows,
       int *tfields, char **ttype, LONGLONG *tbcol, char **tform, char **tunit,
       char *extname,  int *status)

  int fits_read_atblhdrll / ffghtbll
      (fitsfile *fptr,int maxdim, > LONGLONG *rowlen, LONGLONG *nrows,
       int *tfields, char **ttype, long *tbcol, char **tform, char **tunit,
       char *extname,  int *status)

  int fits_read_btblhdr / ffghbn
      (fitsfile *fptr, int maxdim, > long *nrows, int *tfields,
       char **ttype, char **tform, char **tunit, char *extname,
       long *pcount, int *status)

  int fits_read_btblhdrll / ffghbnll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int maxdim, > LONGLONG *nrows, int *tfields,
       char **ttype, char **tform, char **tunit, char *extname,
       long *pcount, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{Write Keyword Routines}

These routines simply append a new keyword to the header and do not
check to see if a keyword with the same name already exists.  In
general it is preferable to use the fits\_update\_key routine to ensure
that the same keyword is not written more than once to the header.  See
Appendix B for the definition of the parameters used in these
routines.



\begin{description}
\item[1 ]  Write (append) a new keyword of the appropriate data type into the CHU.
     A null pointer may be entered for the comment parameter, which
     will cause the comment field of the keyword to be left blank.  The
     flt, dbl, cmp, and dblcmp versions of this routine have the added
     feature that if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G'
     display format rather then the 'E' format will be used when
     constructing the keyword value, taking the absolute value of
     'decimals' for the precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros,
     and will use a fixed format rather than an exponential format,
    depending on the magnitude of the value. \label{ffpkyx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_key_str / ffpkys
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *value, char *comment,
       > int *status)

  int fits_write_key_[log, lng] /  ffpky[lj]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE numval, char *comment,
       > int *status)

  int fits_write_key_[flt, dbl, fixflg, fixdbl] / ffpky[edfg]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE numval, int decimals,
      char *comment, > int *status)

  int fits_write_key_[cmp, dblcmp, fixcmp, fixdblcmp] / ffpk[yc,ym,fc,fm]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE *numval, int decimals,
      char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Write (append) a string valued keyword into the CHU which may be longer
    than 68 characters in length.  This uses the Long String Keyword
    convention that is described in the`Local FITS Conventions' section
    in Chapter 4.  Since this uses a non-standard FITS convention to
    encode the long keyword string, programs which use this routine
    should also call the fits\_write\_key\_longwarn routine to add some
    COMMENT keywords to warn users of the FITS file that this
    convention is being used.  The fits\_write\_key\_longwarn routine
    also writes a keyword called LONGSTRN to record the version of the
    longstring convention that has been used, in case a new convention
    is adopted at some point in the future.   If the LONGSTRN keyword
    is already present in the header, then fits\_write\_key\_longwarn
    will
   simply return without doing anything. \label{ffpkls} \label{ffplsw}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_key_longstr / ffpkls
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *longstr, char *comment,
       > int *status)

  int fits_write_key_longwarn / ffplsw
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Write (append) a numbered sequence of keywords into the CHU.  The
    starting index number (nstart) must be greater than 0. One may
    append the same comment to every keyword (and eliminate the need
    to have an array of identical comment strings, one for each keyword) by
    including the ampersand character as the last non-blank character in the
    (first) COMMENTS string parameter.  This same string
    will then be used for the comment field in all the keywords.
    One may also enter a null pointer for the comment parameter to
   leave the comment field of the keyword blank. \label{ffpknx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_keys_str / ffpkns
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyroot, int nstart, int nkeys,
       char **value, char **comment, > int *status)

  int fits_write_keys_[log, lng] / ffpkn[lj]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyroot, int nstart, int nkeys,
       DTYPE *numval, char **comment, int *status)

  int fits_write_keys_[flt, dbl, fixflg, fixdbl] / ffpkne[edfg]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyroot, int nstart, int nkey,
       DTYPE *numval, int decimals, char **comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ]Copy an indexed keyword from one HDU to another, modifying
    the index number of the keyword name in the process.  For example,
    this routine could read the TLMIN3 keyword from the input HDU
    (by giving keyroot = `TLMIN' and innum = 3) and write it to the
    output HDU with the keyword name TLMIN4 (by setting outnum = 4).
    If the input keyword does not exist, then this routine simply
   returns without indicating an error. \label{ffcpky}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_copy_key / ffcpky
      (fitsfile *infptr, fitsfile *outfptr, int innum, int outnum,
       char *keyroot, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ]Write (append) a `triple precision' keyword into the CHU in F28.16 format.
    The floating point keyword value is constructed by concatenating the
    input integer value with the input double precision fraction value
    (which must have a value between 0.0 and 1.0). The ffgkyt routine should
    be used to read this keyword value, because the other keyword reading
   routines will not preserve the full precision of the value. \label{ffpkyt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_key_triple / ffpkyt
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, long intval, double frac,
       char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ]Write keywords to the CHDU that are defined in an ASCII template file.
   The format of the template file is described under the fits\_parse\_template
  routine. \label{ffpktp}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_key_template / ffpktp
      (fitsfile *fptr, const char *filename, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{Insert Keyword Routines}

These insert routines are somewhat less efficient than the `update' or
`write' keyword routines  because the following keywords in the header
must be shifted down to make room for the inserted keyword.  See
Appendix B for the definition of the parameters used in these
routines.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Insert a new keyword record into the CHU at the specified position
    (i.e., immediately preceding the (keynum)th keyword in the header.)
  \label{ffirec}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_insert_record / ffirec
      (fitsfile *fptr, int keynum, char *card, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Insert a new keyword into the CHU.  The new keyword is inserted
    immediately following the last keyword that has been read from the
    header.  The `longstr' version has the same functionality as the
    `str' version except that it also supports the local long string
    keyword convention for strings longer than 68 characters.  A null
    pointer may be entered for the comment parameter which will cause
    the comment field to be left blank.  The flt, dbl, cmp, and dblcmp
    versions of this routine have the added
     feature that if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G'
     display format rather then the 'E' format will be used when
     constructing the keyword value, taking the absolute value of
     'decimals' for the precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros,
     and will use a fixed format rather than an exponential format,
    depending on the magnitude of the value. \label{ffikyx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_insert_card / ffikey
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *card, > int *status)

  int fits_insert_key_[str, longstr] / ffi[kys, kls]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *value, char *comment,
       > int *status)

  int fits_insert_key_[log, lng] / ffiky[lj]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE numval, char *comment,
       > int *status)

  int fits_insert_key_[flt, fixflt, dbl, fixdbl] / ffiky[edfg]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE numval, int decimals,
       char *comment, > int *status)

  int fits_insert_key_[cmp, dblcmp, fixcmp, fixdblcmp] / ffik[yc,ym,fc,fm]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE *numval, int decimals,
       char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Insert a new keyword with an undefined, or null, value into the CHU.
   The value string of the keyword is left blank in this case. \label{ffikyu}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_insert_key_null / ffikyu
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Read Keyword Routines}

Wild card characters may be used when specifying the name of the
keyword to be read.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Read a keyword value (with the appropriate data type) and comment from
    the CHU.  If a NULL comment pointer is given on input, then the comment
    string will not be returned.  If the value of the keyword is not defined
    (i.e., the value field is blank) then an error status = VALUE\_UNDEFINED
    will be returned and the input value will not be changed (except that
    ffgkys will reset the value to a null string).
  \label{ffgkyx} \label{ffgkls}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_key_str / ffgkys
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, > char *value, char *comment,
       int *status);

  NOTE: after calling the following routine, programs must explicitly free
        the memory allocated for 'longstr' after it is no longer needed by
        calling fits_free_memory.

  int fits_read_key_longstr / ffgkls
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, > char **longstr, char *comment,
             int *status)

  int fits_free_memory / fffree
      (char *longstr, > int *status);

  int fits_read_key_[log, lng, flt, dbl, cmp, dblcmp] / ffgky[ljedcm]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, > DTYPE *numval, char *comment,
       int *status)

  int fits_read_key_lnglng / ffgkyjj
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, > LONGLONG *numval, char *comment,
       int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Read a sequence of indexed keyword values (e.g., NAXIS1, NAXIS2, ...).
    The input starting index number (nstart) must be greater than 0.
    If the value of any of the keywords is not defined (i.e., the value
    field is blank) then an error status = VALUE\_UNDEFINED will be
    returned and the input value for the undefined keyword(s) will not
    be changed.  These routines do not support wild card characters in
    the root name.  If there are no indexed keywords in the header with
    the input root name then these routines do not return a non-zero
   status value and instead simply return nfound = 0. \label{ffgknx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_keys_str / ffgkns
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, int nstart, int nkeys,
       > char **value, int *nfound,  int *status)

  int fits_read_keys_[log, lng, flt, dbl] / ffgkn[ljed]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, int nstart, int nkeys,
       > DTYPE *numval, int *nfound, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Read the value of a floating point keyword, returning the integer and
    fractional parts of the value in separate routine arguments.
    This routine may be used to read any keyword but is especially
    useful for reading the 'triple precision' keywords written by ffpkyt.
  \label{ffgkyt}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_key_triple / ffgkyt
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, > long *intval, double *frac,
       char *comment, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{Modify Keyword Routines}

These routines modify the value of an existing keyword.  An error is
returned if the keyword does not exist.  Wild card characters may be
used when specifying the name of the keyword to be modified.  See
Appendix B for the definition of the parameters used in these
routines.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Modify (overwrite) the nth 80-character header record in the CHU. \label{ffmrec}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_modify_record / ffmrec
      (fitsfile *fptr, int keynum, char *card, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Modify (overwrite) the 80-character header record for the named keyword
    in the CHU.  This can be used to overwrite the name of the keyword as
   well as its value and comment fields. \label{ffmcrd}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_modify_card / ffmcrd
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *card, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Modify the value and comment fields of an existing keyword in the CHU.
    The `longstr' version has the same functionality as the `str'
    version except that it also supports the local long string keyword
    convention for strings longer than 68 characters.  Optionally, one
    may modify only the value field and leave the comment field
    unchanged by setting the input COMMENT parameter equal to the
    ampersand character (\&) or by entering a null pointer for the
    comment parameter.  The flt, dbl, cmp, and dblcmp versions of this
    routine have the added feature that if the 'decimals' parameter is
    negative, then the 'G' display format rather then the 'E' format
    will be used when constructing the keyword value, taking the
    absolute value of 'decimals' for the precision.  This will suppress
    trailing zeros, and will use a fixed format rather than an
    exponential format,
   depending on the magnitude of the value. \label{ffmkyx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_modify_key_[str, longstr] / ffm[kys, kls]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *value, char *comment,
       > int *status);

  int fits_modify_key_[log, lng] / ffmky[lj]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE numval, char *comment,
       > int *status)

  int fits_modify_key_[flt, dbl, fixflt, fixdbl] / ffmky[edfg]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE numval, int decimals,
       char *comment, > int *status)

  int fits_modify_key_[cmp, dblcmp, fixcmp, fixdblcmp] / ffmk[yc,ym,fc,fm]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE *numval, int decimals,
       char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Modify the value of an existing keyword to be undefined, or null.
    The value string of the keyword is set to blank.
    Optionally, one may leave the comment field unchanged by setting the
    input COMMENT parameter equal to
   the ampersand character (\&) or by entering a null pointer.  \label{ffmkyu}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_modify_key_null / ffmkyu
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{Update Keyword Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] These update routines modify the value, and optionally the comment field,
    of the keyword if it already exists, otherwise the new keyword is
    appended to the header.  A separate routine is provided for each
    keyword data type.  The `longstr' version has the same functionality
    as the `str' version except that it also supports the local long
    string keyword convention for strings longer than 68 characters.  A
    null pointer may be entered for the comment parameter which will
    leave the comment field unchanged or blank.  The flt, dbl, cmp, and
    dblcmp versions of this routine have the added feature that if the
    'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G' display format
    rather then the 'E' format will be used when constructing the
    keyword value, taking the absolute value of 'decimals' for the
    precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros, and will use a fixed
    format rather than an exponential format,
   depending on the magnitude of the value. \label{ffukyx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_update_key_[str, longstr] / ffu[kys, kls]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, char *value, char *comment,
       > int *status)

  int fits_update_key_[log, lng] / ffuky[lj]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE numval, char *comment,
       > int *status)

  int fits_update_key_[flt, dbl, fixflt, fixdbl] / ffuky[edfg]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE numval, int decimals,
       char *comment, > int *status)

  int fits_update_key_[cmp, dblcmp, fixcmp, fixdblcmp] / ffuk[yc,ym,fc,fm]
      (fitsfile *fptr, char *keyname, DTYPE *numval, int decimals,
       char *comment, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\section{Define Data Scaling and Undefined Pixel Parameters}

These routines set or modify the internal parameters used by CFITSIO
to either scale the data or to represent undefined pixels.  Generally
CFITSIO will scale the data according to the values of the BSCALE and
BZERO (or TSCALn and TZEROn) keywords, however these routines may be
used to override the keyword values.  This may be useful when one wants
to read or write the raw unscaled values in the FITS file.  Similarly,
CFITSIO generally uses the value of the BLANK or TNULLn keyword to
signify an undefined pixel, but these routines may be used to override
this value.  These routines do not create or modify the corresponding
header keyword values.  See Appendix B for the definition of the
parameters used in these routines.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Reset the scaling factors in the primary array or image extension; does
    not change the BSCALE and BZERO keyword values and only affects the
    automatic scaling performed when the data elements are written/read
    to/from the FITS file.   When reading from a FITS file the returned
    data value = (the value given in the FITS array) * BSCALE + BZERO.
    The inverse formula is used when writing data values to the FITS
   file. \label{ffpscl}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_set_bscale / ffpscl
      (fitsfile *fptr, double scale, double zero, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Reset the scaling parameters for a table column; does not change
    the TSCALn or TZEROn keyword values and only affects the automatic
    scaling performed when the data elements are written/read to/from
    the FITS file.  When reading from a FITS file the returned data
    value = (the value given in the FITS array) * TSCAL + TZERO.  The
    inverse formula is used when writing data values to the FITS file.
   \label{fftscl}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_set_tscale / fftscl
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, double scale, double zero,
       > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Define the integer value to be used to signify undefined pixels in the
    primary array or image extension.  This is only used if BITPIX = 8, 16,
    or 32.  This does not create or change the value of the BLANK keyword in
   the header. \label{ffpnul}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_set_imgnull / ffpnul
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG nulval, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Define the string to be used to signify undefined pixels in
    a column in an ASCII table.  This does not create or change the value
   of the TNULLn keyword. \label{ffsnul}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_set_atblnull / ffsnul
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, char *nulstr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Define the value to be used to signify undefined pixels in
    an integer column in a binary table (where TFORMn = 'B', 'I', or 'J').
    This does not create or  change the value of the TNULLn keyword.
   \label{fftnul}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_set_btblnull / fftnul
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG nulval, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\section{Specialized FITS Primary Array or IMAGE Extension I/O Routines}

These routines read or write data values in the primary data array
(i.e., the first HDU in the FITS file) or an IMAGE extension.
Automatic data type conversion is performed for if the data type of the
FITS array (as defined by the BITPIX keyword) differs from the data
type of the array in the calling routine.  The data values are
automatically scaled by the BSCALE and BZERO header values as they are
being written or read from the FITS array.  Unlike the basic routines
described in the previous chapter, most of these routines specifically
support the FITS random groups format.  See Appendix B for the
definition of the parameters used in these routines.

The more primitive reading and writing routines (i. e., ffppr\_,
ffppn\_, ffppn, ffgpv\_, or ffgpf\_) simply treat the primary array as
a long 1-dimensional array of pixels, ignoring the intrinsic
dimensionality of the array.  When dealing with a 2D image, for
example, the application program must calculate the pixel offset in the
1-D array that corresponds to any particular X, Y coordinate in the
image.  C programmers should note that the ordering of arrays in FITS
files, and hence in all the CFITSIO calls, is more similar to the
dimensionality of arrays in Fortran rather than C.  For instance if a
FITS image has NAXIS1 = 100 and NAXIS2 = 50, then a 2-D array just
large enough to hold the image should be declared as array[50][100] and
not as array[100][50].

For convenience, higher-level routines are also provided to specifically
deal with 2D images (ffp2d\_ and ffg2d\_) and 3D data cubes (ffp3d\_
and ffg3d\_).  The dimensionality of the FITS image is passed by the
naxis1, naxis2, and naxis3 parameters and the declared dimensions of
the program array are passed in the dim1 and dim2 parameters.  Note
that the dimensions of the program array may be larger than the
dimensions of the FITS array.  For example if a FITS image with NAXIS1
= NAXIS2 = 400 is read into a program array which is dimensioned as 512
x 512 pixels, then the image will just fill the lower left corner of
the array with pixels in the range 1 - 400 in the X an Y directions.
This has the effect of taking a contiguous set of pixel value in the
FITS array and writing them to a non-contiguous array in program memory
(i.e., there are now some blank pixels around the edge of the image in
the program array).

The most general set of routines (ffpss\_, ffgsv\_, and ffgsf\_) may be
used to transfer a rectangular subset of the pixels in a FITS
N-dimensional image to or from an array which has been declared in the
calling program.  The fpixel and lpixel parameters are integer arrays
which specify the starting and ending pixel coordinate in each dimension
(starting with 1, not 0) of the FITS image that is to be read or
written.  It is important to note that these are the starting and
ending pixels in the FITS image, not in the declared array in the
program. The array parameter in these routines is treated simply as a
large one-dimensional array of the appropriate data type containing the
pixel values; The pixel values in the FITS array are read/written
from/to this program array in strict sequence without any gaps;  it is
up to the calling routine to correctly interpret the dimensionality of
this array.  The two FITS reading routines (ffgsv\_ and ffgsf\_ ) also
have an `inc' parameter which defines the data sampling interval in
each dimension of the FITS array.  For example, if inc[0]=2 and
inc[1]=3 when reading a 2-dimensional FITS image, then only every other
pixel in the first dimension and every 3rd pixel in the second
dimension will be returned to the 'array' parameter.

Two types of routines are provided to read the data array which differ in
the way undefined pixels are handled.  The first type of routines (e.g.,
ffgpv\_) simply return an array of data elements in which undefined
pixels are set equal to a value specified by the user in the `nulval'
parameter.  An additional feature of these routines is that if the user
sets nulval = 0, then no checks for undefined pixels will be performed,
thus reducing the amount of CPU processing.  The second type of routines
(e.g., ffgpf\_) returns the data element array and, in addition, a char
array that indicates whether the value of the corresponding data pixel
is undefined (= 1) or defined (= 0).  The latter type of routines may
be more convenient to use in some circumstances, however, it requires
an additional array of logical values which can be unwieldy when working
with large data arrays.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Write elements into the FITS data array.
 \label{ffppr} \label{ffpprx} \label{ffppn} \label{ffppnx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_img / ffppr
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, LONGLONG firstelem, LONGLONG nelements,
       DTYPE *array, int *status);

  int fits_write_img_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffppr[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, long group, LONGLONG firstelem, LONGLONG nelements,
       DTYPE *array, > int *status);

  int fits_write_imgnull / ffppn
      (fitsfile *fptr, int datatype, LONGLONG firstelem, LONGLONG nelements,
       DTYPE *array, DTYPE *nulval, > int *status);

  int fits_write_imgnull_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffppn[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, long group, LONGLONG firstelem,
           LONGLONG nelements, DTYPE *array, DTYPE nulval, > int *status);
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ]Set data array elements as undefined. \label{ffppru}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_img_null / ffppru
      (fitsfile *fptr, long group, LONGLONG firstelem, LONGLONG nelements,
       > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Write values into group parameters.  This routine only applies
    to the `Random Grouped' FITS format which has been used for
    applications in radio interferometry, but is officially deprecated
   for future use.  \label{ffpgpx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_grppar_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffpgp[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, long group, long firstelem, long nelements,
       > DTYPE *array, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Write a 2-D or 3-D image into the data array. \label{ffp2dx} \label{ffp3dx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_2d_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffp2d[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, long group, LONGLONG dim1, LONGLONG naxis1,
       LONGLONG naxis2, DTYPE *array, > int *status)

  int fits_write_3d_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffp3d[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, long group, LONGLONG dim1, LONGLONG dim2, LONGLONG naxis1,
       LONGLONG naxis2, LONGLONG naxis3, DTYPE *array, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ]  Write an arbitrary data subsection into the data array. \label{ffpssx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_subset_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffpss[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, long group, long naxis, long *naxes,
       long *fpixel, long *lpixel, DTYPE *array, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Read elements from the FITS data array.
    \label{ffgpv} \label{ffgpvx} \label{ffgpf} \label{ffgpfx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_img / ffgpv
      (fitsfile *fptr, int  datatype, long firstelem, long nelements,
       DTYPE *nulval, > DTYPE *array, int *anynul, int *status)

  int fits_read_img_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffgpv[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, long group, long firstelem, long nelements,
       DTYPE nulval, > DTYPE *array, int *anynul, int *status)

  int fits_read_imgnull / ffgpf
      (fitsfile *fptr, int  datatype, long firstelem, long nelements,
       > DTYPE *array, char *nullarray, int *anynul, int *status)

  int  fits_read_imgnull_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
       ffgpf[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
       (fitsfile *fptr, long group, long firstelem, long nelements,
       > DTYPE *array, char *nullarray, int *anynul, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ] Read values from group parameters.  This routine only applies
    to the `Random Grouped' FITS format which has been used for
    applications in radio interferometry, but is officially deprecated
   for future use. \label{ffggpx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int  fits_read_grppar_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
       ffggp[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
       (fitsfile *fptr, long group, long firstelem, long nelements,
       > DTYPE *array, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[8 ]  Read 2-D or 3-D image from the data array.  Undefined
     pixels in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nulval',
     unless nulval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
    be performed. \label{ffg2dx} \label{ffg3dx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int  fits_read_2d_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
       ffg2d[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
       (fitsfile *fptr, long group, DTYPE nulval, LONGLONG dim1, LONGLONG naxis1,
       LONGLONG naxis2, > DTYPE *array, int *anynul, int *status)

  int  fits_read_3d_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
       ffg3d[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
       (fitsfile *fptr, long group, DTYPE nulval, LONGLONG dim1,
       LONGLONG dim2, LONGLONG naxis1, LONGLONG naxis2, LONGLONG naxis3,
       > DTYPE *array, int *anynul, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[9 ]   Read an arbitrary data subsection from the data array.
      \label{ffgsvx} \label{ffgsfx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int  fits_read_subset_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
       ffgsv[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
       (fitsfile *fptr, int group, int naxis, long *naxes,
       long *fpixel, long *lpixel, long *inc, DTYPE nulval,
       > DTYPE *array, int *anynul, int *status)

  int  fits_read_subsetnull_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
       ffgsf[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
       (fitsfile *fptr, int group, int naxis, long *naxes,
       long *fpixel, long *lpixel, long *inc, > DTYPE *array,
       char *nullarray, int *anynul, int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\section{Specialized FITS ASCII and Binary Table Routines}


\subsection{General Column Routines}


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Get information about an existing ASCII or binary table column.   A null
    pointer may be given for any of the output parameters that are not
    needed.  DATATYPE is a character string which returns the data type
    of the column as defined by the TFORMn keyword (e.g., 'I', 'J','E',
    'D', etc.).  In the case of an ASCII character column, typecode
    will have a value of the form 'An' where 'n' is an integer
    expressing the width of the field in characters.  For example, if
    TFORM = '160A8' then ffgbcl will return typechar='A8' and
    repeat=20.   All the returned parameters are scalar quantities.
   \label{ffgacl} \label{ffgbcl}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_acolparms / ffgacl
    (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, > char *ttype, long *tbcol,
     char *tunit, char *tform, double *scale, double *zero,
     char *nulstr, char *tdisp, int *status)

  int fits_get_bcolparms / ffgbcl
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, > char *ttype, char *tunit,
       char *typechar, long *repeat, double *scale, double *zero,
       long *nulval, char *tdisp, int  *status)

  int fits_get_bcolparmsll / ffgbclll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, > char *ttype, char *tunit,
       char *typechar, LONGLONG *repeat, double *scale, double *zero,
       LONGLONG *nulval, char *tdisp, int  *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Return optimal number of rows to read or write at one time for
    maximum I/O efficiency.  Refer to the
    ``Optimizing Code'' section in Chapter 5 for more discussion on how
   to use this routine. \label{ffgrsz}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_get_rowsize / ffgrsz
      (fitsfile *fptr, long *nrows, *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Define the zero indexed byte offset of the 'heap' measured from
    the start of the binary table data.  By default the heap is assumed
    to start immediately following the regular table data, i.e., at
    location NAXIS1 x NAXIS2.  This routine is only relevant for
    binary tables which contain variable length array columns (with
    TFORMn = 'Pt').  This routine also automatically writes
    the value of theap to a keyword in the extension header.  This
    routine must be called after the required keywords have been
    written (with ffphbn)
   but before any data is written to the table. \label{ffpthp}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_theap / ffpthp
      (fitsfile *fptr, long theap, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Test the contents of the binary table variable array heap, returning
    the size of the heap, the number of unused bytes that are not currently
    pointed to by any of the descriptors, and the number of bytes which are
    pointed to by multiple descriptors.  It also returns valid = FALSE if
    any of the descriptors point to invalid addresses  out of range of the
    heap. \label{fftheap}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_test_heap / fftheap
      (fitsfile *fptr, > LONGLONG *heapsize, LONGLONG *unused, LONGLONG *overlap,
       int *validheap, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Re-pack the vectors in the binary table variable array heap to recover
    any unused space.  Normally, when a vector in a variable length
    array column is rewritten the previously written array remains in
    the heap as wasted unused space.  This routine will repack the
    arrays that are still in use, thus eliminating any bytes in the
    heap that are no longer in use.  Note that if several vectors point
    to the same bytes in the heap, then this routine will make
    duplicate copies of the bytes for each vector, which will actually
   expand the size of the heap. \label{ffcmph}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_compress_heap / ffcmph
      (fitsfile *fptr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Low-Level Table Access Routines}

The following 2 routines provide low-level access to the data in ASCII
or binary tables and are mainly useful as an efficient way to copy all
or part of a table from one location to another.  These routines simply
read or write the specified number of consecutive bytes in an ASCII or
binary table, without regard for column boundaries or the row length in
the table.  These routines do not perform any machine dependent data
conversion or byte swapping.  See Appendix B for the definition of the
parameters used in these routines.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Read or write a consecutive array of bytes from an ASCII or binary
   table \label{ffgtbb}  \label{ffptbb}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_tblbytes / ffgtbb
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstchar, LONGLONG nchars,
       > unsigned char *values, int *status)

  int fits_write_tblbytes / ffptbb
      (fitsfile *fptr, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstchar, LONGLONG nchars,
       unsigned char *values, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Write Column Data Routines}

This subsection describes specialized routines for writing data to
FITS tables.  Please see section \ref{specialized-read-column-data}
(``Read Column Data Routines'') for more information about how values
are stored in C.

\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Write elements into an ASCII or binary table column (in the CDU).
    The data type of the array is implied by the suffix of the
   routine name.  \label{ffpcls}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_col_str / ffpcls
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstelem,
       LONGLONG nelements, char **array, > int *status)

  int fits_write_col_[log,byt,sht,usht,int,uint,lng,ulng,lnglng,ulnglng,flt,dbl,cmp,dblcmp] /
      ffpcl[l,b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d,c,m]
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow,
           LONGLONG firstelem, LONGLONG nelements, DTYPE *array, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Write elements into an ASCII or binary table column
    substituting the appropriate FITS null value for any elements that
    are equal to the nulval parameter.    \label{ffpcnx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_colnull_[log, byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffpcn[l,b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstelem,
       LONGLONG nelements, DTYPE *array, DTYPE nulval, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Write string elements into a binary table column (in the CDU)
    substituting the FITS null value for any elements that
   are equal to the nulstr string.  \label{ffpcns}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_colnull_str / ffpcns
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstelem,
       LONGLONG nelements, char **array, char *nulstr, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Write bit values into a binary byte ('B') or bit ('X') table column (in
    the CDU).  Larray is an array of characters corresponding to the
    sequence of bits to be written.  If an element of larray is true
    (not equal to zero) then the corresponding bit in the FITS table is
    set to 1, otherwise the bit is set to 0.  The 'X' column in a FITS
    table is always padded out to a multiple of 8 bits where the bit
    array starts with the most significant bit of the byte and works
    down towards the 1's bit.  For example, a '4X' array, with the
    first bit = 1 and the remaining 3 bits = 0 is equivalent to the 8-bit
    unsigned byte decimal value of 128  ('1000 0000B').  In the case of
    'X' columns, CFITSIO can write to all 8 bits of each byte whether
    they are formally valid or not.  Thus if the column is defined as
    '4X', and one calls ffpclx with firstbit=1 and nbits=8, then all
    8 bits will be written into the first byte (as opposed to writing
    the first 4 bits into the first row and then the next 4 bits into
    the next row), even though the last 4 bits of each byte are formally
    not defined and should all be set = 0.  It should also be noted that
    it is more efficient to write 'X' columns an entire byte at a time,
    instead of bit by bit.  Any of the CFITSIO routines that write to
    columns (e.g. fits\_write\_col\_byt) may be used for this purpose.
    These routines will interpret 'X' columns as though they were 'B'
    columns (e.g.,  '1X' through '8X' is equivalent
   to '1B', and '9X' through '16X' is equivalent to '2B').  \label{ffpclx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_write_col_bit / ffpclx
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, long firstbit,
       long nbits, char *larray, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Write the descriptor for a variable length column in a binary table.
    This routine can be used in conjunction with ffgdes to enable
    2 or more arrays to point to the same storage location to save
   storage space if the arrays are identical. \label{ffpdes}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
    int fits_write_descript / ffpdes
        (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG rownum, LONGLONG repeat,
         LONGLONG offset, > int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{Read Column Data Routines \label{specialized-read-column-data}}

Two types of routines are provided to get the column data which differ
in the way undefined pixels are handled.  The first set of routines
(ffgcv) simply return an array of data elements in which undefined
pixels are set equal to a value specified by the user in the 'nullval'
parameter.  If nullval = 0, then no checks for undefined pixels will be
performed, thus increasing the speed of the program.  The second set of
routines (ffgcf) returns the data element array and in addition a
logical array of flags which defines whether the corresponding data
pixel is undefined.  See Appendix B for the definition of the
parameters used in these routines.

    Any column, regardless of it's intrinsic data type, may be read as a
    string.  It should be noted however that reading a numeric column as
    a string is 10 - 100 times slower than reading the same column as a number
    due to the large overhead in constructing the formatted strings.
    The display format of the returned strings will be
    determined by the TDISPn keyword, if it exists, otherwise by the
    data type of the column.  The length of the returned strings (not
    including the null terminating character) can be determined with
    the fits\_get\_col\_display\_width routine.  The following TDISPn
    display formats are currently supported:

\begin{verbatim}
    Iw.m   Integer
    Ow.m   Octal integer
    Zw.m   Hexadecimal integer
    Fw.d   Fixed floating point
    Ew.d   Exponential floating point
    Dw.d   Exponential floating point
    Gw.d   General; uses Fw.d if significance not lost, else Ew.d
\end{verbatim}
    where w is the width in characters of the displayed values, m is
    the minimum number of digits displayed, and d is the number of
    digits to the right of the decimal.  The .m field is optional.


\begin{description}
\item[1 ] Read elements from an ASCII or binary table column (in the CDU).  These
    routines return the values of the table column array elements.  The caller
    is required to allocate the storage \verb+array+ before calling.  Undefined
    array elements will be returned with a value = nulval, unless nulval = 0
    (or = ' ' for ffgcvs) in which case no checking for undefined values will
    be performed. The anynul parameter is set to true if any of the returned
    elements are undefined. 

    For the \verb+_log+ (logical) variant, the C storage type is a
    \verb+char+ single-byte character.  A FITS value of `\verb+T+'rue
    reads as 1 and `\verb+F+' reads as 0; other non-FITS characters 
    are preserved untranslated.

    For the \verb+_str+ (string) variant the number
    of elements is the number of strings, and the caller must allocate storage
    for both the array of pointers \verb+array+ and the character array data
    itself (use \verb+fits_get_col_display_width+ or \verb+fits_get_coltype+ to 
    determine the number of characters).  See section \ref{character-strings}
    (``Dealing with Character Strings'') for more information.  Also, when
    the \verb+_byt+ variant is used to read a column stored in the file as 
    string data (TFORMn = 'nA'), the subroutine will read the character
    bytes (instead of attempting to perform a numerical conversion as other
    integer variants would do), with no attempt at null termination.

    For the \verb+_cmp+ and \verb+_dblcmp+
    (complex and double complex) variants, \verb+nelements+ is the number
    of numerical pairs; the number of floats or doubles that must be 
    pre-allocated is \verb+2*nelements+.
\label{ffgcvx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_col_str / ffgcvs
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstelem,
       LONGLONG nelements, char *nulstr, > char **array, int *anynul,
       int *status)

  int fits_read_col_[log,byt,sht,usht,int,uint,lng,ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl, cmp, dblcmp] /
      ffgcv[l,b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d,c,m]
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstelem,
       LONGLONG nelements, DTYPE nulval, > DTYPE *array, int *anynul,
       int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[2 ] Read elements and null flags from an ASCII or binary table column (in the
    CHDU).  These routines return the values of the table column array elements.
    Any undefined array elements will have the corresponding nullarray element
    set equal to TRUE.  The anynul parameter is set to true if any of the
   returned elements are undefined. \label{ffgcfx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_colnull_str / ffgcfs
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstelem,
       LONGLONG nelements, > char **array, char *nullarray, int *anynul,
       int *status)

  int fits_read_colnull_[log,byt,sht,usht,int,uint,lng,ulng,lnglng,ulnglng,flt,dbl,cmp,dblcmp] /
      ffgcf[l,b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d,c,m]
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow,
       LONGLONG firstelem, LONGLONG nelements, > DTYPE *array,
       char *nullarray, int *anynul, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[3 ] Read an arbitrary data subsection from an N-dimensional array
    in a binary table vector column.  Undefined pixels
    in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nulval',
    unless nulval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
    be performed.  The first and last rows in the table to be read
    are specified by fpixel(naxis+1) and lpixel(naxis+1), and hence
    are treated as the next higher dimension of the FITS N-dimensional
    array.  The INC parameter specifies the sampling interval in
   each dimension between the data elements that will be returned. \label{ffgsvx2}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_subset_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffgsv[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ull,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, int naxis, long *naxes, long *fpixel,
       long *lpixel, long *inc, DTYPE nulval, > DTYPE *array, int *anynul,
       int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[4 ] Read an arbitrary data subsection from an N-dimensional array
    in a binary table vector column.  Any Undefined
    pixels in the array will have the corresponding 'nullarray'
    element set equal to TRUE.  The first and last rows in the table
    to be read are specified by fpixel(naxis+1) and lpixel(naxis+1),
    and hence are treated as the next higher dimension of the FITS
    N-dimensional array.  The INC parameter specifies the sampling
    interval in each dimension between the data elements that will be
   returned. \label{ffgsfx2}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_subsetnull_[byt, sht, usht, int, uint, lng, ulng, lnglng, ulnglng, flt, dbl] /
      ffgsf[b,i,ui,k,uk,j,uj,jj,ujj,e,d]
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, int naxis, long *naxes,
       long *fpixel, long *lpixel, long *inc, > DTYPE *array,
       char *nullarray, int *anynul, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[5 ] Read bit values from a byte ('B') or bit (`X`) table column (in the
    CDU).  Larray is an array of logical values corresponding to the
    sequence of bits to be read.  If larray is true then the
    corresponding bit was set to 1, otherwise the bit was set to 0.
    The 'X' column in a FITS table is always padded out to a multiple
    of 8 bits where the bit array starts with the most significant bit
    of the byte and works down towards the 1's bit.  For example, a
    '4X' array, with the first bit = 1 and the remaining 3 bits = 0 is
    equivalent to the 8-bit unsigned byte value of 128.
    Note that in the case of 'X' columns, CFITSIO can read  all 8 bits
    of each byte whether they are formally valid or not.  Thus if the
    column is defined as '4X', and one calls ffgcx with  firstbit=1 and
    nbits=8, then all 8 bits will be read from the first byte (as
    opposed to reading the first 4 bits from the first row and then the
    first 4 bits from the next row), even though the last 4 bits of
    each byte are formally not defined.  It should also be noted that
    it is more efficient to read 'X' columns an entire byte at a time,
    instead of bit by bit.  Any of the CFITSIO routines that read
    columns (e.g. fits\_read\_col\_byt) may be used for this
    purpose.  These routines will interpret 'X' columns as though they
    were 'B' columns (e.g.,  '8X' is equivalent to '1B', and '16X' is
   equivalent to '2B').  \label{ffgcx}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_col_bit / ffgcx
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG firstbit,
       LONGLONG nbits, > char *larray, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[6 ] Read any consecutive set of bits from an 'X' or 'B' column and
    interpret them as an unsigned n-bit integer.  nbits must be less
    than 16 or 32 in ffgcxui and ffgcxuk, respectively.  If nrows
    is greater than 1, then the same set of bits will be read from
    each row, starting with firstrow. The bits are numbered with
    1 = the most significant bit of the first element of the column.
   \label{ffgcxui}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_col_bit_[usht, uint] / ffgcx[ui,uk]
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG, nrows,
       long firstbit, long nbits, > DTYPE *array, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\begin{description}
\item[7 ] Return the descriptor for a variable length column in a binary table.
    The descriptor consists of 2 integer parameters: the number of elements
    in the array and the starting offset relative to the start of the heap.
    The first pair of routine returns a single descriptor whereas the second
    pair of routine
    returns the descriptors for a range of rows in the table.  The only
    difference between the 2 routines in each pair is that one returns
    the parameters as 'long' integers, whereas the other returns the values
    as 64-bit 'LONGLONG' integers.
   \label{ffgdes}
\end{description}

\begin{verbatim}
  int fits_read_descript / ffgdes
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG rownum, > long *repeat,
           long *offset, int *status)

  int fits_read_descriptll / ffgdesll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG rownum, > LONGLONG *repeat,
           LONGLONG *offset, int *status)

  int fits_read_descripts / ffgdess
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG nrows
       > long *repeat, long *offset, int *status)

  int fits_read_descriptsll / ffgdessll
      (fitsfile *fptr, int colnum, LONGLONG firstrow, LONGLONG nrows
       > LONGLONG *repeat, LONGLONG *offset, int *status)
\end{verbatim}

\chapter{ Extended File Name Syntax }


\section{Overview}

CFITSIO supports an extended syntax when specifying the name of the
data file to be opened or created  that includes the following
features:

\begin{itemize}
\item
CFITSIO can read IRAF format images which have header file names that
end with the '.imh' extension, as well as reading and writing FITS
files,   This feature is implemented in CFITSIO by first converting the
IRAF image into a temporary FITS format file in memory, then opening
the FITS file.  Any of the usual CFITSIO routines then may be used to
read the image header or data.  Similarly, raw binary data arrays can
be read by converting them on the fly into virtual FITS images.

\item
FITS files on the Internet can be read (and sometimes written) using the FTP,
HTTP, HTTPS, FTPS, or ROOT protocols.

\item
FITS files can be piped between tasks on the stdin and stdout streams.

\item
FITS files can be read and written in shared memory.  This can
potentially achieve better data I/O performance compared to reading and
writing the same FITS files on magnetic disk.

\item
Compressed FITS files in gzip or Unix COMPRESS format can be directly read.

\item
Output FITS files can be written directly in compressed gzip format,
thus saving disk space.

\item
FITS table columns can be created, modified, or deleted 'on-the-fly' as
the table is opened by CFITSIO.  This creates a virtual FITS file containing
the modifications that is then opened by the application program.

\item
Table rows may be selected, or filtered out, on the fly when the table
is opened by CFITSIO, based on an user-specified expression.
Only rows for which the expression evaluates to 'TRUE' are retained
in the copy of the table that is opened by the application program.

\item
Histogram images may be created on the fly by binning the values in
table columns, resulting in a virtual N-dimensional FITS image.  The
application program then only sees the FITS image (in the primary
array) instead of the original FITS table.
\end{itemize}

The latter 3 table filtering features in particular add very powerful
data processing capabilities directly into CFITSIO, and hence into
every task that uses CFITSIO to read or write FITS files.  For example,
these features transform a very simple program that just copies an
input FITS file to a new output file (like the `fitscopy' program that
is distributed with CFITSIO) into a multipurpose FITS file processing
tool.  By appending fairly simple qualifiers onto the name of the input
FITS file, the user can perform quite complex table editing operations
(e.g., create new columns, or filter out rows in a table) or create
FITS images by binning or histogramming the values in table columns.
In addition, these functions have been coded using new state-of-the art
algorithms that are, in some cases, 10 - 100 times faster than previous
widely used implementations.

Before describing the complete syntax for the extended FITS file names
in the next section, here are a few examples of FITS file names that
give a quick overview of the allowed syntax:

\begin{itemize}
\item
{\tt myfile.fits}: the simplest case of a FITS file on disk in the current
directory.

\item
{\tt myfile.imh}: opens an IRAF format image file and converts it on the
fly into a temporary FITS format image in memory which can then be read with
any other CFITSIO routine.

\item
{\tt rawfile.dat[i512,512]}: opens a raw binary data array (a 512 x 512
short integer array in this case) and converts it on the fly into a
temporary FITS format image in memory which can then be read with any
other CFITSIO routine.

\item
{\tt myfile.fits.gz}: if this is the name of a new output file, the '.gz'
suffix will cause it to be compressed in gzip format when it is written to
disk.

\item
{\tt myfile.fits.gz[events, 2]}:  opens and uncompresses the gzipped file
myfile.fits then moves to the extension with the keywords EXTNAME
= 'EVENTS' and EXTVER = 2.

\item
{\tt -}:  a dash (minus sign) signifies that the input file is to be read
from the stdin file stream, or that the output file is to be written to
the stdout stream.  See also the stream:// driver which provides a
more efficient, but more restricted method of reading or writing to
the stdin or stdout streams.

\item
{\tt ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/test/vela.fits}:  FITS files in any ftp
archive site on the Internet may be directly opened with read-only
access.

\item
{\tt http://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/software/test.fits}: any valid URL to a
FITS file on the Web may be opened with read-only access.

\item
{\tt root://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/test/vela.fits}: similar to ftp access
except that it provides write as well as read access to the files
across the network. This uses the root protocol developed at CERN.

\item
{\tt shmem://h2[events]}: opens the FITS file in a shared memory segment and
moves to the EVENTS extension.

\item
{\tt mem://}:  creates a scratch output file in core computer memory.  The
resulting 'file' will disappear when the program exits, so this
is mainly useful for testing purposes when one does not want a
permanent copy of the output file.

\item
{\tt myfile.fits[3; Images(10)]}: opens a copy of the image contained in the
10th row of the 'Images' column in the binary table in the 3th extension
of the FITS file.  The virtual file that is opened by the application just
contains this single image in the primary array.

\item
{\tt myfile.fits[1:512:2, 1:512:2]}: opens a section of the input image
ranging from the 1st to the 512th pixel in  X and Y, and selects every
second pixel in both dimensions, resulting in a 256 x 256 pixel input image
in this case.

\item
{\tt myfile.fits[EVENTS][col Rad = sqrt(X**2 + Y**2)]}:  creates and opens
a virtual file on the fly that is identical to
myfile.fits except that it will contain a new column in the EVENTS
extension called 'Rad' whose value is computed using the indicated
expression which is a function of the values in the X and Y columns.

\item
{\tt myfile.fits[EVENTS][PHA > 5]}:  creates and opens a virtual FITS
files that is identical to 'myfile.fits' except that the EVENTS table
will only contain the rows that have values of the PHA column greater
than 5.  In general, any arbitrary boolean expression using a C or
Fortran-like syntax, which may combine AND and OR operators,
may be used to select rows from a table.

\item
{\tt myfile.fits[EVENTS][bin (X,Y)=1,2048,4]}:  creates a temporary FITS
primary array image which is computed on the fly by binning (i.e,
computing the 2-dimensional histogram) of the values in the X and Y
columns of the EVENTS extension.  In this case the X and Y coordinates
range from 1 to 2048 and the image pixel size is 4 units in both
dimensions, so the resulting image is 512 x 512 pixels in size.

\item
The final example combines many of these feature into one complex
expression (it is broken into several lines for clarity):

\begin{verbatim}
   ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/data/sample.fits.gz[EVENTS]
   [col phacorr = pha * 1.1 - 0.3][phacorr >= 5.0 && phacorr <= 14.0]
   [bin (X,Y)=32]
\end{verbatim}
In this case, CFITSIO (1) copies and uncompresses the FITS file from
the ftp site on the legacy machine, (2) moves to the 'EVENTS'
extension, (3) calculates a new column called 'phacorr', (4) selects
the rows in the table that have phacorr in the range 5 to 14, and
finally (5) bins the remaining rows on the X and Y column coordinates,
using a pixel size = 32 to create a 2D image.  All this processing is
completely transparent to the application program, which simply sees
the final 2-D image in the primary array of the opened file.
\end{itemize}

The full extended CFITSIO FITS file name can contain several different
components depending on the context.  These components are described in
the following sections:

\begin{verbatim}
When creating a new file:
   filetype://BaseFilename(templateName)[compress]

When opening an existing primary array or image HDU:
   filetype://BaseFilename(outName)[HDUlocation][ImageSection][pixFilter]

When opening an existing table HDU:
   filetype://BaseFilename(outName)[HDUlocation][colFilter][rowFilter][binSpec]
\end{verbatim}
The filetype, BaseFilename, outName, HDUlocation, ImageSection, and pixFilter
components, if present, must be given in that order, but the colFilter,
rowFilter, and binSpec specifiers may follow in any order.  Regardless
of the order, however, the colFilter specifier, if present, will be
processed first by CFITSIO, followed by the rowFilter specifier, and
finally by the binSpec specifier.  

Multiple colFilter or rowFilter specifications may appear as separated
bracketed expressions, in any order.  Multiple colFilter or rowFilter
expressions are treated internally as a single effective expression,
with order of operations determined from left to right.  CFITSIO does
not support the @filename.txt complex syntax option if multiple
expressions are also used.

\section{Filetype}

The type of file determines the medium on which the file is located
(e.g., disk or network) and, hence, which internal device driver is used by
CFITSIO to read and/or write the file.  Currently supported types are

\begin{verbatim}
        file://  - file on local magnetic disk (default)
         ftp://  - a readonly file accessed with the anonymous FTP protocol.
                   It also supports  ftp://username:password@hostname/...
                   for accessing password-protected ftp sites.
        http://  - a readonly file accessed with the HTTP protocol.  It
                   supports username:password just like the ftp driver.
                   Proxy HTTP servers are supported using the http_proxy
                   environment variable (see following note).
       https://  - a readonly file accessed with the HTTPS protocol.  This
                   is available only if CFITSIO was built with the libcurl
                   library (see the following note).
       ftps://  -  a readonly file accessed with the FTPS protocol.  This
                   is available only if CFITSIO was built with the libcurl
                   library.
      stream://  - special driver to read an input FITS file from the stdin
                   stream, and/or write an output FITS file to the stdout
		   stream.  This driver is fragile and has limited
		   functionality (see the following note).
      gsiftp://  - access files on a computational grid using the gridftp
                   protocol in the Globus toolkit (see following note).
        root://  - uses the CERN root protocol for writing as well as
                   reading files over the network (see following note).
       shmem://  - opens or creates a file which persists in the computer's
                   shared memory (see following note).
         mem://  - opens a temporary file in core memory.  The file
                   disappears when the program exits so this is mainly
                   useful for test purposes when a permanent output file
                   is not desired.
\end{verbatim}
If the filetype is not specified, then type file:// is assumed.
The double slashes '//' are optional and may be omitted in most cases.


\subsection{Notes about HTTP proxy servers}

A proxy HTTP server may be used by defining the address (URL) and port
number of the proxy server with the http\_proxy environment variable.
For example

\begin{verbatim}
    setenv http_proxy http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov:3128
\end{verbatim}
will cause CFITSIO to use port 3128 on the heasarc proxy server whenever
reading a FITS file with HTTP.

\subsection{Notes about HTTPS and FTPS file access}

CFITSIO depends upon the availability of the libcurl library in order to perform 
HTTPS/FTPS file access.  (This should be the development version of the library, as
it contains the curl.h header file required by the CFITSIO code.)   The CFITSIO
'configure' script will search for this library on your system, and if it finds it 
it will automatically be incorporated into the build.  

Note that if you have this library package on your system, you will also have the 'curl-config'
executable.  You can run the 'curl-config' executable with various options to learn
more about the features of your libcurl installation.

If the CFITSIO 'configure' succeeded in finding a usable libcurl, you will see the flag
'-DCFITSIO\_HAVE\_CURL=1' in the CFITSIO Makefile and in the compilation output.  
If 'configure' is unable to find a usable libcurl, CFITSIO will still build 
but it won't have HTTPS/FTPS capability.

The libcurl package is normally included as part of Xcode on Macs.  However on Linux platforms you 
may need to manually install it. This can be easily done on Ubuntu Linux using
the 'apt get' command to retrieve the libcurl4-openssl-dev or the libcurl4-gnutls-dev packages.

When accessing a file with HTTPS or FTPS, the default CFITSIO behavior is to attempt
to verify both the host name and the SSL certificate.  If it cannot, it will still 
perform the file access but will issue a warning to the terminal window.

The user can override this behavior to force CFITSIO to only allow file transfers
when the host name and SSL certificate have been successfully verified.  This is
done by setting the CFITSIO\_VERIFY\_HTTPS environment variable to 'True'. ie. in a
csh shell:

setenv CFITSIO\_VERIFY\_HTTPS True

the default setting for this is 'False'.

CFITSIO has 3 functions which apply specifically to HTTPS/FTPS access:  fits\_init\_https, 
fits\_cleanup\_https, and fits\_verbose\_https. It is recommended that you call the 
init and cleanup functions near the beginning and end of your program respectively. 
For more information about these functions, please see the 'FITS File Access Routines'
section in the preceding chapter ('Specialized CFITSIO Interface Routines'). 

\subsection{Notes about the stream filetype driver}

The stream driver can be used to efficiently read a FITS file from the stdin
file stream or write a FITS to the stdout file stream.  However, because these
input and output streams must be accessed sequentially, the FITS file reading or
writing application must also read and write the file sequentially, at least
within the tolerances described below.

CFITSIO supports 2 different methods for accessing FITS files on the stdin and
stdout streams.  The original method, which is invoked by specifying a dash
character, "-", as the name of the file when opening or creating it, works by
storing a complete copy of the entire FITS file in memory.  In this case, when
reading from stdin, CFITSIO will copy the entire stream into memory before doing
any processing of the file.  Similarly, when writing to stdout, CFITSIO will
create a copy of the entire FITS file in memory, before finally flushing it out
to  the stdout stream when the FITS file is closed.  Buffering the entire FITS
file in this way allows the application to randomly access any part of the FITS
file, in any order, but it also requires that the user have sufficient available
memory (or virtual memory) to store the entire file, which may not be possible
in the case of very large files.

The newer stream filetype provides a more memory-efficient method of accessing
FITS files on the stdin or stdout streams.  Instead of storing a copy of the
entire FITS file in memory, CFITSIO only uses a set of internal  buffer which by
default can store  40 FITS blocks, or about  100K bytes of the FITS file.  The
application program must process the FITS file sequentially from beginning to
end, within this 100K buffer.  Generally speaking the application  program must
conform to the following restrictions:

\begin{itemize}
\item
The program must finish reading or writing the header keywords
before reading or writing any data in the HDU.
\item
The HDU can contain at most about 1400 header keywords.  This is the
maximum that can fit in the nominal 40 FITS block buffer.  In principle,
this limit could be increased by recompiling CFITSIO with a larger
buffer limit, which is set by the NIOBUF parameter in fitsio2.h.
\item
The program must read or write the data in a sequential manner from the
beginning to the end of the HDU.  Note that CFITSIO's internal
100K buffer allows a little latitude in meeting this requirement.
\item
The program cannot move back to a previous HDU in the FITS file.
\item
Reading or writing of variable length array columns in binary tables is not
supported on streams, because this requires moving back and forth between the
fixed-length portion of the binary table and the following heap area where the
arrays are actually stored.
\item
Reading or writing of tile-compressed images is not supported on streams,
because the images are internally stored using variable length arrays.
\end{itemize}


\subsection{Notes about the gsiftp filetype}

DEPENDENCIES: Globus toolkit (2.4.3 or higher) (GT) should be installed.
There are two different ways to install GT:

1) goto the globus toolkit web page www.globus.org and follow the
   download and compilation instructions;

2) goto the Virtual Data Toolkit web page http://vdt.cs.wisc.edu/
   and follow the instructions (STRONGLY SUGGESTED);

Once a globus client has been installed in your system with a specific flavour
it is possible to compile and install the CFITSIO libraries.
Specific configuration flags must be used:

1)  --with-gsiftp[[=PATH]] Enable Globus Toolkit gsiftp protocol support
    PATH=GLOBUS\_LOCATION i.e. the location of your globus installation

2)  --with-gsiftp-flavour[[=PATH] defines the specific Globus flavour
        ex. gcc32

Both the flags must be used and it is mandatory to set  both the PATH and the
flavour.

USAGE: To access files on a gridftp server it is necessary to use a gsiftp prefix:

example: gsiftp://remote\_server\_fqhn/directory/filename

The gridftp driver uses a local buffer on a temporary file the file is located
in the /tmp directory. If you have special permissions on /tmp or you do not have a /tmp
directory, it is possible to force another location setting the GSIFTP\_TMPFILE environment
variable (ex. export GSIFTP\_TMPFILE=/your/location/yourtmpfile).

Grid FTP supports multi channel transfer. By default a single channel transmission is
available. However, it is possible to modify this behavior setting the GSIFTP\_STREAMS
environment variable (ex. export GSIFTP\_STREAMS=8).



\subsection{Notes about the root filetype}

The original rootd server can be obtained from:
\verb-ftp://root.cern.ch/root/rootd.tar.gz-
but, for it to work correctly with CFITSIO one has to use a modified
version which supports a command to return the length of the file.
This modified version is available in rootd subdirectory
in the CFITSIO ftp area at

\begin{verbatim}
      ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/software/fitsio/c/root/rootd.tar.gz.
\end{verbatim}

This small server is started either by inetd when a client requests a
connection to a rootd server or by hand (i.e. from the command line).
The rootd server works with the ROOT TNetFile class. It allows remote
access to ROOT database files in either read or write mode. By default
TNetFile assumes port 432 (which requires rootd to be started as root).
To run rootd via inetd add the following line to /etc/services:

\begin{verbatim}
  rootd     432/tcp
\end{verbatim}
and to /etc/inetd.conf, add the following line:

\begin{verbatim}
  rootd stream tcp nowait root /user/rdm/root/bin/rootd rootd -i
\end{verbatim}
Force inetd to reread its conf file with \verb+kill -HUP <pid inetd>+.
You can also start rootd by hand running directly under your private
account (no root system privileges needed). For example to start
rootd listening on port 5151 just type:   \verb+rootd -p 5151+
Notice that no \& is needed. Rootd will go into background by itself.

\begin{verbatim}
  Rootd arguments:
    -i                says we were started by inetd
    -p port#          specifies a different port to listen on
    -d level          level of debug info written to syslog
                      0 = no debug (default)
                      1 = minimum
                      2 = medium
                      3 = maximum
\end{verbatim}
Rootd can also be configured for anonymous usage (like anonymous ftp).
To setup rootd to accept anonymous logins do the following (while being
logged in as root):

\begin{verbatim}
   - Add the following line to /etc/passwd:

     rootd:*:71:72:Anonymous rootd:/var/spool/rootd:/bin/false

     where you may modify the uid, gid (71, 72) and the home directory
     to suite your system.

   - Add the following line to /etc/group:

     rootd:*:72:rootd

     where the gid must match the gid in /etc/passwd.

   - Create the directories:

     mkdir /var/spool/rootd
     mkdir /var/spool/rootd/tmp
     chmod 777 /var/spool/rootd/tmp

     Where /var/spool/rootd must match the rootd home directory as
     specified in the rootd /etc/passwd entry.

   - To make writeable directories for anonymous do, for example:

     mkdir /var/spool/rootd/pub
     chown rootd:rootd /var/spool/rootd/pub
\end{verbatim}
That's all.  Several additional remarks:  you can login to an anonymous
server either with the names "anonymous" or "rootd".  The password should
be of type user@host.do.main. Only the @ is enforced for the time
being.  In anonymous mode the top of the file tree is set to the rootd
home directory, therefore only files below the home directory can be
accessed.  Anonymous mode only works when the server is started via
inetd.


\subsection{Notes about the shmem filetype:}

Shared memory files are currently supported on most Unix platforms,
where the shared memory segments are managed by the operating system
kernel and `live' independently of processes. They are not deleted (by
default) when the process which created them terminates, although they
will disappear if the system is rebooted.  Applications can create
shared memory files in CFITSIO by calling:

\begin{verbatim}
   fit_create_file(&fitsfileptr, "shmem://h2", &status);
\end{verbatim}
where the root `file' names are currently restricted to be 'h0', 'h1',
'h2', 'h3', etc., up to a maximum number defined by the the value of
SHARED\_MAXSEG (equal to 16 by default).  This is a prototype
implementation of the shared memory interface and a more robust
interface, which will have fewer restrictions on the number of files
and on their names, may be developed in the future.

When opening an already existing FITS file in shared memory one calls
the usual CFITSIO routine:

\begin{verbatim}
   fits_open_file(&fitsfileptr, "shmem://h7", mode, &status)
\end{verbatim}
The file mode can be READWRITE or READONLY just as with disk files.
More than one process can operate on READONLY mode files at the same
time.  CFITSIO supports proper file locking (both in READONLY and
READWRITE modes), so calls to fits\_open\_file may be locked out until
another other process closes the file.

When an application is finished accessing a FITS file in a shared
memory segment, it may close it  (and the file will remain in the
system) with fits\_close\_file, or delete it with fits\_delete\_file.
Physical deletion is postponed until the last process calls
ffclos/ffdelt.  fits\_delete\_file tries to obtain a READWRITE lock on
the file to be deleted, thus it can be blocked if the object was not
opened in READWRITE mode.

A shared memory management utility program called `smem', is included
with the CFITSIO distribution.  It can be built by typing `make smem';
then type `smem -h' to get a list of valid options.  Executing smem
without any options causes it to list all the shared memory segments
currently residing in the system and managed by the shared memory
driver. To get a list of all the shared memory objects, run the system
utility program `ipcs  [-a]'.


\section{Base Filename}

The base filename is the name of the file optionally including the
director/subdirectory path, and in the case of `ftp', `http', and `root'
filetypes, the machine identifier.  Examples:

\begin{verbatim}
    myfile.fits
    !data.fits
    /data/myfile.fits
    fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/ftp/sampledata/myfile.fits.gz
\end{verbatim}

When creating a new output file on magnetic disk (of type file://) if
the base filename begins with an exclamation point (!) then any
existing file with that same basename will be deleted prior to creating
the new FITS file.  Otherwise if the file to be created already exists,
then CFITSIO will return an error and will not overwrite the existing
file.  Note  that the exclamation point,  '!', is a special UNIX
character, so if it is used  on the command line rather than entered at
a task prompt, it must be  preceded by a backslash to force the UNIX
shell to pass it verbatim to the application program.

If the output disk file name ends with the suffix '.gz', then CFITSIO
will compress the file using the gzip compression algorithm before
writing it to disk.  This can reduce the amount of disk space used by
the file.  Note that this feature requires that the uncompressed file
be constructed in memory before it is compressed and written to disk,
so it can fail if there is insufficient available memory.

An input FITS file may be compressed with the gzip or Unix compress
algorithms, in which case CFITSIO will uncompress the file on the fly
into a temporary file (in memory or on disk).  Compressed files may
only be opened with read-only permission.  When specifying the name of
a compressed FITS file it is not necessary to append the file suffix
(e.g., `.gz' or `.Z').  If CFITSIO cannot find the input file name
without the suffix, then it will automatically search for a compressed
file with the same root name.  In the case of reading ftp and http type
files, CFITSIO generally looks for a compressed version of the file
first, before trying to open the uncompressed file.  By default,
CFITSIO copies (and uncompressed if necessary) the ftp or http FITS
file into memory on the local machine before opening it.  This will
fail if the local machine does not have enough memory to hold the whole
FITS file, so in this case, the output filename specifier (see the next
section) can be used to further control how CFITSIO reads ftp and http
files.

If the input file is an IRAF image file (*.imh file) then CFITSIO will
automatically convert it on the fly into a virtual FITS image before it
is opened by the application program.  IRAF images can only be opened
with READONLY file access.

Similarly, if the input file is a raw binary data array, then CFITSIO
will convert it on the fly into a virtual FITS image with the basic set
of required header keywords before it is opened by the application
program (with READONLY access).  In this case the data type and
dimensions of the image must be specified in square brackets following
the filename (e.g. rawfile.dat[ib512,512]). The first character (case
insensitive) defines the data type of the array:

\begin{verbatim}
     b         8-bit unsigned byte
     i        16-bit signed integer
     u        16-bit unsigned integer
     j        32-bit signed integer
     r or f   32-bit floating point
     d        64-bit floating point
\end{verbatim}
An optional second character specifies the byte order of the array
values: b or B indicates big endian (as in FITS files and the native
format of SUN UNIX workstations and Mac PCs) and l or L indicates
little endian (native format of DEC OSF workstations and IBM PCs).  If
this character is omitted then the array is assumed to have the native
byte order of the local machine.  These data type characters are then
followed by a series of one or more integer values separated by commas
which define the size of each dimension of the raw array.  Arrays with
up to 5 dimensions are currently supported.  Finally, a byte offset to
the position of the first pixel in the data file may be specified by
separating it with a ':' from the last dimension value.  If omitted, it
is assumed that the offset = 0.  This parameter may be used to skip
over any header information in the file that precedes the binary data.
Further examples:

\begin{verbatim}
  raw.dat[b10000]           1-dimensional 10000 pixel byte array
  raw.dat[rb400,400,12]     3-dimensional floating point big-endian array
  img.fits[ib512,512:2880]  reads the 512 x 512 short integer array in
                            a FITS file, skipping over the 2880 byte header
\end{verbatim}

One special case of input file is where the filename = `-' (a dash or
minus sign) or 'stdin' or 'stdout', which signifies that the input file
is to be read from the stdin stream, or written to the stdout stream if
a new output file is being created.  In the case of reading from stdin,
CFITSIO first copies the whole stream into a temporary FITS file (in
memory or on disk), and subsequent reading of the FITS file occurs in
this copy.  When writing to stdout, CFITSIO first constructs the whole
file in memory (since random access is required), then flushes it out
to the stdout stream when the file is closed.  In addition, if the
output filename = '-.gz' or 'stdout.gz' then it will be gzip compressed
before being written to stdout.

This ability to read and write on the stdin and stdout steams allows
FITS files to be piped between tasks in memory rather than having to
create temporary intermediate FITS files on disk.  For example if task1
creates an output FITS file, and task2 reads an input FITS file, the
FITS file may be piped between the 2 tasks by specifying

\begin{verbatim}
   task1 - | task2 -
\end{verbatim}
where the vertical bar is the Unix piping symbol.  This assumes that the 2
tasks read the name of the FITS file off of the command line.


\section{Output File Name when Opening an Existing File}

An optional output filename may be specified in parentheses immediately
following the base file name to be opened.  This is mainly useful in
those cases where CFITSIO creates a temporary copy of the input FITS
file before it is opened and passed to the application program.  This
happens by default when opening a network FTP or HTTP-type file, when
reading a compressed FITS file on a local disk, when reading from the
stdin stream, or when a column filter, row filter, or binning specifier
is included as part of the input file specification.  By default this
temporary file is created in memory.  If there is not enough memory to
create the file copy, then CFITSIO will exit with an error.   In these
cases one can force a permanent file to be created on disk, instead of
a temporary file in memory, by supplying the name in parentheses
immediately following the base file name.  The output filename can
include the '!' clobber flag.

Thus, if the input filename to CFITSIO is:
\verb+file1.fits.gz(file2.fits)+
then CFITSIO will uncompress `file1.fits.gz' into the local disk file
`file2.fits' before opening it.  CFITSIO does not automatically delete
the output file, so it will still exist after the application program
exits.

The output filename "mem://" is also allowed, which will write the
output file into memory, and also allow write access to the file.  This
'file' will disappear when it is closed, but this may be useful for
some applications which only need to modify a temporary copy of the file.

In some cases, several different temporary FITS files will be created
in sequence, for instance, if one opens a remote file using FTP, then
filters rows in a binary table extension, then create an image by
binning a pair of columns.  In this case, the remote file will be
copied to a temporary local file, then a second temporary file will be
created containing the filtered rows of the table, and finally a third
temporary file containing the binned image will be created.  In cases
like this where multiple files are created, the outfile specifier will
be interpreted the name of the final file as described below, in descending
priority:

\begin{itemize}
\item
as the name of the final image file if an image within a single binary
table cell is opened or if an image is created by binning a table column.
\item
as the name of the file containing the filtered table if a column filter
and/or a row filter are specified.
\item
as the name of the local copy of the remote FTP or HTTP file.
\item
as the name of the uncompressed version of the FITS file, if a
compressed FITS file on local disk has been opened.
\item
otherwise, the output filename is ignored.
\end{itemize}

The output file specifier is useful when reading FTP or HTTP-type
FITS files since it can be used to create a local disk copy of the file
that can be reused in the future.  If the output file name = `*' then a
local file with the same name as the network file will be created.
Note that CFITSIO will behave differently depending on whether the
remote file is compressed or not as shown by the following examples:
\begin{itemize}
\item
\verb+ftp://remote.machine/tmp/myfile.fits.gz(*)+ - the remote compressed
file is copied to the local compressed file `myfile.fits.gz', which
is then uncompressed in local memory before being opened and passed
to the application program.

\item
\verb+ftp://remote.machine/tmp/myfile.fits.gz(myfile.fits)+ - the
remote compressed file is copied and uncompressed into the local file
`myfile.fits'.  This example requires less local memory than the
previous example since the file is uncompressed on disk instead of in
memory.

\item
\verb+ftp://remote.machine/tmp/myfile.fits(myfile.fits.gz)+ - this will
usually produce an error since CFITSIO itself cannot compress files.
\end{itemize}

The exact behavior of CFITSIO in the latter case depends on the type of
ftp server running on the remote machine and how it is configured.  In
some cases, if the file `myfile.fits.gz' exists on the remote machine,
then the server will copy it to the local machine.  In other cases the
ftp server will automatically create and transmit a compressed version
of the file if only the uncompressed version exists.  This can get
rather confusing, so users should use a certain amount of caution when
using the output file specifier with FTP or HTTP file types, to make
sure they get the behavior that they expect.


\section{Template File Name when Creating a New File}

When a new FITS file is created with a call to fits\_create\_file, the
name of a template file may be supplied in parentheses immediately
following the name of the new file to be created.  This template is
used to define the structure of one or more HDUs in the new file.  The
template file may be another FITS file, in which case the newly created
file will have exactly the same keywords in each HDU as in the template
FITS file, but all the data units will be filled with zeros.  The
template file may also be an ASCII text file, where each line (in
general) describes one FITS keyword record.  The format of the ASCII
template file is described in the following Template Files chapter.


\section{Image Tile-Compression Specification}

When specifying the name of the output FITS file to be created, the
user can indicate that images should be written in tile-compressed
format (see section 5.5, ``Primary Array or IMAGE Extension I/O
Routines'') by enclosing the compression parameters in square brackets
following the root disk file name.  Here are some examples of the
syntax for specifying tile-compressed output images:

\begin{verbatim}
    myfile.fit[compress]    - use Rice algorithm and default tile size

    myfile.fit[compress GZIP] - use the specified compression algorithm;
    myfile.fit[compress Rice]     only the first letter of the algorithm
    myfile.fit[compress PLIO]     name is required.

    myfile.fit[compress Rice 100,100]   - use 100 x 100 pixel tile size
    myfile.fit[compress Rice 100,100;2] - as above, and use noisebits = 2
\end{verbatim}


\section{HDU Location Specification}

The optional HDU location specifier defines which HDU (Header-Data
Unit, also known as an `extension') within the FITS file to initially
open.  It must immediately follow the base file name (or the output
file name if present).  If it is not specified then the first HDU (the
primary array) is opened.  The HDU location specifier is required if
the colFilter, rowFilter, or binSpec specifiers are present, because
the primary array is not a valid HDU for these operations. The HDU may
be specified either by absolute position number, starting with 0 for
the primary array, or by reference to the HDU name, and optionally, the
version number and the HDU type of the desired extension.  The location
of an image within a single cell of a binary table may also be
specified, as described below.

The absolute position of the extension is specified either by enclosed
the number in square brackets (e.g., `[1]' = the first extension
following the primary array) or by preceded the number with a plus sign
(`+1').  To specify the HDU by name, give the name of the desired HDU
(the value of the EXTNAME or HDUNAME keyword) and optionally the
extension version number (value of the EXTVER keyword) and the
extension type (value of the XTENSION keyword: IMAGE, ASCII or TABLE,
or BINTABLE), separated by commas and all enclosed in square brackets.
If the value of EXTVER and XTENSION are not specified, then the first
extension with the correct value of EXTNAME is opened. The extension
name and type are not case sensitive, and the extension type may be
abbreviated to a single letter (e.g., I = IMAGE extension or primary
array, A or T = ASCII table extension, and B = binary table BINTABLE
extension).   If the HDU location specifier is equal to `[PRIMARY]' or
`[P]', then the primary array (the first HDU) will be opened.

An optional pound sign character ("\#") may be appended to the extension
name or number to signify that any other extensions in the file should
be ignored during any subsequent file filtering operations.  For example,
when doing row filtering operations on a table extension, CFITSIO normally
creates a copy of the filtered table in memory, along with a verbatim
copy of all the other extensions in the input FITS file.  If the pound
sign is appended to the table extension name, then only that extension,
and none of the other extensions in the file, will by copied to memory,
as in the following example:

\begin{verbatim}
   myfile.fit[events#][TIME > 10000]
\end{verbatim}

FITS images are most commonly stored in the primary array or an image
extension, but images can also be stored as a vector in a single cell
of a binary table (i.e. each row of the vector column contains a
different image).  Such an image can be opened with CFITSIO by
specifying the desired column  name and the row number after the binary
table HDU specifier as shown in the following examples. The column name
is separated from the HDU specifier by a semicolon and the row number
is enclosed in parentheses.  In this case CFITSIO copies the image from
the table cell into a temporary primary array before it is opened.  The
application program then just sees the image in the primary array,
without any extensions.  The particular row to be opened may be
specified either by giving an absolute integer row number (starting
with 1 for the first row), or by specifying a boolean expression that
evaluates to TRUE for the desired row.  The first row that satisfies
the expression will be used.  The row selection expression has the same
syntax as described in the Row Filter Specifier section, below.

 Examples:

\begin{verbatim}
   myfile.fits[3] - open the 3rd HDU following the primary array
   myfile.fits+3  - same as above, but using the FTOOLS-style notation
   myfile.fits[EVENTS] - open the extension that has EXTNAME = 'EVENTS'
   myfile.fits[EVENTS, 2]  - same as above, but also requires EXTVER = 2
   myfile.fits[events,2,b] - same, but also requires XTENSION = 'BINTABLE'
   myfile.fits[3; images(17)] - opens the image in row 17 of the 'images'
                                column in the 3rd extension of the file.
   myfile.fits[3; images(exposure > 100)] - as above, but opens the image
                   in the first row that has an 'exposure' column value
                   greater than 100.
\end{verbatim}


\section{Image Section}

A virtual file containing a rectangular subsection of an image can be
extracted and opened by specifying the range of pixels (start:end)
along each axis to be extracted from the original image.  One can also
specify an optional pixel increment (start:end:step) for each axis of
the input image.  A pixel step = 1 will be assumed if it is not
specified.  If the start pixel is larger then the end pixel, then the
image will be flipped (producing a mirror image) along that dimension.
An asterisk, '*', may be used to specify the entire range of an axis,
and '-*' will flip the entire axis. The input image can be in the
primary array, in an image extension, or contained in a vector cell of
a binary table. In the later 2 cases the extension name or number must
be specified before the image section specifier.

 Examples:

\begin{verbatim}
  myfile.fits[1:512:2, 2:512:2] -  open a 256x256 pixel image
              consisting of the odd numbered columns (1st axis) and
              the even numbered rows (2nd axis) of the image in the
              primary array of the file.

  myfile.fits[*, 512:256] - open an image consisting of all the columns
              in the input image, but only rows 256 through 512.
              The image will be flipped along the 2nd axis since
              the starting pixel is greater than the ending pixel.

  myfile.fits[*:2, 512:256:2] - same as above but keeping only
              every other row and column in the input image.

  myfile.fits[-*, *] - copy the entire image, flipping it along
              the first axis.

  myfile.fits[3][1:256,1:256] - opens a subsection of the image that
              is in the 3rd extension of the file.

  myfile.fits[4; images(12)][1:10,1:10] - open an image consisting
	      of the first 10 pixels in both dimensions. The original
	      image resides in the 12th row of the 'images' vector
	      column in the table in the 4th extension of the file.
\end{verbatim}

When CFITSIO opens an image section it first creates a temporary file
containing the image section plus a copy of any other HDUs in the
file. (If a `\#' character is appended to the name or number of the
image HDU, as in  "myfile.fits[1\#][1:200,1:200]", then the other
HDUs in the input file will not be copied into memory).
This temporary file is then opened by the application program,
so it is not possible to write to or modify the input file when
specifying an image section.  Note that CFITSIO automatically updates
the world coordinate system keywords in the header of the image
section, if they exist, so that the coordinate associated with each
pixel in the image section will be computed correctly.


\section{Image Transform Filters}

CFITSIO can apply a user-specified mathematical function to the value
of every pixel in a FITS image, thus creating a new virtual image
in computer memory that is then opened and read by the application
program.  The original FITS image is not modified by this process.

The image transformation specifier is appended to the input
FITS file name and is enclosed in square brackets.  It begins with the
letters 'PIX' to distinguish it from other types of FITS file filters
that are recognized by CFITSIO.  The image transforming function may
use any of the mathematical operators listed in the following
'Row Filtering Specification' section of this document.
Some examples of  image transform filters are:

\begin{verbatim}
 [pix X * 2.0]               - multiply each pixel by 2.0
 [pix sqrt(X)]               - take the square root of each pixel
 [pix X + #ZEROPT            - add the value of the ZEROPT keyword
 [pix X>0 ? log10(X) : -99.] - if the pixel value is greater
                               than 0, compute the base 10 log,
                               else set the pixel = -99.
\end{verbatim}
Use the letter 'X' in the expression to represent the current pixel value
in the image.  The expression is evaluated
independently for each pixel in the image and may be a function of 1) the
original pixel value, 2) the value of other pixels in the image at
a given relative offset from the position of the pixel that is being
evaluated, and 3) the value of
any header keywords.  Header keyword values are represented
by the name of the keyword preceded by the '\#' sign.


To access the the value of adjacent pixels in the image,
specify the (1-D) offset from the current pixel in curly brackets.
For example

\begin{verbatim}
 [pix  (x{-1} + x + x{+1}) / 3]
\end{verbatim}
will replace each pixel value with the running mean of the values of that
pixel and it's 2 neighboring pixels.  Note that in this notation the image
is treated as a 1-D array, where each row of the image (or higher dimensional
cube) is appended one after another in one long array of pixels.
It is possible to refer to pixels
in the rows above or below the current pixel by using the value of the
NAXIS1 header keyword.  For example

\begin{verbatim}
 [pix (x{-#NAXIS1} + x + x{#NAXIS1}) / 3]
\end{verbatim}
will compute the mean of each image pixel and the pixels immediately
above and below it in the adjacent rows of the image.
The following more complex example
creates a smoothed virtual image where each pixel
is a 3 x 3 boxcar average of the input image pixels:

\begin{verbatim}
  [pix (X + X{-1} + X{+1}
      + X{-#NAXIS1} + X{-#NAXIS1 - 1} + X{-#NAXIS1 + 1}
      + X{#NAXIS1} + X{#NAXIS1 - 1} + X{#NAXIS1 + 1}) / 9.]
\end{verbatim}
If the pixel offset
extends beyond the first or last pixel in the image, the function will
evaluate to undefined, or NULL.

For  complex  or commonly used image filtering operations,
one  can  write the expression into an external text  file and
then import it  into the
filter using  the syntax '[pix @filename.txt]'.   The mathematical
expression can
extend over multiple lines of text in the  file.
Any lines in the external text file
that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be ignored and may be
used to add comments into the file.

By default, the datatype of the resulting image will be the same as
the original image, but one may force a different datatype by appended
a code letter to the 'pix' keyword:

\begin{verbatim}
      pixb  -  8-bit byte    image with BITPIX =   8
      pixi  - 16-bit integer image with BITPIX =  16
      pixj  - 32-bit integer image with BITPIX =  32
      pixr  - 32-bit float   image with BITPIX = -32
      pixd  - 64-bit float   image with BITPIX = -64
\end{verbatim}
Also by default, any other HDUs in the input file will be copied without
change to the
output virtual FITS file, but one may discard the other HDUs by adding
the number '1' to the 'pix' keyword (and following any optional datatype code
letter).  For example:

\begin{verbatim}
     myfile.fits[3][pixr1  sqrt(X)]
\end{verbatim}
will create a virtual FITS file containing only a primary array image
with 32-bit floating point pixels that have a value equal to the square
root of the pixels in the image that is in the 3rd extension
of the 'myfile.fits' file.



\section{Column and Keyword Filtering Specification}

The optional column/keyword filtering specifier is used to modify the
column structure and/or the header keywords in the HDU that was
selected with the previous HDU location specifier. This filtering
specifier must be enclosed in square brackets and can be distinguished
from a general row filter specifier (described below) by the fact that
it begins with the string 'col ' and is not immediately followed by an
equals sign.  The original file is not changed by this filtering
operation, and instead the modifications are made on a copy of the
input FITS file (usually in memory), which also contains a copy of all
the other HDUs in the file.  (If a `\#' character is appended to the name
or number of the
table HDU then only the primary array, and none of the other
HDUs in the input file will be copied into memory).
This temporary file is passed to the
application program and will persist only until the file is closed or
until the program exits, unless the outfile specifier (see above) is
also supplied.

The column/keyword filter can be used to perform the following
operations.  More than one operation may be specified by separating
them with commas or semi-colons.


\begin{itemize}

\item
Copy only a specified list of columns columns to the filtered input file.
The list of column name should be separated by commas or semi-colons.  Wild card
characters may be used in the column names to match multiple columns.
If the expression contains both a list of columns to be included and
columns to be deleted, then all the columns in the original table
except the explicitly deleted columns will appear in the filtered
table (i.e., there is no need to explicitly list the columns to
be included if any columns are being deleted).

\item
Delete a column or keyword by listing the name preceded by a minus sign
or an exclamation mark (!), e.g., '-TIME' will delete the TIME column
if it exists, otherwise the TIME keyword.  An error is returned if
neither a column nor keyword with this name exists.  Note  that the
exclamation point,  '!', is a special UNIX character, so if it is used
on the command line rather than entered at a task prompt, it must be
preceded by a backslash to force the UNIX shell to ignore it.

\item
Rename an existing column or keyword with the syntax 'NewName ==
OldName'.  An error is returned if neither a column nor keyword with
this name exists.

\item
Append a new column or keyword to the table.  To create a column,
give the new name, optionally followed by the data type in parentheses,
followed by a single equals sign and an  expression to be used to
compute the value (e.g., 'newcol(1J) = 0' will create a new 32-bit
integer column called 'newcol' filled with zeros).  The data type is
specified using the same syntax that is allowed for the value of the
FITS TFORMn keyword (e.g., 'I', 'J', 'E', 'D', etc. for binary tables,
and 'I8', F12.3', 'E20.12', etc. for ASCII tables).  If the data type is
not specified then an appropriate data type will be chosen depending on
the form of the expression (may be a character string, logical, bit, long
integer, or double column). An appropriate vector count (in the case
of binary tables) will also be added if not explicitly specified.

When creating a new keyword, the keyword name must be preceded by a
pound sign '\#', and the expression must evaluate to a scalar
(i.e., cannot have a column name in the expression).  The comment
string for the keyword may be specified in parentheses immediately
following the keyword name (instead of supplying a data type as in
the case of creating a new column).  If the keyword name ends with a
pound sign '\#', then cfitsio will substitute the number of the
most recently referenced column for the \# character .
This is especially useful when writing
a column-related keyword like TUNITn for a newly created column,
as shown in the following examples.

COMMENT and HISTORY keywords may also be created with the following syntax:

\begin{verbatim}
   #COMMENT = 'This is a comment keyword'
   #HISTORY = 'This is a history keyword'
\end{verbatim}
Note that the equal sign and the quote characters will be removed, so
that the resulting header keywords in these cases will look like this:

\begin{verbatim}
   COMMENT This is a comment keyword
   HISTORY This is a history keyword
\end{verbatim}
These two special keywords are always appended to the end of the header
and will not affect any previously existing COMMENT or HISTORY keywords.

It is possible to delete an existing keyword using a preceding \verb+'-'+.
Either of these examples will delete the keyword named \verb+VEL+.
\begin{verbatim}
  -VEL;
  -#VEL;
\end{verbatim}

\item
Recompute (overwrite) the values in an existing column or keyword by
giving the name followed by an equals sign and an arithmetic
expression.
\end{itemize}

The expression that is used when appending or recomputing columns or
keywords can be arbitrarily complex and may be a function of other
header keyword values and other columns (in the same row).  The full
syntax and available functions for the expression are described below
in the row filter specification section.

If the expression contains both a list of columns to be included and
columns to be deleted, then all the columns in the original table
except the explicitly deleted columns will appear in the filtered
table.  If no columns to be deleted are specified, then only the
columns that are explicitly listed will be included in the filtered
output table.  To include all the columns, add the '*' wildcard
specifier at the end of the list, as shown in the examples.

For  complex  or commonly used operations,  one  can  place the
operations into an external text  file and import it  into the  column
filter using  the syntax '[col @filename.txt]'.   The operations can
extend over multiple lines of the  file, but multiple operations must
still be separated by commas or semi-colons.   Any lines in the external text file
that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be ignored and may be
used to add comments into the file.

When using column filtering to open a file ``on the fly,'' it is permitted
to use multiple column filtering expressions.  For example, the
syntax
\begin{verbatim}
  filename.fits[col *][col -Y][col Z=X+1]
\end{verbatim}
would be treated as equivalent to joining the expressions with semicolons, 
or
\begin{verbatim}
  filename.fits[col *; -Y;col Z=X+1]
\end{verbatim}
Please note that if multiple column filtering expressions are used, it is
not permitted to also use the \verb+[col @filename.txt]+ syntax in any
of the individual expressions.

It is possible to use wildcard syntax to delete either keywords or
columns that match a pattern.  Recall that to delete either a keyword
or a column, precede its name with a \verb+'-'+ character.

Wildcard patterns are: \verb+'*'+, which matches any
string of characters; \verb+'?'+, which matches any single character; and \verb+'#'+
which matches any numerical string.  For example these
statements:
\begin{verbatim}
  -VEL*;       # remove single column (or keyword) beginning with VEL
  -VEL_?;      # remove single column (or keyword) VEL_? where ? is any character
  -#DEC_*;     # remove single keyword beginning with DEC_
  -#TUNIT#;    # remove single keyword TUNIT ending w. number
\end{verbatim}
will remove the columns or keywords as noted.  Be aware that if a
\verb+'#'+ is not present, the CFITSIO engine will check for columns
with the given name first, followed by keywords.

The above expressions will only delete the {\it first}
item which matches the pattern.  If following columns or keywords
in the same CHDU match the pattern, they will not be deleted.
To delete {\it zero or more} keywords that match the pattern, add a
trailing \verb|'+'|.
\begin{verbatim}
  -VEL*+;       # remove all columns (or keywords) beginning with VEL
  -VEL_?+;      # remove all columns (or keyword) VEL_? where ? is any character
  -#DEC_*+;     # remove all keywords beginning with DEC_
  -#TUNIT#+;    # remove all keywords TUNIT ending w. number
\end{verbatim}
Note that, as a 0-or-more matching pattern, this form will succeed if
the requested column or keyword is not present.  In that case, the
deletion expression will silently proceed as if no deletion was requested.

Examples:

\begin{verbatim}
   [col Time, rate]              - only the Time and rate columns will
                                   appear in the filtered input file.

   [col Time, *raw]              - include the Time column and any other
                                   columns whose name ends with 'raw'.

   [col -TIME, Good == STATUS]   - deletes the TIME column and
                                   renames the status column to 'Good'

   [col PI=PHA * 1.1 + 0.2; #TUNIT#(column units) = 'counts';*]
                                 - creates new PI column from PHA values
                                   and also writes the TUNITn keyword
                                   for the new column.  The final '*'
                                   expression means preserve all the
                                   columns in the input table in the
                                   virtual output table;  without the '*'
                                   the output table would only contain
                                   the single 'PI' column.

   [col rate = rate/exposure; TUNIT#(&) = 'counts/s';*]
                                 - recomputes the rate column by dividing
                                   it by the EXPOSURE keyword value. This
                                   also modifies the value of the TUNITn
                                   keyword for this column. The use of the
                                   '&' character for the keyword comment
                                   string means preserve the existing
                                   comment string for that keyword. The
                                   final '*' preserves all the columns
                                   in the input table in the virtual
                                   output table.
\end{verbatim}


\section{Row Filtering Specification}

    When entering the name of a FITS table that is to be opened by a
    program, an optional row filter may be specified to select a subset
    of the rows in the table.  A temporary new FITS file is created on
    the fly which contains only those rows for which the row filter
    expression evaluates to true.  The primary array and any other
    extensions in the input file are also copied to the temporary
    file.
(If a `\#' character is appended to the name or number of the
table HDU then only the primary array, and none of the other
HDUs in the input file will be copied into the temporary file).
    The original FITS file is closed and the new virtual file
    is opened by the application program.  The row filter expression is
    enclosed in square brackets following the file name and extension
    name (e.g., 'file.fits[events][GRADE==50]'  selects only those rows
    where the GRADE column value equals 50).   When dealing with tables
    where each row has an associated time and/or 2D spatial position,
    the row filter expression can also be used to select rows based on
    the times in a Good Time Intervals (GTI) extension, or on spatial
    position as given in a SAO-style region file.


\subsection{General Syntax}

    The row filtering  expression can be an arbitrarily  complex series
    of operations performed  on constants,  keyword values,  and column
    data taken from the specified FITS TABLE extension.  The expression
    must evaluate to a boolean  value for each row  of the table, where
    a value of FALSE means that the row will be excluded.

    For complex or commonly  used filters, one can place the expression
    into a text file and import it into the row filter using the syntax
    '[@filename.txt]'.  The expression can be  arbitrarily complex and
    extend over multiple lines of the file.  Any lines in the external
    text file that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be ignored
    and may be used to add comments into the file.

    Keyword and   column data  are referenced by   name.  Any  string of
    characters not surrounded by    quotes (ie, a constant  string)   or
    followed by   an open parentheses (ie,   a  function name)   will be
    initially interpreted   as a column  name and  its contents for the
    current row inserted into the expression.  If no such column exists,
    a keyword of that  name will be searched for  and its value used, if
    found.  To force the  name to be  interpreted as a keyword (in case
    there is both a column and keyword with the  same name), precede the
    keyword name with a single pound sign, '\#', as in '\#NAXIS2'.  Due to
    the generalities of FITS column and  keyword names, if the column or
    keyword name  contains a space or a  character which might appear as
    an arithmetic  term then enclose  the  name in '\$'  characters as in
    \$MAX PHA\$ or \#\$MAX-PHA\$.  Names are case insensitive.

    To access a table entry in a row other  than the current one, follow
    the  column's name  with  a row  offset  within  curly  braces.  For
    example, 'PHA\{-3\}' will evaluate to the value  of column PHA, 3 rows
    above  the  row currently  being processed.   One  cannot specify an
    absolute row number, only a relative offset.  Rows that fall outside
    the table will be treated as undefined, or NULLs.

    When using row filtering to open a file ``on the fly,'' it is permitted
    to use multiple row filtering expressions.  For example, the expression
\begin{verbatim}
  filename.fits[#ROW > 5][X.gt.7]
\end{verbatim}
would be treated as equivalent to joining the expressions with logical ``and''
like this,
\begin{verbatim}
  filename.fits[(#ROW > 5)&&(X.gt.7)]
\end{verbatim}
Please note that if multiple row filtering expressions are used, it is
not permitted to also use the \verb+[@filename.txt]+ syntax in any
of the individual expressions.
    

%% <!-- IMPORTANT NOTE IMPORTANT NOTE IMPORTANT NOTE -->
%% <!-- If you edit this file then you must also edit 
%%      the following other locations where calculator 
%%      expressions are documented:
%%         heacore/cfitsio/docs/cfitsio.tex
%%         heacore/cfitsio/docs/fitsio.tex
%%         heatools/help/calc_express.html
%%         heatools/help/rowfilter.html
%%         heatools/help/colfilter.html
%%         heatools/help/binfilter.html
%%         heatools/ftcalc/ftcalc.html
%%         heatools/ftselect/ftselect.html
%%         ftools/futils/tasks/fselect/fselect.hlp
%%         ftools/futils/tasks/fcalc/fcalc.hlp
%%         ftools/guis/fv/doc/expressions.html
%%   -->

    Boolean   operators can be  used in  the expression  in either their
    Fortran or C forms.  The following boolean operators are available:

\begin{verbatim}
    "equal"         .eq. .EQ. ==  "not equal"          .ne.  .NE.  !=
    "less than"     .lt. .LT. <   "less than/equal"    .le.  .LE.  <= =<
    "greater than"  .gt. .GT. >   "greater than/equal" .ge.  .GE.  >= =>
    "or"            .or. .OR. ||  "and"                .and. .AND. &&
    "negation"     .not. .NOT. !  "approx. equal(1e-7)"  ~
\end{verbatim}

Note that the exclamation point, '!', is a special UNIX character, so
if it is used on the command line rather than entered at a task
prompt, it must be preceded by a backslash to force the UNIX shell to
ignore it.

The expression may  also include arithmetic operators and functions.
Trigonometric  functions use  radians,  not degrees.  The  following
arithmetic  operators and  functions  can be  used in the expression
(function names are case insensitive).  A null value will be returned
in case of illegal operations such as divide by zero, sqrt(negative)
log(negative), log10(negative), arccos(.gt. 1), arcsin(.gt. 1).

\begin{verbatim}
    "addition"           +          "subtraction"          -
    "multiplication"     *          "division"             /
    "negation"           -          "exponentiation"       **   ^
    "absolute value"     abs(x)     "cosine"               cos(x)
    "sine"               sin(x)     "tangent"              tan(x)
    "arc cosine"         arccos(x)  "arc sine"             arcsin(x)
    "arc tangent"        arctan(x)  "arc tangent"          arctan2(y,x)
    "hyperbolic cos"     cosh(x)    "hyperbolic sin"       sinh(x)
    "hyperbolic tan"     tanh(x)    "round to nearest int" round(x)
    "round down to int"  floor(x)   "round up to int"      ceil(x)
    "exponential"        exp(x)     "square root"          sqrt(x)
    "natural log"        log(x)     "common log"           log10(x)
    "error function"     erf(x)     "complement of erf"    erfc(x)
    "gamma function"     gamma(x)
    "modulus"            x % y      
    "bitwise AND"        x & y      "bitwise OR"           x | y
    "bitwise XOR"        x ^^ y     (bitwise operators are 32-bit int only)
    "random # [0.0,1.0)" random()
    "random Gaussian"    randomn()  "random Poisson"       randomp(x)
    "minimum"            min(x,y)   "maximum"              max(x,y)
    "cumulative sum"     accum(x)   "sequential difference" seqdiff(x)
    "if-then-else"       b?x:y
    "angular separation" angsep(ra1,dec1,ra2,de2) (all in degrees)
    "substring"          strmid(s,p,n) "string search"     strstr(s,r)
    "in-range"           (x=a:b)
\end{verbatim}
The bitwise operators for AND, OR and XOR operate upon 32-bit integer 
expressions only.

Three different random number functions are provided: random(), with
no arguments, produces a uniform random deviate between 0 and 1;
randomn(), also with no arguments, produces a normal (Gaussian) random
deviate with zero mean and unit standard deviation; randomp(x)
produces a Poisson random deviate whose expected number of counts is
X.  X may be any positive real number of expected counts, including
fractional values, but the return value is an integer.

When the random functions are used in a vector expression, by default
the same random value will be used when evaluating each element of the
vector.  If different random numbers are desired, then the name of a
vector column should be supplied as the single argument to the random
function (e.g., "flux + 0.1 * random(flux)", where "flux" is the name
of a vector column).  This will create a vector of random numbers that
will be used in sequence when evaluating each element of the vector
expression.

An alternate syntax for the min and max functions  has only a single
argument which  should be  a  vector value (see  below).  The result
will be the minimum/maximum element contained within the vector.

The accum(x) function forms the cumulative sum of x, element by
element.  Vector columns are supported simply by performing the
summation process through all the values.  Null values are treated as
0.  The seqdiff(x) function forms the sequential difference of x,
element by element.  The first value of seqdiff is the first value of
x.  A single null value in x causes a pair of nulls in the output.
The seqdiff and accum functions are functional inverses, i.e.,
seqdiff(accum(x)) == x as long as no null values are present.

In the if-then-else expression, "b?x:y", b is an explicit boolean
value or expression.  There is no automatic type conversion from
numeric to boolean values, so one needs to use "iVal!=0" instead of
merely "iVal" as the boolean argument. x and y can be any scalar data
type (including string).

The angsep function computes the angular separation in degrees between
2 celestial positions, where the first 2 parameters give the RA-like
and Dec-like coordinates (in decimal degrees) of the first position,
and the 3rd and 4th parameters give the coordinates of the second
position.

The substring function strmid(S,P,N) extracts a substring from S,
starting at string position P, with a substring length N.  The first
character position in S is labeled as 1. If P is 0, or refers to a
position beyond the end of S, then the extracted substring will be
NULL.  S, P, and N may be functions of other columns.

The string search function strstr(S,R) searches for the first
occurrence of the substring R in S.  The result is an integer,
indicating the character position of the first match (where 1 is the
first character position of S).  If no match is found, then strstr()
returns a NULL value.

The in-range operator, (X=A:B), tests whether X is in the range
delimited by A to B.  Specifically, the in-range operator evaluates
to true if \verb+(X >= A && X <= B)+.

The following type casting operators are available, where the
enclosing parentheses are required and taken from the C language
usage. Also, the integer to real casts values to double precision:

\begin{verbatim}
                "real to integer"    (int) x     (INT) x
                "integer to real"    (float) i   (FLOAT) i
\end{verbatim}

    In addition, several constants are built in  for  use  in  numerical
    expressions:


\begin{verbatim}
        #pi              3.1415...      #e             2.7182...
        #deg             #pi/180        #row           current row number
        #null         undefined value   #snull         undefined string
\end{verbatim}

    A  string constant must  be enclosed  in quotes  as in  'Crab'.  The
    "null" constants  are useful for conditionally  setting table values
    to a NULL, or undefined, value (eg., "col1==-99 ? \#NULL : col1").

    Integer constants may be specified using the following notation,
\begin{verbatim}
           13245   decimal integer
           0x12f3  hexidecimal integer
           0o1373  octal integer
           0b01001 binary integer
\end{verbatim}
    Note that integer constants are only allowed to be 32-bit, i.e.
    between -2\^(31) and +2\^(31).  Integer constants may be used in any
    arithmetic expression where an integer would be appropriate.  Thus,
    they are distinct from bitmasks (which may be of arbitrary length,
    allow the "wildcard" bit, and may only be used in logical
    expressions; see below).

    There is also a function for testing if  two  values  are  close  to
    each  other,  i.e.,  if  they are "near" each other to within a user
    specified tolerance. The  arguments,  value\_1  and  value\_2  can  be
    integer  or  real  and  represent  the two values who's proximity is
    being tested to be within the specified tolerance, also  an  integer
    or real:

\begin{verbatim}
                    near(value_1, value_2, tolerance)
\end{verbatim}
    When  a  NULL, or undefined, value is encountered in the FITS table,
    the expression will evaluate to NULL unless the undefined  value  is
    not   actually   required  for  evaluation,  e.g. "TRUE  .or.  NULL"
    evaluates to TRUE. The  following  two  functions  allow  some  NULL
    detection  and  handling:

\begin{verbatim}
         "a null value?"              ISNULL(x)
         "define a value for null"    DEFNULL(x,y)
         "declare certain value null" SETNULL(x,y)
\end{verbatim}
    ISNULL(x)
    returns a boolean value of TRUE if the  argument  x  is  NULL. DEFNULL(x,y)
    "defines"  a  value  to  be  substituted  for NULL values; it
    returns the value of x if x is not NULL, otherwise  it  returns  the
    value of y.  SETNULL(x,y) allows NULL values to be inserted into
    a variable; if x==y, a NULL value is returned; otherwise y is returned
    (x and y must be numerical, and x must be a scalar).

\subsection{Bit Masks}

    Bit  masks can be used to select out rows from bit columns (TFORMn =
    \#X) in FITS files. To represent the mask,  binary,  octal,  and  hex
    formats are allowed:


\begin{verbatim}
                 binary:   b0110xx1010000101xxxx0001
                 octal:    o720x1 -> (b111010000xxx001)
                 hex:      h0FxD  -> (b00001111xxxx1101)
\end{verbatim}

    In  all  the  representations, an x or X is allowed in the mask as a
    wild card. Note that the x represents a  different  number  of  wild
    card  bits  in  each  representation.  All  representations are case
    insensitive.  Although bitmasks may be of arbitrary length and contain
    a wildcard, they may only be used in logical expressions, unlike 
    integer constants (see above) which may be used in any arithmetic
    expression.

    To construct the boolean expression using the mask  as  the  boolean
    equal  operator  described above on a bit table column. For example,
    if you had a 7 bit column named flags in a  FITS  table  and  wanted
    all  rows  having  the bit pattern 0010011, the selection expression
    would be:


\begin{verbatim}
                            flags == b0010011
    or
                            flags .eq. b10011
\end{verbatim}

    It is also possible to test if a range of bits is  less  than,  less
    than  equal,  greater  than  and  greater than equal to a particular
    boolean value:


\begin{verbatim}
                            flags <= bxxx010xx
                            flags .gt. bxxx100xx
                            flags .le. b1xxxxxxx
\end{verbatim}

    Notice the use of the x bit value to limit the range of  bits  being
    compared.

    It  is  not necessary to specify the leading (most significant) zero
    (0) bits in the mask, as shown in the second expression above.

    Bit wise AND, OR and NOT operations are  also  possible  on  two  or
    more  bit  fields  using  the  '\verb+&+'(AND),  '\verb+|+'(OR),  and the '\verb+!+'(NOT)
    operators. All of these operators result in a bit  field  which  can
    then be used with the equal operator. For example:


\begin{verbatim}
                          (!flags) == b1101100
                          (flags & b1000001) == bx000001
\end{verbatim}

    Bit  fields can be appended as well using the '+' operator.  Strings
    can be concatenated this way, too.


\subsection{Vector Columns}

    Vector columns can also be used  in  building  the  expression.   No
    special  syntax  is required if one wants to operate on all elements
    of the vector.  Simply use the column name as for a  scalar  column.
    Vector  columns  can  be  freely  intermixed  with scalar columns or
    constants in virtually all expressions.  The result will be  of  the
    same dimension as the vector.  Two vectors in an expression, though,
    need to  have  the  same  number  of  elements  and  have  the  same
    dimensions.

    Arithmetic and logical operations are all performed on an element by
    element basis.  Comparing two vector columns,  eg  "COL1  ==  COL2",
    thus  results  in  another vector of boolean values indicating which
    elements of the two vectors are equal.

    Several functions are available that operate on a vector.  All but
    the last two return a scalar result:

\begin{verbatim}
    "minimum"      MIN(V)          "maximum"               MAX(V)
    "average"      AVERAGE(V)      "median"                MEDIAN(V)
    "summation"    SUM(V)          "standard deviation"    STDDEV(V)
    "# of values"  NELEM(V)        "# of non-null values"  NVALID(V)
    "# axes"       NAXIS(V)        "axis dimension"        NAXES(V,n)
    "axis pos'n"   AXISELEM(V,n)   "vector element pos'n"  ELEMENTNUM(V)
                                   "promote to array"      ARRAY(X,d)
\end{verbatim}
    where V represents the name of a vector column or a manually
    constructed vector using curly brackets as described below.  The
    first 6 of these functions ignore any null values in the vector when
    computing the result.  The STDDEV() function computes the sample
    standard deviation, i.e. it is proportional to 1/SQRT(N-1) instead
    of 1/SQRT(N), where N is NVALID(V).

    The SUM function literally sums all  the elements in x,  returning a
    scalar value.   If V  is  a  boolean  vector, SUM returns the number
    of TRUE elements. The NELEM function  returns the number of elements
    in vector V whereas NVALID return the number of non-null elements in
    the  vector.   (NELEM  also  operates  on  bit  and string  columns,
    returning their column widths.)  As an example, to  test whether all
    elements of two vectors satisfy a  given logical comparison, one can
    use the expression

\begin{verbatim}
              SUM( COL1 > COL2 ) == NELEM( COL1 )
\end{verbatim}

    which will return TRUE if all elements  of  COL1  are  greater  than
    their corresponding elements in COL2.

    The NAXIS(V) function returns the number of axes of the vector,
    for example a 2D array would be NAXIS(V) == 2.  The NAXES(V,n)
    function returns the dimension of axis n, for example a 4x2 array
    would have NAXES(V,1) == 4.  The ELEMENTNUM(V) and AXISELEM(V,n)
    functions return vectors of the same size as the input vector V.
    ELEMENTNUM(V) returns the vector element position for each element
    in the vector, starting from 1 in each row.  The AXISELEM(V,n)
    function is similar but returns the element position of axis n
    only.

    The ARRAY(X,d) function promotes scalar value X to a vector (or
    array) table element.  X may be any scalar-valued item, including
    a column, an expression, or a constant value.  The resulting
    vector or array will have the same scalar value replicated into
    each element position.  This may be a useful way to construct
    large arrays without using the cumbersome \{vector\} notation. The
    dimensions of the new array are given by the second argument, d.
    d can either be a single constant integer value, or a vector of up
    to five dimensions of the form \{Nx,Ny,...\}.  Thus, ARRAY(TIME,4)
    would promote TIME to be a 4-vector, and ARRAY(0, \{2,3,1\}) would
    construct an array of all 0's with dimensions $2\times 3\times 1$.

    A second form of ARRAY(X,d) can be used where X is a vector or
    array, and the dimensions d merely change the dimensions of X
    without changing the total number of vector elements.  This is a
    way to re-dimension an existing array.  For example,
    ARRAY(\{1,2,3,4\},{2,2}) would transform the 4-vector into a
    $2\times 2$ array.

    To  specify  a  single  element  of  a  vector, give the column name
    followed by  a  comma-separated  list  of  coordinates  enclosed  in
    square  brackets.  For example, if a vector column named PHAS exists
    in the table as a one dimensional, 256  component  list  of  numbers
    from  which  you  wanted to select the 57th component for use in the
    expression, then PHAS[57] would do the  trick.   Higher  dimensional
    arrays  of  data  may appear in a column.  But in order to interpret
    them, the TDIMn keyword must appear in the header.  Assuming that  a
    (4,4,4,4)  array  is packed into each row of a column named ARRAY4D,
    the  (1,2,3,4)  component  element  of  each  row  is  accessed   by
    ARRAY4D[1,2,3,4].    Arrays   up   to   dimension  5  are  currently
    supported.  Each vector index can itself be an expression,  although
    it  must  evaluate  to  an  integer  value  within the bounds of the
    vector.  Vector columns which contain spaces or arithmetic operators
    must   have   their   names  enclosed  in  "\$"  characters  as  with
    \$ARRAY-4D\$[1,2,3,4].

    A  more  C-like  syntax  for  specifying  vector  indices  is   also
    available.   The element used in the preceding example alternatively
    could be specified with the syntax  ARRAY4D[4][3][2][1].   Note  the
    reverse  order  of  indices  (as in C), as well as the fact that the
    values are still ones-based (as  in  Fortran  --  adopted  to  avoid
    ambiguity  for  1D vectors).  With this syntax, one does not need to
    specify all of the indices.  To  extract  a  3D  slice  of  this  4D
    array, use ARRAY4D[4].

    Variable-length vector columns are not supported.

    Vectors can  be manually constructed  within the expression  using a
    comma-separated list of  elements surrounded by curly braces ('\{\}').
    For example, '\{1,3,6,1\}' is a 4-element vector containing the values
    1, 3, 6, and 1.  The  vector can contain  only boolean, integer, and
    real values (or expressions).  The elements will  be promoted to the
    highest  data type   present.  Any   elements   which  are themselves
    vectors, will be expanded out with  each of its elements becoming an
    element in the constructed vector.

\subsection{Row Access}

    To access a table entry in a row other  than the current one, follow
    the  column's name  with  a row  offset  within  curly  braces.  For
    example, \verb+PHA{-3}+ will evaluate to the value  of column PHA, 3 rows
    above  the  row currently  being processed.   One  cannot specify an
    absolute row number, only a relative offset.  Rows that fall outside
    the table will be treated as undefined, or NULLs.

    Using the same column name on the left and right side of the equals
    sign while using the \verb+COLUMN{-N}+ notation will not produce the desired
    result.  For example,
\begin{verbatim}
              COUNT = COUNT{-1} + 1;   # BAD - do not use
\end{verbatim}
    will not produce an increasing counter.  Such recursive
    calculations are often not possible with the calculator syntax.  
    However, for cases where the user wishes a row counter, the special 
    variable \verb+#ROW+ can be utilized.

\subsection{Good Time Interval Filtering and Calculation}

    There are two functions for filtering and calculating based
    on Good Time Intervals, or GTIs.  GTIs are commonly used to
    express fragmented time ranges that are not easy to express with a
    single start and stop time.  The time intervals are defined in a
    FITS table extension which contains 2 columns giving the
    start and stop time of each good interval.

    A common filtering method involves selecting rows which have a
    time value which lies within any GTI.  The gtifilter() filtering
    operation accepts only those rows of the input table which have an
    associated time which falls within one of the time intervals
    defined in a separate GTI extension.  gtifilter(a,b,c,d) evaluates
    each row of the input table and returns TRUE or FALSE depending
    whether the row is inside or outside the good time interval.  The
    syntax is

\begin{verbatim}
      gtifilter( [ "gtifile" [, expr [, "STARTCOL", "STOPCOL" ] ] ] )
    or
      gtifilter( [ 'gtifile' [, expr [, 'STARTCOL', 'STOPCOL' ] ] ] )
\end{verbatim}
    where  each "[]" demarks optional parameters.  Note that  the quotes
    around the gtifile and START/STOP column are required.  Either single
    or double quotes may be used.  In cases where this expression is
    entered on the Unix command line, enclose the entire expression in
    double quotes, and then use single quotes within the expression to
    enclose the 'gtifile' and other terms.  It is also usually possible
    to do the reverse, and enclose the whole expression in single quotes
    and then use double quotes within the expression.  The gtifile,
    if specified,  can be blank  ("") which will  mean to use  the first
    extension  with   the name "*GTI*"  in   the current  file,  a plain
    extension  specifier (eg, "+2",  "[2]", or "[STDGTI]") which will be
    used  to  select  an extension  in  the current  file, or  a regular
    filename with or without an extension  specifier which in the latter
    case  will mean to  use the first  extension  with an extension name
    "*GTI*".  Expr can be   any arithmetic expression, including  simply
    the time  column  name.  A  vector  time expression  will  produce a
    vector boolean  result.  STARTCOL and  STOPCOL are the  names of the
    START/STOP   columns in the    GTI extension.  If   one  of them  is
    specified, they both  must be.

    In  its  simplest form, no parameters need to be provided -- default
    values will be used.  The expression "gtifilter()" is equivalent to

\begin{verbatim}
       gtifilter( "", TIME, "*START*", "*STOP*" )
\end{verbatim}
    This will search the current file for a GTI  extension,  filter  the
    TIME  column in the current table, using START/STOP times taken from
    columns in the GTI  extension  with  names  containing  the  strings
    "START"  and "STOP".  The wildcards ('*') allow slight variations in
    naming conventions  such  as  "TSTART"  or  "STARTTIME".   The  same
    default  values  apply for unspecified parameters when the first one
    or  two  parameters  are  specified.   The  function   automatically
    searches   for   TIMEZERO/I/F   keywords  in  the  current  and  GTI
    extensions, applying a relative time offset, if necessary.

    The related function, gtifind(a,b,c,d), is similar to gtifilter()
    but instead of returning true/false, gtifind() returns the GTI
    number that brackets the requested time sample.  gtifind() returns
    the row number in the GTI table that matches the time sample, or
    -1 if the time sample is not within any GTI.  gtifind() is
    particularly useful when entries in a table must be categorized by
    which GTI the fall within.  For example, if events in an event
    list must be separated by good time interval.  The results of
    gtifind() can be used with histogram binning techniques to bin an
    event list by which GTI.
    
\begin{verbatim}
      gtifind( "gtifile" , expr [, "STARTCOL", "STOPCOL" ] )
\end{verbatim}

    The requirements for specifying the gtifile are the same as for
    gtifilter() as described above.  Like gtifilter(), the expr is
    the time-like expression and is optional (defaulting to TIME).
    The start and stop columns default to START and STOP.

    The function, gtioverlap(a,b,c,d,e), computes the overlap
    between a user-requested time range and the entries in a GTI.  The
    cases of no overlap, partial overlap, or overlap of many GTIs
    within the user requested range are handled.  gtioverlap() is very
    useful for calculating exposure times and fractional exposures of
    individual time bins, say for a light curve.  The syntax of
    gtioverlap() is

\begin{verbatim}
      gtioverlap( "gtifile" , startExpr, stopExpr [, "STARTCOL", "STOPCOL" ] )
    or
      gtioverlap( 'gtifile' , startExpr, stopExpr [, 'STARTCOL', 'STOPCOL' ] )
\end{verbatim}

    The requirements for specifying the gtifile are the same as for
    gtifilter() as described above.  Unlike gtifilter(), the startExpr
    and stopExpr are not optional.  startExpr provides a start of the
    user requested time interval.  startExpr is typically TIME, but
    can be any valid expression.  Likewise, stopExpr provides the stop
    of the user requested time interval, and can be an expression.
    For example, for a light curve with a TIME column and time bin
    size of 1.0 seconds, the expression

\begin{verbatim}
      gtioverlap('gtifile',TIME,TIME+1.0)
\end{verbatim}

    would calculate the amount of overlap exposure time between each
    one second time bin and the GTI in 'gtifile'.  In this case the
    time bin is assumed to begin at the time specified by TIME and end
    1 second later.  Neither startExpr nor stopExpr are required to be
    constant, and a light curve is not required to have a constant bin
    size.  For tables, the overlap is calculated for each entry in the
    table.

    It is also possible to calculate a single overlap value, which
    would typically be placed in a keyword.  For example, a way to to
    compute the total overlap exposure of a file whose TIME column is
    bounded by the keywords TSTART and TSTOP, overlapping with the
    specified GTI, would be

\begin{verbatim}
      #EXPOSURE = gtioverlap('gtifile',#TSTART,#TSTOP)
\end{verbatim}

    The \verb+#EXPOSURE+ syntax with a leading \verb+#+ ensures that the
    requested values are treated as keywords.  Otherwise, a column
    named EXPOSURE will be created with the (constant) exposure value
    in each entry.  


\subsection{Spatial Region Filtering}

    Another common  filtering method selects rows based on whether the
    spatial position associated with each row is located within a given
    2-dimensional region.  The syntax for this high-level filter is

\begin{verbatim}
       regfilter( "regfilename" [ , Xexpr, Yexpr [ , "wcs cols" ] ] )
\end{verbatim}
    where each "[]" demarks optional parameters. The region file name
    is required and must be  enclosed in quotes.  The remaining
    parameters are optional.  There are 2 supported formats for the
    region file: ASCII file or FITS binary table.  The region file
    contains a list of one or more geometric shapes (circle,
    ellipse, box, etc.) which defines a region on the celestial sphere
    or an area within a particular 2D image.  The region file is
    typically generated using an image display program such as fv/POW
    (distribute by the HEASARC), or ds9 (distributed by the Smithsonian
    Astrophysical Observatory).  Users should refer to the documentation
    provided with these programs for more details on the syntax used in
    the region files.  The FITS region file format is defined in a document
    available from the FITS Support Office at
    http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/ registry/ region.html

    In its simplest form, (e.g., regfilter("region.reg") ) the
    coordinates in the default 'X' and 'Y' columns will be used to
    determine if each row is inside or outside the area specified in
    the region file.  Alternate position column names, or expressions,
    may be entered if needed, as in

\begin{verbatim}
        regfilter("region.reg", XPOS, YPOS)
\end{verbatim}
    Region filtering can be applied most unambiguously if the positions
    in the region file and in the table to be filtered are both give in
    terms of absolute celestial coordinate units.  In this case the
    locations and sizes of the geometric shapes in the region file are
    specified in angular units on the sky (e.g., positions given in
    R.A. and Dec.  and sizes in arcseconds or arcminutes).  Similarly,
    each row of the filtered table will have a celestial coordinate
    associated with it.  This association is usually implemented using
    a set of so-called 'World Coordinate System' (or WCS) FITS keywords
    that define the coordinate transformation that must be applied to
    the values in the 'X' and 'Y' columns to calculate the coordinate.

    Alternatively, one can perform spatial filtering using unitless
    'pixel' coordinates for the regions and row positions.  In this
    case the user must be careful to ensure that the positions in the 2
    files are self-consistent.  A typical problem is that the region
    file may be generated using a binned image, but the unbinned
    coordinates are given in the event table.  The ROSAT events files,
    for example, have X and Y pixel coordinates that range from 1 -
    15360.  These coordinates are typically binned by a factor of 32 to
    produce a 480x480 pixel image.  If one then uses a region file
    generated from this image (in image pixel units) to filter the
    ROSAT events file, then the X and Y column values must be converted
    to corresponding pixel units as in:

\begin{verbatim}
        regfilter("rosat.reg", X/32.+.5, Y/32.+.5)
\end{verbatim}
    Note that this binning conversion is not necessary if the region
    file is specified using celestial coordinate units instead of pixel
    units because CFITSIO is then able to directly compare the
    celestial coordinate of each row in the table with the celestial
    coordinates in the region file without having to know anything
    about how the image may have been binned.

    The last "wcs cols" parameter should rarely be needed. If supplied,
    this  string contains the names of the 2 columns (space or comma
    separated) which have the associated WCS keywords. If not supplied,
    the filter  will scan the X  and Y expressions for column names.
    If only one is found in each  expression, those columns will be
    used, otherwise an error will be returned.

    These region shapes are supported (names are case insensitive):

\begin{verbatim}
       Point         ( X1, Y1 )               <- One pixel square region
       Line          ( X1, Y1, X2, Y2 )       <- One pixel wide region
       Polygon       ( X1, Y1, X2, Y2, ... )  <- Rest are interiors with
       Rectangle     ( X1, Y1, X2, Y2, A )       | boundaries considered
       Box           ( Xc, Yc, Wdth, Hght, A )   V within the region
       Diamond       ( Xc, Yc, Wdth, Hght, A )
       Circle        ( Xc, Yc, R )
       Annulus       ( Xc, Yc, Rin, Rout )
       Ellipse       ( Xc, Yc, Rx, Ry, A )
       Elliptannulus ( Xc, Yc, Rinx, Riny, Routx, Routy, Ain, Aout )
       Sector        ( Xc, Yc, Amin, Amax )
\end{verbatim}
    where (Xc,Yc) is  the coordinate of  the shape's center; (X\#,Y\#) are
    the coordinates  of the shape's edges;  Rxxx are the shapes' various
    Radii or semimajor/minor  axes; and Axxx  are the angles of rotation
    (or bounding angles for Sector) in degrees.  For rotated shapes, the
    rotation angle  can  be left  off, indicating  no rotation.   Common
    alternate  names for the regions  can also be  used: rotbox = box;
    rotrectangle = rectangle;  (rot)rhombus = (rot)diamond;  and pie
    = sector.  When a  shape's name is  preceded by a minus sign, '-',
    the defined region  is instead the area  *outside* its boundary (ie,
    the region is inverted).  All the shapes within a single region
    file are OR'd together to create the region, and the order is
    significant. The overall way of looking at region files is that if
    the first region is an excluded region then a dummy included region
    of the whole detector is inserted in the front. Then each region
    specification as it is processed overrides any selections inside of
    that region specified by previous regions. Another way of thinking
    about this is that if a previous excluded region is completely
    inside of a subsequent included region the excluded region is
    ignored.

    The positional coordinates may be given either in pixel units,
    decimal degrees or hh:mm:ss.s, dd:mm:ss.s units.  The shape sizes
    may be given in pixels, degrees, arcminutes, or arcseconds.  Look
    at examples of region file produced by fv/POW or ds9 for further
    details of the region file format.

    There are three low-level  functions that are primarily for use with
    regfilter function, but they  can  be  called  directly.  They
    return  a  boolean true   or  false  depending   on  whether a   two
    dimensional point is in the region or not.  The positional coordinates
    must be given in pixel units:

\begin{verbatim}
    "point in a circular region"
          circle(xcntr,ycntr,radius,Xcolumn,Ycolumn)

    "point in an elliptical region"
         ellipse(xcntr,ycntr,xhlf_wdth,yhlf_wdth,rotation,Xcolumn,Ycolumn)

    "point in a rectangular region"
             box(xcntr,ycntr,xfll_wdth,yfll_wdth,rotation,Xcolumn,Ycolumn)

    where
       (xcntr,ycntr) are the (x,y) position of the center of the region
       (xhlf_wdth,yhlf_wdth) are the (x,y) half widths of the region
       (xfll_wdth,yfll_wdth) are the (x,y) full widths of the region
       (radius) is half the diameter of the circle
       (rotation) is the angle(degrees) that the region is rotated with
             respect to (xcntr,ycntr)
       (Xcoord,Ycoord) are the (x,y) coordinates to test, usually column
             names
       NOTE: each parameter can itself be an expression, not merely a
             column name or constant.
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Example Row Filters}

\begin{verbatim}
    [ binary && mag <= 5.0]        - Extract all binary stars brighter
                                     than  fifth magnitude (note that
                                     the initial space is necessary to
                                     prevent it from being treated as a
                                     binning specification)

    [#row >= 125 && #row <= 175]   - Extract row numbers 125 through 175

    [IMAGE[4,5] .gt. 100]          - Extract all rows that have the
                                     (4,5) component of the IMAGE column
                                     greater than 100

    [abs(sin(theta * #deg)) < 0.5] - Extract all rows having the
                                     absolute value of the sine of theta
                                     less  than a half where the angles
                                     are tabulated in degrees

    [SUM( SPEC > 3*BACKGRND )>=1]  - Extract all rows containing a
                                     spectrum, held in vector column
                                     SPEC, with at least one value 3
                                     times greater than the background
                                     level held in a keyword, BACKGRND

    [VCOL=={1,4,2}]                - Extract all rows whose vector column
                                     VCOL contains the 3-elements 1, 4, and
                                     2.

    [@rowFilter.txt]               - Extract rows using the expression
                                     contained within the text file
                                     rowFilter.txt

    [gtifilter()]                  - Search the current file for a GTI
				     extension,  filter  the TIME
				     column in the current table, using
				     START/STOP times taken from
				     columns in the GTI  extension

    [regfilter("pow.reg")]         - Extract rows which have a coordinate
                                     (as given in the X and Y columns)
                                     within the spatial region specified
                                     in the pow.reg region file.

    [regfilter("pow.reg", Xs, Ys)] - Same as above, except that the
                                     Xs and Ys columns will be used to
                                     determine the coordinate of each
                                     row in the table.
\end{verbatim}


\section{ Binning or Histogramming Specification}

The optional binning specifier is enclosed in square brackets and can
be distinguished from a general row filter specification by the fact
that it begins with the keyword 'bin'  not immediately followed by an
equals sign.  When binning is specified, a temporary N-dimensional FITS
primary array is created by computing the histogram of the values in
the specified columns of a FITS table extension.  After the histogram
is computed the input FITS file containing the table is then closed and
the temporary FITS primary array is opened and passed to the
application program.  Thus, the application program never sees the
original FITS table and only sees the image in the new temporary file
(which has no additional extensions).  Obviously, the application
program must be expecting to open a FITS image and not a FITS table in
this case.

The data type of the FITS histogram image may be specified by appending
'b' (for 8-bit byte), 'i' (for 16-bit integers), 'j' (for 32-bit
integer), 'r' (for 32-bit floating points), or 'd' (for 64-bit double
precision floating point)  to the 'bin' keyword (e.g. '[binr X]'
creates a real floating point image).  If the data type is not
explicitly specified then a 32-bit integer image will be created by
default, unless the weighting option is also specified in which case
the image will have a 32-bit floating point data type by default.

The histogram image may have from 1 to 4 dimensions (axes), depending
on the number of columns that are specified.  The general form of the
binning specification is:

\begin{verbatim}
 [bin{bijrd}  Xcol=min:max:binsize, Ycol= ..., Zcol=..., Tcol=...; weight]
\end{verbatim}
in which up to 4 columns, each corresponding to an axis of the image,
are listed. The column names are case insensitive, and the column
number may be given instead of the name, preceded by a pound sign
(e.g., [bin \#4=1:512]).  If the column name is not specified, then
CFITSIO will first try to use the 'preferred column' as specified by
the CPREF keyword if it exists (e.g., 'CPREF = 'DETX,DETY'), otherwise
column names 'X', 'Y', 'Z', and 'T' will be assumed for each of the 4
axes, respectively.  In cases where the column name could be confused
with an arithmetic expression, enclose the column name in parentheses to
force the name to be interpreted literally.

In addition to binning by a FITS column, any arbitrary calculator
expression may be specified as well.  Usage of this form would appear
as:

\begin{verbatim}
 [bin  Xcol(arbitrary expression)=min:max:binsize, ... ]
\end{verbatim}

The column name must still be specified, and is used to label
coordinate axes of the resulting image.  The expression appears
immediately after the name, enclosed in parentheses.  The expression
may use any combination of columns, keywords, functions and constants
and allowed by the CFITSIO calculator.

The column name (and optional expression) may be followed by an equals
sign and then the lower and upper range of the histogram, and the size
of the histogram bins, separated by colons.  Spaces are allowed before
and after the equals sign but not within the 'min:max:binsize' string.
The min, max and binsize values may be integer or floating point
numbers, or they may be the names of keywords in the header of the
table.  If the latter, then the value of that keyword is substituted
into the expression.

Default values for the min, max and binsize quantities will be
used if not explicitly given in the binning expression as shown
in these examples:

\begin{verbatim}
    [bin x = :512:2]  - use default minimum value
    [bin x = 1::2]    - use default maximum value
    [bin x = 1:512]   - use default bin size
    [bin x = 1:]      - use default maximum value and bin size
    [bin x = :512]    - use default minimum value and bin size
    [bin x = 2]       - use default minimum and maximum values
    [bin x]           - use default minimum, maximum and bin size
    [bin 4]           - default 2-D image, bin size = 4 in both axes
    [bin]             - default 2-D image
\end{verbatim}
CFITSIO  will use the value of the TLMINn, TLMAXn, and TDBINn keywords,
if they exist, for the default min, max, and binsize, respectively.  If
they do not exist then CFITSIO will use the actual minimum and maximum
values in the column for the histogram min and max values.  The default
binsize will be set to 1, or (max - min) / 10., whichever is smaller,
so that the histogram will have at least 10 bins along each axis.

Please note that if explicit min and max values (or TLMINn/TLMAXn keywords)
are not present, then CFITSIO must check every value of the binned quantity
in advance to determine the binning limits.  This is especially relevant 
for binning expressions, which must be evaluated multiple times to determine
the limits of the expression.  Thus, it is always advisable to specify 
min and max limits where possible.

A shortcut notation is allowed if all the columns/axes have the same
binning specification.  In this case all the column names may be listed
within parentheses, followed by the (single) binning specification, as
in:

\begin{verbatim}
    [bin (X,Y)=1:512:2]
    [bin (X,Y) = 5]
\end{verbatim}

The optional weighting factor is the last item in the binning
specifier and, if present, is separated from the list of columns by a
semi-colon.  As the histogram is accumulated, this weight is used to
incremented the value of the appropriated bin in the histogram.  If
the weighting factor is not specified, then the default weight = 1 is
assumed.  The weighting factor may be a constant integer or floating
point number, or the name of a keyword containing the weighting value.
The weighting factor may also be the name of a table column in which
case the value in that column, on a row by row basis, will be used.
It may also be an expression, enclosed in parenthesis, in which case
the weighting value will be evaluated for each binned row and applied
accordingly.

In some cases, the column or keyword may give the reciprocal of the
actual weight value that is needed.  In this case, precede the weight
keyword or column name by a slash '/' to tell CFITSIO to use the
reciprocal of the value when constructing the histogram.  An expression,
enclosed in parentheses, may also appear after the slash, to
indicate the reciprocal value of the expression.

For complex or commonly used histograms, one can also place its
description into a text file and import it into the binning
specification using the syntax [bin @filename.txt].  The file's
contents can extend over multiple lines, although it must still
conform to the no-spaces rule for the min:max:binsize syntax and each
axis specification must still be comma-separated.  Any lines in the
external text file that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be
ignored and may be used to add comments into the file.

 Examples:


\begin{verbatim}
    [bini detx, dety]                - 2-D, 16-bit integer histogram
                                       of DETX and DETY columns, using
                                       default values for the histogram
                                       range and binsize

    [bin (detx, dety)=16; /exposure] - 2-D, 32-bit real histogram of DETX
                                       and DETY columns with a bin size = 16
                                       in both axes. The histogram values
                                       are divided by the EXPOSURE keyword
                                       value.

    [bin time=TSTART:TSTOP:0.1]      - 1-D lightcurve, range determined by
                                       the TSTART and TSTOP keywords,
                                       with 0.1 unit size bins.

    [bin pha, time=8000.:8100.:0.1]  - 2-D image using default binning
                                       of the PHA column for the X axis,
                                       and 1000 bins in the range
                                       8000. to 8100. for the Y axis.

    [bin pha, gti_num(gtifind())=1:2:1] - a 2-D image, where PHA is the
                                       X axis and the Y axis is an expression
                                       which evaluates to the GTI number, 
                                       as determined using the
                                       GTIFIND() function.

    [bin time=0:4000:2000, HR( (LC2/LC1).lt.1.5 ? 1 : 2 )=1:2:1] - a 2-D
                                       histogram which determines the number
                                       of samples in two time bins between 0 and
                                       4000 and separating hardness ratio, 
                                       evaluated as (LC2/LC1), between less than
                                       1.5 or greater than 1.5.  The ?: 
                                       conditional function is used to decide
                                       less (or greater) than 1.5 and assign
                                       HR bin 1 or 2.

    [bin @binFilter.txt]             - Use the contents of the text file
                                       binFilter.txt for the binning
                                       specifications.

\end{verbatim}
\chapter{Template Files }

When a new FITS file is created with a call to fits\_create\_file, the
name of a template file may be supplied in parentheses immediately
following the name of the new file to be created.  This template is
used to define the structure of one or more HDUs in the new file.  The
template file may be another FITS file, in which case the newly created
file will have exactly the same keywords in each HDU as in the template
FITS file, but all the data units will be filled with zeros.  The
template file may also be an ASCII text file, where each line (in
general) describes one FITS keyword record.  The format of the ASCII
template file is described in the following sections.


\section{Detailed Template Line Format}

The format of each ASCII template line closely follows the format of a
FITS keyword record:

\begin{verbatim}
  KEYWORD = KEYVALUE / COMMENT
\end{verbatim}
except that free format may be used (e.g., the equals sign may appear
at any position in the line) and TAB characters are allowed and are
treated the same as space characters.  The KEYVALUE and COMMENT fields
are optional.  The equals sign character is also optional, but it is
recommended that it be included for clarity.  Any template line that
begins with the pound '\#' character is ignored by the template parser
and may be use to insert comments into the template file itself.

The KEYWORD name field is limited to 8 characters in length and only
the letters A-Z, digits 0-9, and the hyphen and underscore characters
may be used, without any embedded spaces. Lowercase letters in the
template keyword name will be converted to uppercase.  Leading spaces
in the template line preceding the keyword name are generally ignored,
except if the first 8 characters of a template line are all blank, then
the entire line is treated as a FITS comment keyword (with a blank
keyword name) and is copied verbatim into the FITS header.

The KEYVALUE field may have any allowed  FITS  data type: character
string, logical, integer, real, complex integer, or complex real.  Integer
values must be within the allowed range of a 'signed long' variable;
some C compilers only suppport 4-byte long integers with a range
from -2147483648 to +2147483647, whereas other C compilers support 8-byte
integers with a range of plus or minus 2**63.

The character string values need not be enclosed in single quote characters
unless they are necessary to distinguish the string from a different
data type (e.g.  2.0 is a real but '2.0' is a string).  The keyword has
an undefined (null) value if the template record only contains blanks
following the "=" or between the "=" and the "/" comment field
delimiter.

String keyword values longer than 68 characters (the maximum length
that will fit in a single FITS keyword record) are permitted using the
CFITSIO long string convention. They can either be specified as a
single long line in the template, or by using multiple lines where the
continuing lines contain the 'CONTINUE' keyword, as in this example:

\begin{verbatim}
  LONGKEY = 'This is a long string value that is contin&'
  CONTINUE  'ued over 2 records' / comment field goes here
\end{verbatim}
The format of template lines with CONTINUE keyword is very strict:  3
spaces must follow CONTINUE and the rest of the line is copied verbatim
to the FITS file.

The start of the optional COMMENT field must be preceded by "/", which
is used to separate it from the keyword value field. Exceptions are if
the KEYWORD name field contains COMMENT, HISTORY, CONTINUE, or if the
first 8 characters of the template line are blanks.

More than one Header-Data Unit (HDU) may be defined in the template
file.  The start of an HDU definition is denoted with a SIMPLE or
XTENSION template line:

1) SIMPLE begins a Primary HDU definition. SIMPLE may only appear as
the  first keyword in the template file. If the template file begins
with XTENSION instead of SIMPLE, then a default empty Primary HDU is
created, and the template is then assumed to define the keywords
starting with the first extension following the Primary HDU.

2) XTENSION marks the beginning of a new extension HDU definition.  The
previous HDU will be closed at this point and processing of the next
extension begins.


\section{Auto-indexing of Keywords}

If a template keyword name ends with a "\#" character, it is said to be
'auto-indexed'.   Each "\#" character will be replaced by the current
integer index value, which gets reset = 1 at the start of each new HDU
in the file (or 7 in the special case of a GROUP definition).  The
FIRST indexed keyword in each template HDU definition is used as the
'incrementor';  each subsequent occurrence of this SAME keyword will
cause the index value to be incremented.  This behavior can be rather
subtle, as illustrated in the following examples in which the TTYPE
keyword is the incrementor in both cases:

\begin{verbatim}
  TTYPE# = TIME
  TFORM# = 1D
  TTYPE# = RATE
  TFORM# = 1E
\end{verbatim}
will create TTYPE1, TFORM1, TTYPE2, and TFORM2 keywords.  But if the
template looks like,

\begin{verbatim}
  TTYPE# = TIME
  TTYPE# = RATE
  TFORM# = 1D
  TFORM# = 1E
\end{verbatim}
this results in a FITS files with  TTYPE1, TTYPE2, TFORM2, and TFORM2,
which is probably not what was intended!


\section{Template Parser Directives}

In addition to the template lines which define individual keywords, the
template parser recognizes 3 special directives which are each preceded
by the backslash character:  \verb+ \include, \group+, and \verb+ \end+.

The 'include' directive must be followed by a filename. It forces the
parser to temporarily stop reading the current template file and begin
reading the include file. Once the parser reaches the end of the
include file it continues parsing the current template file.  Include
files can be nested, and HDU definitions can span multiple template
files.

The start of a GROUP definition is denoted with the 'group' directive,
and the end of a GROUP definition is denoted with the 'end' directive.
Each GROUP contains 0 or more member blocks (HDUs or GROUPs). Member
blocks of type GROUP can contain their own member blocks. The GROUP
definition itself occupies one FITS file HDU of special type (GROUP
HDU), so if a template specifies 1 group with 1 member HDU like:

\begin{verbatim}
\group
grpdescr = 'demo'
xtension bintable
# this bintable has 0 cols, 0 rows
\end
\end{verbatim}
then the parser creates a FITS file with 3 HDUs :

\begin{verbatim}
1) dummy PHDU
2) GROUP HDU (has 1 member, which is bintable in HDU number 3)
3) bintable (member of GROUP in HDU number 2)
\end{verbatim}
Technically speaking, the GROUP HDU is a BINTABLE with 6 columns. Applications
can define additional columns in a GROUP HDU using TFORMn and TTYPEn
(where n is 7, 8, ....) keywords or their auto-indexing equivalents.

For a more complicated example of a template file using the group directives,
look at the sample.tpl file that is included in the CFITSIO distribution.


\section{Formal Template Syntax}

The template syntax can formally be defined as follows:

\begin{verbatim}
    TEMPLATE = BLOCK [ BLOCK ... ]

       BLOCK = { HDU | GROUP }

       GROUP = \GROUP [ BLOCK ... ] \END

         HDU = XTENSION [ LINE ... ] { XTENSION | \GROUP | \END | EOF }

        LINE = [ KEYWORD [ = ] ] [ VALUE ] [ / COMMENT ]

    X ...     - X can be present 1 or more times
    { X | Y } - X or Y
    [ X ]     - X is optional
\end{verbatim}

At the topmost level, the template defines 1 or more template blocks. Blocks
can be either HDU (Header Data Unit) or a GROUP. For each block the parser
creates 1 (or more for GROUPs) FITS file HDUs.



\section{Errors}

In general the fits\_execute\_template() function tries to be as atomic
as possible, so either everything is done or nothing is done. If an
error occurs during parsing of the template, fits\_execute\_template()
will (try to) delete the top level BLOCK (with all its children if any)
in which the error occurred, then it will stop reading the template file
and it will return with an error.


\section{Examples}

1. This template file will create a 200 x 300 pixel image, with 4-byte
integer pixel values, in the primary HDU:

\begin{verbatim}
  SIMPLE = T
  BITPIX = 32
  NAXIS = 2     / number of dimensions
  NAXIS1 = 100  / length of first axis
  NAXIS2 = 200  / length of second axis
  OBJECT = NGC 253 / name of observed object
\end{verbatim}
The allowed values of BITPIX are 8, 16, 32, -32, or -64,
representing, respectively, 8-bit integer, 16-bit integer, 32-bit
integer, 32-bit floating point, or 64 bit floating point pixels.

2.  To create a FITS  table, the template first needs to include
XTENSION = TABLE or BINTABLE to define whether it is an ASCII or binary
table, and NAXIS2 to define the number of rows in the table.  Two
template lines are then needed to define the name (TTYPEn) and FITS data
format (TFORMn) of the columns, as in this example:

\begin{verbatim}
  xtension = bintable
  naxis2 = 40
  ttype# = Name
  tform# = 10a
  ttype# = Npoints
  tform# = j
  ttype# = Rate
  tunit# = counts/s
  tform# = e
\end{verbatim}
The above example defines a null primary array followed by a 40-row
binary table extension with 3 columns called 'Name', 'Npoints', and
'Rate', with data formats of '10A' (ASCII character string), '1J'
(integer) and '1E' (floating point), respectively.  Note that the other
required FITS keywords (BITPIX, NAXIS, NAXIS1, PCOUNT, GCOUNT, TFIELDS,
and END) do not need to be explicitly defined in the template because
their values can be inferred from the other keywords in the template.
This example also illustrates that the templates are generally
case-insensitive (the keyword names and TFORMn values are converted to
upper-case in the FITS file) and that string keyword values generally
do not need to be enclosed in quotes.

\chapter{  Local FITS Conventions }

CFITSIO supports several local FITS conventions which are not
defined in the official FITS standard and which are not
necessarily recognized or supported by other FITS software packages.
Programmers should be cautious about using these features, especially
if the FITS files that are produced are expected to be processed by
other software systems which do not use the CFITSIO interface.


\section{64-Bit Long Integers}

CFITSIO supports reading and writing FITS images or table columns containing
64-bit integer data values. Support for 64-bit integers was added to the
official FITS Standard in December 2005.
 FITS 64-bit images have BITPIX =
64, and the 64-bit binary table columns have TFORMn = 'K'.  CFITSIO also
supports the 'Q' variable-length array table column format which is
analogous to the 'P' column format except that the array descriptor
is stored as a pair of 64-bit integers.

For the convenience of C programmers, the fitsio.h include file
defines (with a typedef statement) the 'LONGLONG' datatype to be
equivalent to an appropriate 64-bit integer datatype on each platform.
Since there is currently no universal standard
for the name of the 64-bit integer datatype (it might be defined as
'long long', 'long', or '\_\_int64' depending on the platform)
C programmers may prefer to use the 'LONGLONG' datatype when
declaring or allocating 64-bit integer quantities when writing
code which needs to run on multiple platforms.
Note that CFITSIO will implicitly convert the datatype when reading
or writing FITS 64-bit integer images and columns with data arrays of
a different integer or floating point datatype, but there is an
increased risk of loss of numerical precision or
numerical overflow  in this case.


\section{Long String Keyword Values.}

The length of a standard FITS string keyword is limited to 68
characters because it must fit entirely within a single FITS header
keyword record.  In some instances it is necessary to encode strings
longer than this limit, so CFITSIO supports a local convention in which
the string value is continued over multiple keywords.  This
continuation convention uses an ampersand character at the end of each
substring to indicate that it is continued on the next keyword, and the
continuation keywords all have the name CONTINUE without an equal sign
in column 9. The string value may be continued in this way over as many
additional CONTINUE keywords as is required.  The following lines
illustrate this continuation convention which is used in the value of
the STRKEY keyword:

\begin{verbatim}
LONGSTRN= 'OGIP 1.0'    / The OGIP Long String Convention may be used.
STRKEY  = 'This is a very long string keyword&'  / Optional Comment
CONTINUE  ' value that is continued over 3 keywords in the &  '
CONTINUE  'FITS header.' / This is another optional comment.
\end{verbatim}
It is recommended that the LONGSTRN keyword, as shown here, always be
included in any HDU that uses this longstring convention as a warning
to any software that must read the keywords.  A routine called fits\_write\_key\_longwarn
has been provided in CFITSIO to write this keyword if it does not
already exist.

This long string convention is supported by the following CFITSIO
routines:

\begin{verbatim}
    fits_write_key_longstr  - write a long string keyword value
    fits_insert_key_longstr - insert a long string keyword value
    fits_modify_key_longstr - modify a long string keyword value
    fits_update_key_longstr - modify a long string keyword value
    fits_read_key_longstr   - read  a long string keyword value
    fits_delete_key         - delete a keyword
\end{verbatim}
The fits\_read\_key\_longstr routine is unique among all the CFITSIO
routines in that it internally allocates memory for the long string
value;  all the other CFITSIO routines that deal with arrays require
that the calling program pre-allocate adequate space to hold the array
of data.  Consequently, programs which use the fits\_read\_key\_longstr
routine must be careful to free the allocated memory for the string
when it is no longer needed.

The following 2 routines also have limited support for this long string
convention,

\begin{verbatim}
      fits_modify_key_str - modify an existing string keyword value
      fits_update_key_str - update a string keyword value
\end{verbatim}
in that they will correctly overwrite an existing long string value,
but the new string value is limited to a maximum of 68 characters in
length.

The more commonly used CFITSIO routines to write string valued keywords
(fits\_update\_key and fits\_write\_key) do not support this long
string convention and only support strings up to 68 characters in
length.  This has been done deliberately to prevent programs from
inadvertently writing keywords using this non-standard convention
without the explicit intent of the programmer or user.   The
fits\_write\_key\_longstr routine must be called instead to write long
strings.  This routine can also be used to write ordinary string values
less than 68 characters in length.


\section{Arrays of Fixed-Length Strings in Binary Tables}

CFITSIO supports 2 ways to specify that a character column in a binary
table contains an array of fixed-length strings.  The first way, which
is officially supported by the FITS Standard document, uses the TDIMn keyword.
For example, if TFORMn = '60A' and TDIMn = '(12,5)' then that
column will be interpreted as containing an array of 5 strings, each 12
characters long.

CFITSIO also supports a
local convention for the format of the TFORMn keyword value of the form
'rAw' where 'r' is an integer specifying the total width in characters
of the column, and 'w' is an integer specifying the (fixed) length of
an individual unit string within the vector.  For example, TFORM1 =
'120A10' would indicate that the binary table column is 120 characters
wide and consists of 12 10-character length strings.  This convention
is recognized by the CFITSIO routines that read or write strings in
binary tables.   The Binary Table definition document specifies that
other optional characters may follow the data type code in the TFORM
keyword, so this local convention is in compliance with the
FITS standard although other FITS readers may not
recognize this convention.



\section{Keyword Units Strings}

One limitation of the current FITS Standard is that it does not define
a specific convention for recording the physical units of a keyword
value.  The TUNITn keyword can be used to specify the physical units of
the values in a table column, but there is no analogous convention for
keyword values.  The comment field of the keyword is often used for
this purpose, but the units are usually not specified in a well defined
format that FITS readers can easily recognize and extract.

To solve this problem, CFITSIO uses a local convention in which the
keyword units are enclosed in square brackets as the first token in the
keyword comment field; more specifically, the opening square bracket
immediately follows the slash '/' comment field delimiter and a single
space character.  The following examples illustrate keywords that use
this convention:


\begin{verbatim}
EXPOSURE=               1800.0 / [s] elapsed exposure time
V_HELIO =                16.23 / [km s**(-1)] heliocentric velocity
LAMBDA  =                5400. / [angstrom] central wavelength
FLUX    = 4.9033487787637465E-30 / [J/cm**2/s] average flux
\end{verbatim}

In general, the units named in the IAU(1988) Style Guide are
recommended, with the main exception that the preferred unit for angle
is 'deg' for degrees.

The fits\_read\_key\_unit and fits\_write\_key\_unit routines in
CFITSIO read and write, respectively, the keyword unit strings in an
existing keyword.


\section{HIERARCH Convention for Extended Keyword Names}

CFITSIO supports the HIERARCH keyword convention which allows keyword
names that are longer than 8 characters.  This convention
was developed at the European Southern Observatory (ESO) and allows characters
consisting of digits 0-9, upper case letters A-Z, the dash '-' and the underscore '\_'.
The components of hierarchical keywords are separated by a single ASCII space charater.
For instance:

\begin{verbatim}
HIERARCH ESO INS FOCU POS = -0.00002500 / Focus position
\end{verbatim}
Basically, this convention uses the FITS keyword 'HIERARCH' to indicate
that this convention is being used, then the actual keyword name
({\tt'ESO INS FOCU POS'} in this example) begins in column 10.  The
equals sign marks the end of the keyword name and is followed by the
usual value and comment fields just as in standard FITS keywords.
Further details of this convention are described at
http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/registry/hierarch\_keyword.html
and in Section 4.4 of the ESO Data Interface Control Document that
is linked to from
http://archive.eso.org/cms/tools-documentation/eso-data-interface-control.html.

This convention allows a broader range of keyword names
than is allowed by the FITS Standard.  Here are more examples
of such keywords:

\begin{verbatim}
HIERARCH LONGKEYWORD = 47.5 / Keyword has > 8 characters
HIERARCH LONG-KEY_WORD2 = 52.3 / Long keyword with hyphen, underscore and digit
HIERARCH EARTH IS A STAR = F / Keyword contains embedded spaces
\end{verbatim}
CFITSIO will transparently read and write these keywords, so application
programs do not in general need to know anything about the specific
implementation details of the HIERARCH convention.  In particular,
application programs do not need to specify the `HIERARCH' part of the
keyword name when reading or writing keywords (although it
may be included if desired).  When writing a keyword, CFITSIO first
checks to see if the keyword name is legal as a standard FITS keyword
(no more than 8 characters long and containing only letters, digits, or
a minus sign or underscore). If so it writes it as a standard FITS
keyword, otherwise it uses the hierarch convention to write the
keyword.   The maximum keyword name length is 67 characters, which
leaves only 1 space for the value field.  A more practical limit is
about 40 characters, which leaves enough room for most keyword values.
CFITSIO returns an error if there is not enough room for both the
keyword name and the keyword value on the 80-character card, except for
string-valued keywords which are simply truncated so that the closing
quote character falls in column 80. A space is also required on either 
side of the equal sign.


\section{Tile-Compressed Image Format}

CFITSIO supports a convention for compressing n-dimensional images and
storing the resulting byte stream in a variable-length column in a FITS
binary table.  The general principle used in this convention is to
first divide the n-dimensional image into a rectangular grid of
subimages or `tiles'.  Each tile is then compressed as a continuous
block of data, and the resulting compressed byte stream is stored in a
row of a variable length column in a FITS binary table. By dividing the
image into tiles it is generally possible to extract and uncompress
subsections of the image without having to uncompress the whole image.
The default tiling pattern treats each row of a 2-dimensional image (or
higher dimensional cube) as a tile, such that each tile contains NAXIS1
pixels (except the default with the HCOMPRESS algorithm is to
compress the whole 2D image as a single tile). Any other rectangular
tiling pattern may also be defined. In
the case of relatively small images it may be sufficient to compress
the entire image as a single tile, resulting in an output binary table
with 1 row.  In the case of 3-dimensional data cubes, it may be
advantageous to treat each plane of the cube as a separate tile if
application software typically needs to access the cube on a plane by
plane basis.

See section 5.6 ``Image Compression''
for more information on using this tile-compressed image format.

\chapter{  Optimizing Programs }

CFITSIO has been carefully designed to obtain the highest possible
speed when reading and writing FITS files.  In order to achieve the
best performance, however, application programmers must be careful to
call the CFITSIO routines appropriately and in an efficient sequence;
inappropriate usage of CFITSIO routines can greatly slow down the
execution speed of a program.

The maximum possible I/O speed of CFITSIO depends of course on the type
of computer system that it is running on.  To get a general idea of what
data I/O speeds are possible on a particular machine, build the speed.c
program that is distributed with CFITSIO (type 'make speed' in the CFITSIO
directory).  This diagnostic program measures the speed of writing and reading
back a test FITS image, a binary table, and an ASCII table.

The following 2 sections provide some background on how CFITSIO
internally manages the data I/O and describes some strategies that may
be used to optimize the processing speed of software that uses
CFITSIO.


\section{How CFITSIO Manages Data I/O}

Many CFITSIO operations involve transferring only a small number of
bytes to or from the FITS file (e.g, reading a keyword, or writing a
row in a table); it would be very inefficient to physically read or
write such small blocks of data directly in the FITS file on disk,
therefore CFITSIO maintains a set of internal Input--Output (IO)
buffers in RAM memory that each contain one FITS block (2880 bytes) of
data.  Whenever CFITSIO needs to access data in the FITS file, it first
transfers the FITS block containing those bytes into one of the IO
buffers in memory.  The next time CFITSIO needs to access bytes in the
same block it can then go to the fast IO buffer rather than using a
much slower system disk access routine.  The number of available IO
buffers is determined by the NIOBUF parameter (in fitsio2.h) and is
currently set to 40 by default.

Whenever CFITSIO reads or writes data it first checks to see if that
block of the FITS file is already loaded into one of the IO buffers.
If not, and if there is an empty IO buffer available, then it will load
that block into the IO buffer (when reading a FITS file) or will
initialize a new block (when writing to a FITS file).  If all the IO
buffers are already full, it must decide which one to reuse (generally
the one that has been accessed least recently), and flush the contents
back to disk if it has been modified before loading the new block.

The one major exception to the above process occurs whenever a large
contiguous set of bytes are accessed, as might occur when reading or
writing a FITS image.  In this case CFITSIO bypasses the internal IO
buffers and simply reads or writes the desired bytes directly in the
disk file with a single call to a low-level file read or write
routine.  The minimum threshold for the number of bytes to read or
write this way is set by the MINDIRECT parameter and is currently set
to 3 FITS blocks = 8640 bytes.  This is the most efficient way to read
or write large chunks of data.  Note that this fast direct IO process is not
applicable when accessing columns of data in a FITS table because the
bytes are generally not contiguous since they are interleaved by the
other columns of data in the table.  This explains why the speed for
accessing FITS tables is generally slower than accessing
FITS images.

Given this background information, the general strategy for efficiently
accessing FITS files should be apparent:  when dealing with FITS
images, read or write large chunks of data at a time so that the direct
IO mechanism will be invoked;  when accessing FITS headers or FITS
tables, on the other hand, once a particular FITS block has been
loading into one of the IO buffers, try to access all the needed
information in that block before it gets flushed out of the IO buffer.
It is important to avoid the situation where the same FITS block is
being read then flushed from a IO buffer multiple times.

The following section gives more specific suggestions for optimizing
the use of CFITSIO.


\section{Optimization Strategies}

1.  Because the data in FITS files is always stored in "big-endian" byte order,
where the first byte of numeric values contains the most significant bits and the
last byte contains the least significant bits, CFITSIO must swap the order of the bytes
when reading or writing FITS files when running on little-endian machines (e.g.,
Linux and Microsoft Windows operating systems running on PCs with x86 CPUs).

On relatively new CPUs that support "SSSE3" machine instructions
(e.g., starting with Intel Core 2 CPUs in 2007, and in AMD CPUs
beginning in 2011) significantly faster 4-byte and 8-byte swapping
algorithms are available. These faster byte swapping functions are
not used by default in CFITSIO (because of potential code
portablility issues), but users can enable them on supported
platforms by adding the appropriate compiler flags (-mssse3 with gcc
or icc on linux) when compiling the swapproc.c source file, which will
allow the compiler to generate code using the SSSE3 instruction set.
A convenient way to do this is to configure the CFITSIO library
with the following command:

\begin{verbatim}
  >  ./configure --enable-ssse3
\end{verbatim}
Note, however, that a binary executable file that is
created using these faster functions will only run on
machines that support the SSSE3 machine instructions.

For faster 2-byte swaps on virtually all x86-64 CPUs (even those that
do not support SSSE3), a variant using only SSE2 instructions exists.
SSE2 is enabled by default on x86\_64 CPUs with 64-bit operating systems
(and is also automatically enabled by the --enable-ssse3 flag).
When running on x86\_64 CPUs with 32-bit operating systems, these faster
2-byte swapping algorithms are not used by default in CFITSIO, but can be
enabled explicitly with:

\begin{verbatim}
./configure --enable-sse2
\end{verbatim}
Preliminary testing indicates that these SSSE3 and SSE2 based
byte-swapping algorithms can boost the CFITSIO performance when
reading or writing FITS images by 20\% - 30\% or more.
It is important to note, however, that compiler optimization must be
turned on (e.g., by using the -O1 or -O2 flags in gcc) when building
programs that use these fast byte-swapping algorithms in order
to reap the full benefit of the SSSE3 and SSE2 instructions; without
optimization, the code may actually run slower than when using
more traditional byte-swapping techniques.

2.  When dealing with a FITS primary array or IMAGE extension, it is
more efficient to read or write large chunks of the  image at a time
(at least 3 FITS blocks = 8640 bytes) so that the direct IO mechanism
will be used as described in the previous section.  Smaller chunks of
data are read or written via the IO buffers, which is somewhat less
efficient because of the extra copy operation and additional
bookkeeping steps that are required.  In principle it is more efficient
to read or write as big an array of image pixels at one time as
possible, however, if the array becomes so large that the operating
system cannot store it all in RAM, then the performance may be degraded
because of the increased swapping of virtual memory to disk.

3.  When dealing with FITS tables, the most important efficiency factor
in the software design is to read or write the data in the FITS file in
a single pass through the file.  An example of poor program design
would be to read a large, 3-column table by sequentially reading the
entire first column, then going back to read the 2nd column, and
finally the 3rd column; this obviously requires 3 passes through the
file which could triple the execution time of an IO limited program.
For small tables this is not important, but when reading multi-megabyte
sized tables these inefficiencies can become significant.  The more
efficient procedure in this case is to read or write only as many rows
of the table as will fit into the available internal IO buffers, then
access all the necessary columns of data within that range of rows.
Then after the program is completely finished with the data in those
rows it can move on to the next range of rows that will fit in the
buffers, continuing in this way until the entire file has been
processed.  By using this procedure of accessing all the columns of a
table in parallel rather than sequentially, each block of the FITS file
will only be read or written once.

The optimal number of rows to read or write at one time in a given
table depends on the width of the table row and on the number of IO
buffers that have been allocated in CFITSIO.  The CFITSIO Iterator routine
will automatically use the optimal-sized buffer, but there is also a
CFITSIO routine that will return the optimal number of rows for a given
table:  fits\_get\_rowsize.  It is not critical to use exactly the
value of nrows returned by this routine, as long as one does not exceed
it.  Using a very small value however can also lead to poor performance
because of the overhead from the larger number of subroutine calls.

The optimal number of rows returned by fits\_get\_rowsize is valid only
as long as the application program is only reading or writing data in
the specified table.  Any other calls to access data in the table
header would  cause additional blocks of data
to be loaded into the IO buffers displacing data from the original
table, and should be avoided during the critical period while the table
is being read or written.

4.  Use the CFITSIO Iterator routine.  This routine provides a
more `object oriented' way of reading and writing FITS files
which automatically uses the most appropriate data buffer size
to achieve the maximum I/O throughput.

5.  Use binary table extensions rather than ASCII table
extensions for better efficiency  when dealing with tabular data.  The
I/O to ASCII tables is slower because of the overhead in formatting or
parsing the ASCII data fields and because ASCII tables are about twice
as large as binary tables that have the same information content.

6. Design software so that it reads the FITS header keywords in the
same order in which they occur in the file.  When reading keywords,
CFITSIO searches forward starting from the position of the last keyword
that was read.  If it reaches the end of the header without finding the
keyword, it then goes back to the start of the header and continues the
search down to the position where it started.  In practice, as long as
the entire FITS header can fit at one time in the available internal IO
buffers, then the header keyword access will be relatively fast and it makes
little difference which order they are accessed.

7. Avoid the use of scaling (by using the BSCALE and BZERO or TSCAL and
TZERO keywords) in FITS files since the scaling operations add to the
processing time needed to read or write the data.  In some cases it may
be more efficient to temporarily turn off the scaling (using fits\_set\_bscale or
fits\_set\_tscale) and then read or write the raw unscaled values in the FITS
file.

8. Avoid using the `implicit data type conversion' capability in
CFITSIO.  For instance, when reading a FITS image with BITPIX = -32
(32-bit floating point pixels), read the data into a single precision
floating point data array in the program.  Forcing CFITSIO to convert
the data to a different data type can slow the program.

9. Where feasible, design FITS binary tables using vector column
elements so that the data are written as a contiguous set of bytes,
rather than as single elements in multiple rows.  For example, it is
faster to access the data in a table that contains a single row
and 2 columns with TFORM keywords equal to  '10000E' and '10000J', than
it is to access the same amount of data in a table with 10000 rows
which has columns with the TFORM keywords equal to '1E' and '1J'.  In
the former case the 10000 floating point values in the first column are
all written in a contiguous block of the file which can be read or
written quickly, whereas in the second case each floating point value
in the first column is interleaved with the integer value in the second
column of the same row so CFITSIO has to explicitly move to the
position of each element to be read or written.

10. Avoid the use of variable length vector columns in binary tables,
since any reading or writing of these data requires that CFITSIO first
look up or compute the starting address of each row of data in the
heap.  In practice, this is probably not a significant efficiency issue.

11. When copying data from one FITS table to another, it is faster to
transfer the raw bytes instead of reading then writing each column of
the table.  The CFITSIO routines fits\_read\_tblbytes and
fits\_write\_tblbytes will perform low-level reads or writes of any
contiguous range of bytes in a table extension.  These routines can be
used to read or write a whole row (or multiple rows  for even greater
efficiency) of a table with a single function call.   These routines
are fast because they bypass all the usual data scaling, error checking
and machine dependent data conversion that is normally done by CFITSIO,
and they allow the program to write the data to the output file in
exactly the same byte order.  For these same reasons, these routines
can corrupt the FITS data file if used incorrectly because no
validation or machine dependent conversion is performed by these
routines.  These routines are only recommended for optimizing critical
pieces of code and should only be used by programmers who thoroughly
understand the internal format of the FITS tables they are reading or
writing.

12. Another strategy for improving the speed of writing a FITS table,
similar to the previous one, is to directly construct the entire byte
stream for a whole table row (or multiple rows) within the application
program and then write it to the FITS file with
fits\_write\_tblbytes.  This avoids all the overhead normally present
in the column-oriented CFITSIO write routines.  This technique should
only be used for critical applications because it makes the code more
difficult to understand and maintain, and it makes the code more system
dependent (e.g., do the bytes need to be swapped before writing to the
FITS file?).

13.  Finally, external factors such as the speed of the data storage device,
the size of the data cache, the amount of disk fragmentation, and the amount of
RAM available on the system can all have a significant impact on
overall I/O efficiency.  For critical applications, the entire hardware
and software system should be reviewed to identify any
potential I/O bottlenecks.


\appendix
\chapter{Index of Routines }
\begin{tabular}{lr}
fits\_add\_group\_member & \pageref{ffgtam} \\
fits\_ascii\_tform    & \pageref{ffasfm} \\
fits\_binary\_tform   & \pageref{ffbnfm} \\
fits\_calculator     & \pageref{ffcalc} \\
fits\_calculator\_rng     & \pageref{ffcalcrng} \\
fits\_calc\_binning[d] & \pageref{calcbinning} \\
fits\_calc\_rows    & \pageref{ffcrow} \\
fits\_change\_group  & \pageref{ffgtch} \\
fits\_cleanup\_https & \pageref{ffihtps} \\
fits\_clear\_errmark  & \pageref{ffpmrk} \\
fits\_clear\_errmsg   & \pageref{ffcmsg} \\
fits\_close\_file     & \pageref{ffclos} \\
fits\_compact\_group & \pageref{ffgtcm} \\
fits\_compare\_str    & \pageref{ffcmps} \\
fits\_compress\_heap & \pageref{ffcmph} \\
fits\_convert\_hdr2str  & \pageref{ffhdr2str}, \pageref{hdr2str} \\
fits\_copy\_cell2image & \pageref{copycell} \\
fits\_copy\_col     & \pageref{ffcpcl} \\
fits\_copy\_cols    & \pageref{ffccls} \\
fits\_copy\_data      & \pageref{ffcpdt} \\
fits\_copy\_file      & \pageref{ffcpfl} \\
fits\_copy\_group    & \pageref{ffgtcp} \\
fits\_copy\_hdu       & \pageref{ffcopy} \\
fits\_copy\_hdutab    & \pageref{ffcpht} \\
fits\_copy\_header    & \pageref{ffcphd} \\
fits\_copy\_image2cell & \pageref{copycell} \\
fits\_copy\_image\_section  & \pageref{ffcpimg} \\
fits\_copy\_key           & \pageref{ffcpky} \\
fits\_copy\_member    & \pageref{ffgmcp} \\
fits\_copy\_pixlist2image & \pageref{copypixlist2image} \\
fits\_copy\_rows &   \pageref{ffcprw} \\
fits\_copy\_selrows &   \pageref{ffcpsr} \\
fits\_create\_diskfile    & \pageref{ffinit} \\
fits\_create\_file    & \pageref{ffinit} \\

\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{lr}
fits\_create\_group  & \pageref{ffgtcr} \\
fits\_create\_hdu     & \pageref{ffcrhd} \\
fits\_create\_img     & \pageref{ffcrim} \\
fits\_create\_memfile    & \pageref{ffimem} \\
fits\_create\_tbl     & \pageref{ffcrtb} \\
fits\_create\_template & \pageref{fftplt} \\
fits\_date2str  & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
fits\_decode\_chksum  & \pageref{ffdsum} \\
fits\_decode\_tdim    & \pageref{ffdtdm} \\
fits\_delete\_col   & \pageref{ffdcol} \\
fits\_delete\_file    & \pageref{ffdelt} \\
fits\_delete\_hdu     & \pageref{ffdhdu} \\
fits\_delete\_key     & \pageref{ffdkey} \\
fits\_delete\_record  & \pageref{ffdrec} \\
fits\_delete\_rowlist & \pageref{ffdrws} \\
fits\_delete\_rowrange & \pageref{ffdrrg} \\
fits\_delete\_rows  & \pageref{ffdrow} \\
fits\_delete\_str  & \pageref{ffdkey} \\
fits\_encode\_chksum  & \pageref{ffesum} \\
fits\_file\_exists    & \pageref{ffexist} \\
fits\_file\_mode      & \pageref{ffflmd} \\
fits\_file\_name      & \pageref{ffflnm} \\
fits\_find\_first\_row    & \pageref{ffffrw} \\
fits\_find\_nextkey      & \pageref{ffgnxk} \\
fits\_find\_rows    & \pageref{fffrow} \\
fits\_flush\_buffer     & \pageref{ffflus} \\
fits\_flush\_file     & \pageref{ffflus} \\
fits\_free\_memory   & \pageref{ffgkls},  \pageref{ffhdr2str} \\
fits\_get\_acolparms  & \pageref{ffgacl} \\
fits\_get\_bcolparms  & \pageref{ffgbcl} \\
fits\_get\_chksum     & \pageref{ffgcks} \\
fits\_get\_col\_display\_width    & \pageref{ffgcdw} \\
\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{lr}
fits\_get\_colname    & \pageref{ffgcnn} \\
fits\_get\_colnum     & \pageref{ffgcno} \\
fits\_get\_coltype    & \pageref{ffgtcl} \\
fits\_get\_compression\_type & \pageref{ffgetcomp} \\
fits\_get\_eqcoltype    & \pageref{ffgtcl} \\
fits\_get\_errstatus  & \pageref{ffgerr} \\
fits\_get\_hdrpos        & \pageref{ffghps} \\
fits\_get\_hdrspace      & \pageref{ffghsp} \\
fits\_get\_hdu\_num    & \pageref{ffghdn} \\
fits\_get\_hdu\_type   & \pageref{ffghdt} \\
fits\_get\_hduaddr    & \pageref{ffghad} \\
fits\_get\_hduaddrll    & \pageref{ffghad} \\
fits\_get\_img\_dim & \pageref{ffgidm} \\
fits\_get\_img\_equivtype & \pageref{ffgidt} \\
fits\_get\_img\_param & \pageref{ffgipr} \\
fits\_get\_img\_size & \pageref{ffgisz} \\
fits\_get\_img\_type & \pageref{ffgidt} \\
fits\_get\_inttype    & \pageref{ffinttyp} \\
fits\_get\_key\_com\_strlen & \pageref{ffgkcsl} \\
fits\_get\_key\_strlen & \pageref{ffgksl} \\
fits\_get\_keyclass    & \pageref{ffgkcl} \\
fits\_get\_keyname    & \pageref{ffgknm} \\
fits\_get\_keytype    & \pageref{ffdtyp} \\
fits\_get\_noise\_bits   & \pageref{ffgetcomp} \\
fits\_get\_num\_cols     & \pageref{ffgnrw} \\
fits\_get\_num\_groups  & \pageref{ffgmng} \\
fits\_get\_num\_hdus   & \pageref{ffthdu} \\
fits\_get\_num\_members  & \pageref{ffgtnm} \\
fits\_get\_num\_rows     & \pageref{ffgnrw} \\
fits\_get\_rowsize    & \pageref{ffgrsz} \\
fits\_get\_system\_time  & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
fits\_get\_tbcol      & \pageref{ffgabc} \\
fits\_get\_tile\_dim     & \pageref{ffgetcomp} \\
\end{tabular}
\newpage
\begin{tabular}{lr}
fits\_get\_timeout    & \pageref{ffgtmo} \\
fits\_get\_version    & \pageref{ffvers} \\
fits\_hdr2str         & \pageref{ffhdr2str}, \pageref{hdr2str} \\
fits\_init\_https  & \pageref{ffihtps} \\
fits\_insert\_atbl    & \pageref{ffitab} \\
fits\_insert\_btbl    & \pageref{ffibin} \\
fits\_insert\_col   & \pageref{fficol} \\
fits\_insert\_cols  & \pageref{fficls} \\
fits\_insert\_group  & \pageref{ffgtis} \\
fits\_insert\_img     & \pageref{ffiimg} \\
fits\_insert\_key\_null   & \pageref{ffikyu} \\
fits\_insert\_key\_TYP    & \pageref{ffikyx} \\
fits\_insert\_record     & \pageref{ffirec} \\
fits\_insert\_rows  & \pageref{ffirow} \\
fits\_is\_reentrant  & \pageref{reentrant} \\
fits\_iterate\_data   & \pageref{ffiter} \\
fits\_make\_hist[d]      & \pageref{makehist} \\
fits\_make\_key       & \pageref{ffmkky} \\
fits\_make\_keyn      & \pageref{ffkeyn} \\
fits\_make\_nkey      & \pageref{ffnkey} \\
fits\_merge\_groups  & \pageref{ffgtmg} \\
fits\_modify\_card       & \pageref{ffmcrd} \\
fits\_modify\_comment    & \pageref{ffmcom} \\
fits\_modify\_key\_null   & \pageref{ffmkyu} \\
fits\_modify\_key\_TYP    & \pageref{ffmkyx} \\
fits\_modify\_name       & \pageref{ffmnam} \\
fits\_modify\_record     & \pageref{ffmrec} \\
fits\_modify\_vector\_len  & \pageref{ffmvec} \\
fits\_movabs\_hdu     & \pageref{ffmahd} \\
fits\_movnam\_hdu     & \pageref{ffmnhd} \\
fits\_movrel\_hdu     & \pageref{ffmrhd} \\
fits\_null\_check     & \pageref{ffnchk} \\
fits\_open\_data      & \pageref{ffopen} \\
fits\_open\_diskfile    & \pageref{ffopen} \\
fits\_open\_extlist      & \pageref{ffopen} \\
fits\_open\_file      & \pageref{ffopen} \\
fits\_open\_image      & \pageref{ffopen} \\
fits\_open\_table      & \pageref{ffopen} \\
fits\_open\_group    & \pageref{ffgtop} \\
fits\_open\_member    & \pageref{ffgmop} \\
fits\_open\_memfile   & \pageref{ffomem} \\
fits\_parse\_extnum   & \pageref{ffextn} \\
fits\_parse\_input\_filename & \pageref{ffiurl} \\
fits\_parse\_input\_url & \pageref{ffiurl} \\
fits\_parse\_range    & \pageref{ffrwrg} \\
fits\_parse\_rootname & \pageref{ffrtnm} \\
fits\_parse\_template & \pageref{ffgthd} \\
fits\_parse\_value    & \pageref{ffpsvc} \\
\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{lr}
fits\_pix\_to\_world & \pageref{ffwldp} \\
fits\_read\_2d\_TYP      & \pageref{ffg2dx} \\
fits\_read\_3d\_TYP      & \pageref{ffg3dx} \\
fits\_read\_atblhdr      & \pageref{ffghtb} \\
fits\_read\_btblhdr      & \pageref{ffghbn} \\
fits\_read\_card         & \pageref{ffgcrd} \\
fits\_read\_col        & \pageref{ffgcv} \\
fits\_read\_col\_bit\_ & \pageref{ffgcx} \\
fits\_read\_col\_TYP    & \pageref{ffgcvx} \\
fits\_read\_colnull    & \pageref{ffgcf} \\
fits\_read\_colnull\_TYP    & \pageref{ffgcfx} \\
fits\_read\_cols        & \pageref{ffgcvn} \\
fits\_read\_descript & \pageref{ffgdes} \\
fits\_read\_descripts & \pageref{ffgdes} \\
fits\_read\_errmsg    & \pageref{ffgmsg} \\
fits\_read\_ext        & \pageref{ffgextn} \\
fits\_read\_grppar\_TYP  & \pageref{ffggpx} \\
fits\_read\_img         & \pageref{ffgpv} \\
fits\_read\_img\_coord & \pageref{ffgics} \\
fits\_read\_img\_TYP     & \pageref{ffgpvx} \\
fits\_read\_imghdr       & \pageref{ffghpr} \\
fits\_read\_imgnull & \pageref{ffgpf} \\
fits\_read\_imgnull\_TYP & \pageref{ffgpfx} \\
fits\_read\_key          & \pageref{ffgky} \\
fits\_read\_key\_longstr  & \pageref{ffgkls} \\
fits\_read\_key\_triple   & \pageref{ffgkyt} \\
fits\_read\_key\_unit     & \pageref{ffgunt} \\
fits\_read\_key\_TYP      & \pageref{ffgkyx} \\
fits\_read\_keyn         & \pageref{ffgkyn} \\
fits\_read\_keys\_TYP     & \pageref{ffgknx} \\
fits\_read\_keyword      & \pageref{ffgkey} \\
fits\_read\_pix  & \pageref{ffgpxv} \\
fits\_read\_pixnull & \pageref{ffgpxf} \\
fits\_read\_record       & \pageref{ffgrec} \\
fits\_read\_str         & \pageref{ffgcrd} \\
fits\_read\_string\_key & \pageref{ffgsky} \\
fits\_read\_string\_key\_com & \pageref{ffgskyc} \\
fits\_read\_subset  & \pageref{ffgsv} \\
fits\_read\_subset\_TYP  & \pageref{ffgsvx} \pageref{ffgsvx2}\\
fits\_read\_subsetnull\_TYP & \pageref{ffgsfx} \pageref{ffgsfx2} \\
fits\_read\_tbl\_coord & \pageref{ffgtcs} \\
fits\_read\_tblbytes    & \pageref{ffgtbb} \\
fits\_read\_tdim         & \pageref{ffgtdm} \\
fits\_read\_wcstab       & \pageref{wcstab} \\
fits\_rebin\_wcs[d]  &  \pageref{rebinwcs} \\
fits\_remove\_group  & \pageref{ffgtrm} \\
fits\_remove\_member   & \pageref{ffgmrm} \\
fits\_reopen\_file      & \pageref{ffreopen} \\
fits\_report\_error   & \pageref{ffrprt} \\
fits\_resize\_img     & \pageref{ffrsim} \\
\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{lr}
fits\_rms\_float      & \pageref{imageRMS} \\
fits\_rms\_short      & \pageref{imageRMS} \\
fits\_select\_rows  & \pageref{ffsrow} \\
fits\_set\_atblnull   & \pageref{ffsnul} \\
fits\_set\_bscale     & \pageref{ffpscl} \\
fits\_set\_btblnull   & \pageref{fftnul} \\
fits\_set\_compression\_type  & \pageref{ffsetcomp} \\
fits\_set\_hdrsize    & \pageref{ffhdef} \\
fits\_set\_hdustruc   & \pageref{ffrdef} \\
fits\_set\_imgnull    & \pageref{ffpnul} \\
fits\_set\_noise\_bits  & \pageref{ffsetcomp} \\
fits\_set\_tile\_dim  & \pageref{ffsetcomp} \\
fits\_set\_timeout    & \pageref{ffgtmo} \\
fits\_set\_tscale     & \pageref{fftscl} \\
fits\_show\_download\_progress  & \pageref{ffshdwn} \\
fits\_split\_names    & \pageref{splitnames} \\
fits\_str2date        & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
fits\_str2time        & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
fits\_test\_expr      & \pageref{fftexp} \\
fits\_test\_heap      & \pageref{fftheap} \\
fits\_test\_keyword   & \pageref{fftkey} \\
fits\_test\_record    & \pageref{fftrec} \\
fits\_time2str  & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
fits\_transfer\_member  & \pageref{ffgmtf} \\
fits\_translate\_keyword & \pageref{translatekey} \\
fits\_update\_card       & \pageref{ffucrd} \\
fits\_update\_chksum  & \pageref{ffupck} \\
fits\_update\_key        & \pageref{ffuky} \\
fits\_update\_key\_longstr   & \pageref{ffukyx} \\
fits\_update\_key\_null   & \pageref{ffukyu} \\
fits\_update\_key\_TYP    & \pageref{ffukyx} \\
fits\_uppercase      & \pageref{ffupch} \\
fits\_url\_type      & \pageref{ffurlt} \\
fits\_verbose\_https  & \pageref{ffvhtps} \\
fits\_verify\_chksum  & \pageref{ffvcks} \\
fits\_verify\_group  & \pageref{ffgtvf} \\
fits\_world\_to\_pix & \pageref{ffxypx} \\
fits\_write\_2d\_TYP   & \pageref{ffp2dx} \\
fits\_write\_3d\_TYP   & \pageref{ffp3dx} \\
fits\_write\_atblhdr      & \pageref{ffphtb} \\
fits\_write\_btblhdr      & \pageref{ffphbn} \\
fits\_write\_chksum   & \pageref{ffpcks} \\
fits\_write\_col         & \pageref{ffpcl} \\
fits\_write\_col\_bit     & \pageref{ffpclx} \\
fits\_write\_col\_TYP     & \pageref{ffpcls} \\
fits\_write\_col\_null      & \pageref{ffpclu} \\
fits\_write\_colnull      & \pageref{ffpcn} \\
fits\_write\_colnull\_TYP & \pageref{ffpcnx} \\
fits\_write\_cols         & \pageref{ffpcln} \\
\end{tabular}
\newpage
\begin{tabular}{lr}
fits\_write\_comment      & \pageref{ffpcom} \\
fits\_write\_date         & \pageref{ffpdat} \\
fits\_write\_descript  & \pageref{ffpdes} \\
fits\_write\_errmark   & \pageref{ffpmrk} \\
fits\_write\_errmsg   & \pageref{ffpmsg} \\
fits\_write\_ext        & \pageref{ffgextn} \\
fits\_write\_exthdr        & \pageref{ffphps} \\
fits\_write\_grphdr       & \pageref{ffphpr} \\
fits\_write\_grppar\_TYP & \pageref{ffpgpx} \\
fits\_write\_hdu       & \pageref{ffwrhdu} \\
fits\_write\_history      & \pageref{ffphis} \\
fits\_write\_img        & \pageref{ffppr} \\
fits\_write\_img\_null & \pageref{ffppru} \\
fits\_write\_img\_TYP    & \pageref{ffpprx} \\
fits\_write\_imghdr       & \pageref{ffphps} \\
fits\_write\_imgnull     & \pageref{ffppn} \\
fits\_write\_imgnull\_TYP & \pageref{ffppnx} \\
fits\_write\_key          & \pageref{ffpky} \\
fits\_write\_key\_longstr  & \pageref{ffpkls} \\
fits\_write\_key\_longwarn & \pageref{ffplsw} \\
fits\_write\_key\_null     & \pageref{ffpkyu} \\
fits\_write\_key\_template & \pageref{ffpktp} \\
fits\_write\_key\_triple   & \pageref{ffpkyt} \\
fits\_write\_key\_unit     & \pageref{ffpunt} \\
fits\_write\_key\_TYP      & \pageref{ffpkyx} \\
fits\_write\_keys\_TYP     & \pageref{ffpknx} \\
fits\_write\_keys\_histo   & \pageref{writekeyshisto} \\
fits\_write\_null\_img    & \pageref{ffpprn} \\
fits\_write\_nullrows      & \pageref{ffpclu} \\
fits\_write\_pix          & \pageref{ffppx} \\
fits\_write\_pixnull      & \pageref{ffppxn} \\
fits\_write\_record       & \pageref{ffprec} \\
fits\_write\_subset       & \pageref{ffpss} \\
fits\_write\_subset\_TYP  & \pageref{ffpssx} \\
fits\_write\_tblbytes  & \pageref{ffptbb} \\
fits\_write\_tdim         & \pageref{ffptdm} \\
fits\_write\_theap    & \pageref{ffpthp} \\
\end{tabular}
\newpage
\begin{tabular}{lr}
ffasfm    & \pageref{ffasfm} \\
ffbnfm   & \pageref{ffbnfm} \\
ffcalc     & \pageref{ffcalc} \\
ffcalc\_rng     & \pageref{ffcalcrng} \\
ffccls     & \pageref{ffccls} \\
ffchtps    & \pageref{ffchtps} \\
ffclos     & \pageref{ffclos} \\
ffcmph & \pageref{ffcmph} \\
ffcmps    & \pageref{ffcmps} \\
ffcmrk  & \pageref{ffpmrk} \\
ffcmsg  & \pageref{ffcmsg} \\
ffcopy     & \pageref{ffcopy} \\
ffcpcl     & \pageref{ffcpcl} \\
ffcpdt      & \pageref{ffcpdt} \\
ffcpfl      & \pageref{ffcpfl} \\
ffcphd   & \pageref{ffcphd} \\
ffcpht   & \pageref{ffcpht} \\
ffcpimg  & \pageref{ffcpimg} \\
ffcpky       & \pageref{ffcpky} \\
ffcprw      &   \pageref{ffcprw} \\
ffcpsr      &   \pageref{ffcpsr} \\
ffcrhd     & \pageref{ffcrhd} \\
ffcrim     & \pageref{ffcrim} \\
ffcrow    & \pageref{ffcrow} \\
ffcrtb     & \pageref{ffcrtb} \\
ffdcol   & \pageref{ffdcol} \\
ffdelt    & \pageref{ffdelt} \\
ffdhdu     & \pageref{ffdhdu} \\
ffdkey     & \pageref{ffdkey} \\
ffdkinit  & \pageref{ffinit} \\
ffdkopn      & \pageref{ffopen} \\
ffdopn      & \pageref{ffopen} \\
ffdrec  & \pageref{ffdrec} \\
ffdrow  & \pageref{ffdrow} \\
ffdrrg  & \pageref{ffdrrg} \\
ffdrws & \pageref{ffdrws} \\
ffdstr     & \pageref{ffdkey} \\
ffdsum  & \pageref{ffdsum} \\
ffdt2s  & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
ffdtdm   & \pageref{ffdtdm} \\
ffdtyp    & \pageref{ffdtyp} \\
ffeopn    & \pageref{ffopen} \\
ffeqty    & \pageref{ffgtcl} \\
ffesum  & \pageref{ffesum} \\
ffexest  & \pageref{ffexist} \\
ffextn   & \pageref{ffextn} \\
ffffrw    & \pageref{ffffrw} \\
ffflmd      & \pageref{ffflmd} \\
ffflnm      & \pageref{ffflnm} \\
ffflsh     & \pageref{ffflus} \\
\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{lr}
ffflus     & \pageref{ffflus} \\
fffree     & \pageref{ffgkls},  \pageref{ffhdr2str} \\
fffrow    & \pageref{fffrow} \\
ffg2d\_      & \pageref{ffg2dx} \\
ffg3d\_      & \pageref{ffg3dx} \\
ffgabc      & \pageref{ffgabc} \\
ffgacl  & \pageref{ffgacl} \\
ffgbcl  & \pageref{ffgbcl} \\
ffgcdw  & \pageref{ffgcdw} \\
ffgcf    & \pageref{ffgcf} \\
ffgcf\_    & \pageref{ffgcfx} \\
ffgcks     & \pageref{ffgcks} \\
ffgcnn    & \pageref{ffgcnn} \\
ffgcno     & \pageref{ffgcno} \\
ffgcrd         & \pageref{ffgcrd} \\
ffgcv        & \pageref{ffgcv} \\
ffgcv\_    & \pageref{ffgcvx} \\
ffgcvn       & \pageref{ffgcvn} \\
ffgcx     & \pageref{ffgcx} \\
ffgdes & \pageref{ffgdes} \\
ffgdess & \pageref{ffgdes} \\
ffgerr  & \pageref{ffgerr} \\
ffgextn        & \pageref{ffgextn} \\
ffggp\_  & \pageref{ffggpx} \\
ffghad    & \pageref{ffghad} \\
ffghbn      & \pageref{ffghbn} \\
ffghdn    & \pageref{ffghdn} \\
ffghdt   & \pageref{ffghdt} \\
ffghpr       & \pageref{ffghpr} \\
ffghps        & \pageref{ffghps} \\
ffghsp      & \pageref{ffghsp} \\
ffghtb      & \pageref{ffghtb} \\
ffgics & \pageref{ffgics} \\
ffgidm & \pageref{ffgidm} \\
ffgidt & \pageref{ffgidt} \\
ffgiet & \pageref{ffgidt} \\
ffgipr & \pageref{ffgipr} \\
ffgisz & \pageref{ffgisz} \\
ffgkcl      & \pageref{ffgkcl} \\
ffgkcsl & \pageref{ffgkcsl} \\
ffgkey      & \pageref{ffgkey} \\
ffgkls  & \pageref{ffgkls} \\
ffgksl  & \pageref{ffgksl} \\
ffgkn\_     & \pageref{ffgknx} \\
ffgknm    & \pageref{ffgknm} \\
ffgky          & \pageref{ffgky} \\
ffgkyn         & \pageref{ffgkyn} \\
ffgkyt   & \pageref{ffgkyt} \\
ffgky\_      & \pageref{ffgkyx} \\
ffgmcp   & \pageref{ffgmcp} \\

\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{lr}
ffgmng  & \pageref{ffgmng} \\
ffgmop    & \pageref{ffgmop} \\
ffgmrm   & \pageref{ffgmrm} \\
ffgmsg    & \pageref{ffgmsg} \\
ffgmtf  & \pageref{ffgmtf} \\
ffgncl     & \pageref{ffgnrw} \\
ffgnrw     & \pageref{ffgnrw} \\
ffgnxk      & \pageref{ffgnxk} \\
ffgpf & \pageref{ffgpf} \\
ffgpf\_ & \pageref{ffgpfx} \\
ffgpv         & \pageref{ffgpv} \\
ffgpv\_     & \pageref{ffgpvx} \\
ffgpxv   & \pageref{ffgpxv} \\
ffgpxf  & \pageref{ffgpxf} \\
ffgrec       & \pageref{ffgrec} \\
ffgrsz    & \pageref{ffgrsz} \\
ffgsdt        & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
ffgsf\_ &  \pageref{ffgsfx} \pageref{ffgsfx2} \\
ffgsky  &  \pageref{ffgsky} \\
ffgskyc  & \pageref{ffgskyc} \\
ffgstm        & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
ffgstr         & \pageref{ffgcrd} \\
ffgsv  & \pageref{ffgsv} \\
ffgsv\_  & \pageref{ffgsvx} \pageref{ffgsvx2}\\
ffgtam & \pageref{ffgtam} \\
ffgtbb    & \pageref{ffgtbb} \\
ffgtch  & \pageref{ffgtch} \\
ffgtcl    & \pageref{ffgtcl} \\
ffgtcm & \pageref{ffgtcm} \\
ffgtcp  & \pageref{ffgtcp} \\
ffgtcr  & \pageref{ffgtcr} \\
ffgtcs & \pageref{ffgtcs} \\
ffgtdm         & \pageref{ffgtdm} \\
ffgthd & \pageref{ffgthd} \\
ffgtis  & \pageref{ffgtis} \\
ffgtmg  & \pageref{ffgtmg} \\
ffgtmo  & \pageref{ffgtmo} \\
ffgtnm  & \pageref{ffgtnm} \\
ffgtop    & \pageref{ffgtop} \\
ffgtrm  & \pageref{ffgtrm} \\
ffgtvf  & \pageref{ffgtvf} \\
ffgunt     & \pageref{ffgunt} \\
ffhdef    & \pageref{ffhdef} \\
ffibin    & \pageref{ffibin} \\
fficls  & \pageref{fficls} \\
fficol   & \pageref{fficol} \\
ffifile  & \pageref{ffiurl} \\
ffihtps  & \pageref{ffihtps} \\
ffiimg     & \pageref{ffiimg} \\

\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{lr}

ffikls    & \pageref{ffikyx} \\
ffikyu   & \pageref{ffikyu} \\
ffiky\_    & \pageref{ffikyx} \\
ffimem  & \pageref{ffimem} \\
ffinit  & \pageref{ffinit} \\
ffinttyp    & \pageref{ffinttyp} \\
ffiopn & \pageref{ffopen} \\
ffirec     & \pageref{ffirec} \\
ffirow  & \pageref{ffirow} \\
ffitab    & \pageref{ffitab} \\
ffiter   & \pageref{ffiter} \\
ffiurl & \pageref{ffiurl} \\
ffkeyn      & \pageref{ffkeyn} \\
ffmahd     & \pageref{ffmahd} \\
ffmcom    & \pageref{ffmcom} \\
ffmcrd       & \pageref{ffmcrd} \\
ffmkky    & \pageref{ffmkky} \\
ffmkls    & \pageref{ffmkyx} \\
ffmkyu   & \pageref{ffmkyu} \\
ffmky\_    & \pageref{ffmkyx} \\
ffmnam       & \pageref{ffmnam} \\
ffmnhd     & \pageref{ffmnhd} \\
ffmrec     & \pageref{ffmrec} \\
ffmrhd     & \pageref{ffmrhd} \\
ffmvec  & \pageref{ffmvec} \\
ffnchk  & \pageref{ffnchk} \\
ffnkey      & \pageref{ffnkey} \\
ffomem   & \pageref{ffomem} \\
ffopen      & \pageref{ffopen} \\
ffp2d\_   & \pageref{ffp2dx} \\
ffp3d\_   & \pageref{ffp3dx} \\
ffpcks   & \pageref{ffpcks} \\
ffpcl         & \pageref{ffpcl} \\
ffpcln         & \pageref{ffpcln} \\
ffpcls     & \pageref{ffpcls} \\
ffpcl\_     & \pageref{ffpclx} \\
ffpclu      & \pageref{ffpclu} \\
ffpcn    & \pageref{ffpcn} \\
ffpcn\_ & \pageref{ffpcnx} \\
ffpcom      & \pageref{ffpcom} \\
ffpdat         & \pageref{ffpdat} \\
ffpdes  & \pageref{ffpdes} \\
ffpextn        & \pageref{ffgextn} \\
ffpgp\_ & \pageref{ffpgpx} \\
ffphbn      & \pageref{ffphbn} \\
ffphext       & \pageref{ffphpr} \\
ffphis      & \pageref{ffphis} \\
ffphpr       & \pageref{ffphpr} \\
ffphps       & \pageref{ffphps} \\

\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{lr}

ffphtb      & \pageref{ffphtb} \\
ffpkls  & \pageref{ffpkls} \\
ffpkn\_     & \pageref{ffpknx} \\
ffpktp & \pageref{ffpktp} \\
ffpky          & \pageref{ffpky} \\
ffpkyt   & \pageref{ffpkyt} \\
ffpkyu     & \pageref{ffpkyu} \\
ffpky\_      & \pageref{ffpkyx} \\
ffplsw & \pageref{ffplsw} \\
ffpmrk   & \pageref{ffpmrk} \\
ffpmsg   & \pageref{ffpmsg} \\
ffpnul    & \pageref{ffpnul} \\
ffppn     & \pageref{ffppn} \\
ffppn\_ & \pageref{ffppnx} \\
ffppr        & \pageref{ffppr} \\
ffpprn & \pageref{ffpprn} \\
ffppru & \pageref{ffppru} \\
ffppr\_    & \pageref{ffpprx} \\
ffppx & \pageref{ffppx} \\
ffppxn & \pageref{ffppxn} \\
ffprec       & \pageref{ffprec} \\
ffprwu      & \pageref{ffpclu} \\
ffpscl     & \pageref{ffpscl} \\
ffpss    & \pageref{ffpss} \\
ffpss\_  & \pageref{ffpssx} \\
ffpsvc    & \pageref{ffpsvc} \\
ffptbb  & \pageref{ffptbb} \\
ffptdm         & \pageref{ffptdm} \\
ffpthp    & \pageref{ffpthp} \\
ffpunt     & \pageref{ffpunt} \\
ffrdef   & \pageref{ffrdef} \\
ffreopen      & \pageref{ffreopen} \\
ffrprt   & \pageref{ffrprt} \\
ffrsim     & \pageref{ffrsim} \\
ffrtnm & \pageref{ffrtnm} \\
ffrwrg    & \pageref{ffrwrg} \\
ffs2dt  & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
ffs2tm  & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
ffshdwn  & \pageref{ffshdwn} \\
ffsnul   & \pageref{ffsnul} \\
ffsrow  & \pageref{ffsrow} \\
ffstmo  & \pageref{ffgtmo} \\
fftexp    & \pageref{fftexp} \\
ffthdu   & \pageref{ffthdu} \\
fftheap  & \pageref{fftheap} \\
fftkey   & \pageref{fftkey} \\
fftm2s  & \pageref{ffdt2s} \\
fftnul   & \pageref{fftnul} \\


\end{tabular}
\newpage
\begin{tabular}{lr}

fftopn & \pageref{ffopen} \\
fftplt & \pageref{fftplt} \\
fftrec    & \pageref{fftrec} \\
fftscl     & \pageref{fftscl} \\
ffucrd       & \pageref{ffucrd} \\
ffukls    & \pageref{ffukyx} \\
ffuky        & \pageref{ffuky} \\
ffukyu   & \pageref{ffukyu} \\
ffuky\_    & \pageref{ffukyx} \\
ffupch      & \pageref{ffupch} \\
ffupck  & \pageref{ffupck} \\
ffurlt  & \pageref{ffurlt} \\
ffvcks  & \pageref{ffvcks} \\
ffvers    & \pageref{ffvers} \\
ffvhtps  & \pageref{ffvhtps} \\
ffwldp & \pageref{ffwldp} \\
ffwrhdu  & \pageref{ffwrhdu} \\
ffxypx & \pageref{ffxypx} \\

\end{tabular}


\chapter{Parameter Definitions }

\begin{verbatim}
anynul   - set to TRUE (=1) if any returned values are undefined, else FALSE
array    - array of numerical data values to read or write
ascii    - encoded checksum string
binspec  - the input table binning specifier
bitpix   - bits per pixel. The following symbolic mnemonics are predefined:
               BYTE_IMG   =   8 (unsigned char)
               SHORT_IMG  =  16 (signed short integer)
               LONG_IMG   =  32 (signed long integer)
               LONGLONG_IMG =  64 (signed long 64-bit integer)
               FLOAT_IMG  = -32 (float)
               DOUBLE_IMG = -64 (double).
           Two additional values, USHORT_IMG and ULONG_IMG are also available
           for creating unsigned integer images.  These are equivalent to
           creating a signed integer image with BZERO offset keyword values
           of 32768 or 2147483648, respectively, which is the convention that
           FITS uses to store unsigned integers.
card     - header record to be read or written (80 char max, null-terminated)
casesen  - CASESEN (=1) for case-sensitive string matching, else CASEINSEN (=0)
cmopt    - grouping table "compact" option parameter. Allowed values are:
           OPT_CMT_MBR and OPT_CMT_MBR_DEL.
colname  - name of the column (null-terminated)
colnum   - column number (first column = 1)
colspec  - the input file column specification; used to delete, create, or rename
           table columns
comment  - the keyword comment field (72 char max, null-terminated)
complm   - should the checksum be complemented?
comptype - compression algorithm to use: GZIP_1, RICE_1, HCOMPRESS_1, or PLIO_1
coordtype- type of coordinate projection (-SIN, -TAN, -ARC, -NCP,
           -GLS, -MER, or -AIT)
cpopt    - grouping table copy option parameter. Allowed values are:
           OPT_GCP_GPT, OPT_GCP_MBR, OPT_GCP_ALL, OPT_MCP_ADD, OPT_MCP_NADD,
           OPT_MCP_REPL, amd OPT_MCP_MOV.
create_col- If TRUE, then insert a new column in the table, otherwise
           overwrite the existing column.
current  - if TRUE, then the current HDU will be copied
dataok   - was the data unit verification successful (=1) or
           not (= -1).  Equals zero if the DATASUM keyword is not present.
datasum  - 32-bit 1's complement checksum for the data unit
dataend  - address (in bytes) of the end of the HDU
datastart- address (in bytes) of the start of the data unit
datatype - specifies the data type of the value.  Allowed value are:  TSTRING,
           TLOGICAL, TBYTE, TSBYTE, TSHORT, TUSHORT, TINT, TUINT, TLONG, TULONG,
           TFLOAT, TDOUBLE, TCOMPLEX, and TDBLCOMPLEX
datestr  - FITS date/time string: 'YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.ddd', 'YYYY-MM-dd',
           or 'dd/mm/yy'
day      - calendar day (UTC) (1-31)
decimals - number of decimal places to be displayed
deltasize - increment for allocating more memory
dim1     - declared size of the first dimension of the image or cube array
dim2     - declared size of the second dimension of the data cube array
dispwidth - display width of a column = length of string that will be read
dtype    - data type of the keyword ('C', 'L', 'I', 'F' or 'X')
                C = character string
                L = logical
                I = integer
                F = floating point number
                X = complex, e.g., "(1.23, -4.56)"
err_msg  - error message on the internal stack (80 chars max)
err_text - error message string corresponding to error number (30 chars max)
exact    - TRUE (=1) if the strings match exactly;
           FALSE (=0) if wildcards are used
exclist  - array of pointers to keyword names to be excluded from search
exists   - flag indicating whether the file or compressed file exists on disk
expr     - boolean or arithmetic expression
extend   - TRUE (=1) if FITS file may have extensions, else FALSE (=0)
extname  - value of the EXTNAME keyword (null-terminated)
extspec  - the extension or HDU specifier; a number or name, version, and type
extver   - value of the EXTVER keyword = integer version number
filename - full name of the FITS file, including optional HDU and filtering specs
filetype - type of file (file://, ftp://, http://, etc.)
filter   - the input file filtering specifier
firstchar- starting byte in the row (first byte of row = 1)
firstfailed - member HDU ID (if positive) or grouping table GRPIDn index
           value (if negative) that failed grouping table verification.
firstelem- first element in a vector (ignored for ASCII tables)
firstrow - starting row number (first row of table = 1)
following- if TRUE, any HDUs following the current HDU will be copied
fpixel   - coordinate of the first pixel to be read or written in the
           FITS array.  The array must be of length NAXIS and have values such
           that fpixel[0] is in the range 1 to NAXIS1, fpixel[1] is in the
           range 1 to NAXIS2, etc.
fptr     - pointer to a 'fitsfile' structure describing the FITS file.
frac     - factional part of the keyword value
gcount   - number of groups in the primary array (usually = 1)
gfptr    - fitsfile* pointer to a grouping table HDU.
group    - GRPIDn/GRPLCn index value identifying a grouping table HDU, or
           data group number (=0 for non-grouped data)
grouptype - Grouping table parameter that specifies the columns to be
           created in a grouping table HDU. Allowed values are: GT_ID_ALL_URI,
           GT_ID_REF, GT_ID_POS, GT_ID_ALL, GT_ID_REF_URI, and GT_ID_POS_URI.
grpname  - value to use for the GRPNAME keyword value.
hdunum   - sequence number of the HDU (Primary array = 1)
hduok    - was the HDU verification successful (=1) or
           not (= -1).  Equals zero if the CHECKSUM keyword is not present.
hdusum   - 32 bit 1's complement checksum for the entire CHDU
hdutype  - HDU type: IMAGE_HDU (0), ASCII_TBL (1), BINARY_TBL (2), ANY_HDU (-1)
header   - returned character string containing all the keyword records
headstart- starting address (in bytes) of the CHDU
heapsize - size of the binary table heap, in bytes
history  - the HISTORY keyword comment string (70 char max, null-terminated)
hour     - hour within day (UTC) (0 - 23)
inc      - sampling interval for pixels in each FITS dimension
inclist  - array of pointers to matching keyword names
incolnum - input column number; range = 1 to TFIELDS
infile   - the input filename, including path if specified
infptr   - pointer to a 'fitsfile' structure describing the input FITS file.
intval   - integer part of the keyword value
iomode   - file access mode: either READONLY (=0) or READWRITE (=1)
keyname  - name of a keyword (8 char max, null-terminated)
keynum   - position of keyword in header (1st keyword = 1)
keyroot  - root string for the keyword name (5 char max, null-terminated)
keysexist- number of existing keyword records in the CHU
keytype  - header record type: -1=delete;  0=append or replace;
                   1=append; 2=this is the END keyword
longstr  - arbitrarily long string keyword value (null-terminated)
lpixel   - coordinate of the last pixel to be read or written in the
           FITS array.  The array must be of length NAXIS and have values such
           that lpixel[0] is in the range 1 to NAXIS1, lpixel[1] is in the
           range 1 to NAXIS2, etc.
match    - TRUE (=1) if the 2 strings match, else FALSE (=0)
maxdim   - maximum number of values to return
member   - row number of a grouping table member HDU.
memptr   - pointer to the a FITS file in memory
mem_realloc - pointer to a function for reallocating more memory
memsize  - size of the memory block allocated for the FITS file
mfptr    - fitsfile* pointer to a grouping table member HDU.
mgopt    - grouping table merge option parameter. Allowed values are:
           OPT_MRG_COPY, and OPT_MRG_MOV.
minute   - minute within hour (UTC) (0 - 59)
month    - calendar month (UTC) (1 - 12)
morekeys - space in the header for this many more keywords
n_good_rows - number of rows evaluating to TRUE
namelist - string containing a comma or space delimited list of names
naxes    - size of each dimension in the FITS array
naxis    - number of dimensions in the FITS array
naxis1   - length of the X/first axis of the FITS array
naxis2   - length of the Y/second axis of the FITS array
naxis3   - length of the Z/third axis of the FITS array
nbytes   - number of bytes or characters to read or write
nchars   - number of characters to read or write
nelements- number of data elements to read or write
newfptr  - returned pointer to the reopened file
newveclen- new value for the column vector repeat parameter
nexc     - number of names in the exclusion list (may = 0)
nfound   - number of keywords found (highest keyword number)
nkeys    - number of keywords in the sequence
ninc     - number of names in the inclusion list
nmembers - Number of grouping table members (NAXIS2 value).
nmove    - number of HDUs to move (+ or -), relative to current position
nocomments - if equal to TRUE, then no commentary keywords will be copied
noisebits- number of bits to ignore when compressing floating point images
nrows    - number of rows in the table
nstart   - first integer value
nullarray- set to TRUE (=1) if corresponding data element is undefined
nulval   - numerical value to represent undefined pixels
nulstr   - character string used to represent undefined values in ASCII table
numval   - numerical data value, of the appropriate data type
offset   - byte offset in the heap or data unit to the first element of the vector
openfptr - pointer to a currently open FITS file
overlap  - number of bytes in the binary table heap pointed to by more than 1
           descriptor
outcolnum- output column number; range = 1 to TFIELDS + 1
outfile  - and optional output filename; the input file will be copied to this prior
           to opening the file
outfptr  - pointer to a 'fitsfile' structure describing the output FITS file.
pcount   - value of the PCOUNT keyword = size of binary table heap
previous - if TRUE, any previous HDUs in the input file will be copied.
repeat   - length of column vector (e.g. 12J); == 1 for ASCII table
rmopt    - grouping table remove option parameter. Allowed values are:
           OPT_RM_GPT, OPT_RM_ENTRY, OPT_RM_MBR, and OPT_RM_ALL.
rootname - root filename, minus any extension or filtering specifications
rot      - celestial coordinate rotation angle (degrees)
rowlen   - length of a table row, in characters or bytes
rowlist  - sorted list of row numbers to be deleted from the table
rownum   - number of the row (first row = 1)
rowrange - list of rows or row ranges: '3,6-8,12,56-80' or '500-'
row_status - array of True/False results for each row that was evaluated
scale    - linear scaling factor; true value = (FITS value) * scale + zero
second   - second within minute (0 - 60.9999999999) (leap second!)
section  - section of image to be copied (e.g. 21:80,101:200)
simple   - TRUE (=1) if FITS file conforms to the Standard, else FALSE (=0)
space    - number of blank spaces to leave between ASCII table columns
status   - returned error status code (0 = OK)
sum      - 32 bit unsigned checksum value
tbcol    - byte position in row to start of column (1st col has tbcol = 1)
tdisp    - Fortran style display format for the table column
tdimstr  - the value of the TDIMn keyword
templt   - template string used in comparison (null-terminated)
tfields  - number of fields (columns) in the table
tfopt    - grouping table member transfer option parameter. Allowed values are:
           OPT_MCP_ADD, and OPT_MCP_MOV.
tform    - format of the column (null-terminated); allowed values are:
           ASCII tables:  Iw, Aw, Fww.dd, Eww.dd, or Dww.dd
           Binary tables: rL, rX, rB, rI, rJ, rA, rAw, rE, rD, rC, rM
           where 'w'=width of the field, 'd'=no. of decimals, 'r'=repeat count.
           Variable length array columns are denoted by a '1P' before the data type
           character (e.g., '1PJ').  When creating a binary table, 2 addition tform
           data type codes are recognized by CFITSIO: 'rU' and 'rV' for unsigned
           16-bit and unsigned 32-bit integer, respectively.

theap    - zero indexed byte offset of starting address of the heap
           relative to the beginning of the binary table data
tilesize - array of length NAXIS that specifies the dimensions of
           the image compression tiles
ttype    - label or name for table column (null-terminated)
tunit    - physical unit for table column (null-terminated)
typechar - symbolic code of the table column data type
typecode - data type code of the table column.  The negative of
           the value indicates a variable length array column.
                Datatype             typecode    Mnemonic
                bit, X                   1        TBIT
                byte, B                 11        TBYTE
                logical, L              14        TLOGICAL
                ASCII character, A      16        TSTRING
                short integer, I        21        TSHORT
                integer, J              41        TINT32BIT (same as TLONG)
                long long integer, K    81        TLONGLONG
                real, E                 42        TFLOAT
                double precision, D     82        TDOUBLE
                complex, C              83        TCOMPLEX
                double complex, M      163        TDBLCOMPLEX
unit     - the physical unit string (e.g., 'km/s') for a keyword
unused   - number of unused bytes in the binary table heap
urltype  - the file type of the FITS file (file://, ftp://, mem://, etc.)
validheap- returned value = FALSE if any of the variable length array
           address are outside the valid range of addresses in the heap
value    - the keyword value string (70 char max, null-terminated)
version  - current version number of the CFITSIO library
width    - width of the character string field
xcol     - number of the column containing the X coordinate values
xinc     - X axis coordinate increment at reference pixel (deg)
xpix     - X axis pixel location
xpos     - X axis celestial coordinate (usually RA) (deg)
xrefpix  - X axis reference pixel array location
xrefval  - X axis coordinate value at the reference pixel (deg)
ycol     - number of the column containing the X coordinate values
year     - calendar year (e.g. 1999, 2000, etc)
yinc     - Y axis coordinate increment at reference pixel (deg)
ypix     - y axis pixel location
ypos     - y axis celestial coordinate (usually DEC) (deg)
yrefpix  - Y axis reference pixel array location
yrefval  - Y axis coordinate value at the reference pixel (deg)
zero     - scaling offset; true value = (FITS value) * scale + zero
\end{verbatim}

\chapter{CFITSIO Error Status Codes }

The following table lists all the error status codes used by CFITSIO.
Programmers are encouraged to use the symbolic mnemonics (defined in
the file fitsio.h) rather than the actual integer status values to
improve the readability of their code.

\begin{verbatim}
 Symbolic Const    Value     Meaning
 --------------    -----  -----------------------------------------
                     0    OK, no error
 SAME_FILE         101    input and output files are the same
 TOO_MANY_FILES    103    tried to open too many FITS files at once
 FILE_NOT_OPENED   104    could not open the named file
 FILE_NOT_CREATED  105    could not create the named file
 WRITE_ERROR       106    error writing to FITS file
 END_OF_FILE       107    tried to move past end of file
 READ_ERROR        108    error reading from FITS file
 FILE_NOT_CLOSED   110    could not close the file
 ARRAY_TOO_BIG     111    array dimensions exceed internal limit
 READONLY_FILE     112    Cannot write to readonly file
 MEMORY_ALLOCATION 113    Could not allocate memory
 BAD_FILEPTR       114    invalid fitsfile pointer
 NULL_INPUT_PTR    115    NULL input pointer to routine
 SEEK_ERROR        116    error seeking position in file
 BAD_NETTIMEOUT    117    bad value for file download timeout setting

 BAD_URL_PREFIX     121   invalid URL prefix on file name
 TOO_MANY_DRIVERS   122   tried to register too many IO drivers
 DRIVER_INIT_FAILED 123   driver initialization failed
 NO_MATCHING_DRIVER 124   matching driver is not registered
 URL_PARSE_ERROR    125   failed to parse input file URL
 RANGE_PARSE_ERROR  126   parse error in range list

 SHARED_BADARG     151    bad argument in shared memory driver
 SHARED_NULPTR     152    null pointer passed as an argument
 SHARED_TABFULL    153    no more free shared memory handles
 SHARED_NOTINIT    154    shared memory driver is not initialized
 SHARED_IPCERR     155    IPC error returned by a system call
 SHARED_NOMEM      156    no memory in shared memory driver
 SHARED_AGAIN      157    resource deadlock would occur
 SHARED_NOFILE     158    attempt to open/create lock file failed
 SHARED_NORESIZE   159    shared memory block cannot be resized at the moment

 HEADER_NOT_EMPTY  201    header already contains keywords
 KEY_NO_EXIST      202    keyword not found in header
 KEY_OUT_BOUNDS    203    keyword record number is out of bounds
 VALUE_UNDEFINED   204    keyword value field is blank
 NO_QUOTE          205    string is missing the closing quote
 BAD_INDEX_KEY     206    illegal indexed keyword name (e.g. 'TFORM1000')
 BAD_KEYCHAR       207    illegal character in keyword name or card
 BAD_ORDER         208    required keywords out of order
 NOT_POS_INT       209    keyword value is not a positive integer
 NO_END            210    couldn't find END keyword
 BAD_BITPIX        211    illegal BITPIX keyword value
 BAD_NAXIS         212    illegal NAXIS keyword value
 BAD_NAXES         213    illegal NAXISn keyword value
 BAD_PCOUNT        214    illegal PCOUNT keyword value
 BAD_GCOUNT        215    illegal GCOUNT keyword value
 BAD_TFIELDS       216    illegal TFIELDS keyword value
 NEG_WIDTH         217    negative table row size
 NEG_ROWS          218    negative number of rows in table
 COL_NOT_FOUND     219    column with this name not found in table
 BAD_SIMPLE        220    illegal value of SIMPLE keyword
 NO_SIMPLE         221    Primary array doesn't start with SIMPLE
 NO_BITPIX         222    Second keyword not BITPIX
 NO_NAXIS          223    Third keyword not NAXIS
 NO_NAXES          224    Couldn't find all the NAXISn keywords
 NO_XTENSION       225    HDU doesn't start with XTENSION keyword
 NOT_ATABLE        226    the CHDU is not an ASCII table extension
 NOT_BTABLE        227    the CHDU is not a binary table extension
 NO_PCOUNT         228    couldn't find PCOUNT keyword
 NO_GCOUNT         229    couldn't find GCOUNT keyword
 NO_TFIELDS        230    couldn't find TFIELDS keyword
 NO_TBCOL          231    couldn't find TBCOLn keyword
 NO_TFORM          232    couldn't find TFORMn keyword
 NOT_IMAGE         233    the CHDU is not an IMAGE extension
 BAD_TBCOL         234    TBCOLn keyword value < 0 or > rowlength
 NOT_TABLE         235    the CHDU is not a table
 COL_TOO_WIDE      236    column is too wide to fit in table
 COL_NOT_UNIQUE    237    more than 1 column name matches template
 BAD_ROW_WIDTH     241    sum of column widths not = NAXIS1
 UNKNOWN_EXT       251    unrecognizable FITS extension type
 UNKNOWN_REC       252    unknown record; 1st keyword not SIMPLE or XTENSION
 END_JUNK          253    END keyword is not blank
 BAD_HEADER_FILL   254    Header fill area contains non-blank chars
 BAD_DATA_FILL     255    Illegal data fill bytes (not zero or blank)
 BAD_TFORM         261    illegal TFORM format code
 BAD_TFORM_DTYPE   262    unrecognizable TFORM data type code
 BAD_TDIM          263    illegal TDIMn keyword value
 BAD_HEAP_PTR      264    invalid BINTABLE heap pointer is out of range

 BAD_HDU_NUM       301    HDU number < 1
 BAD_COL_NUM       302    column number < 1 or > tfields
 NEG_FILE_POS      304    tried to move to negative byte location in file
 NEG_BYTES         306    tried to read or write negative number of bytes
 BAD_ROW_NUM       307    illegal starting row number in table
 BAD_ELEM_NUM      308    illegal starting element number in vector
 NOT_ASCII_COL     309    this is not an ASCII string column
 NOT_LOGICAL_COL   310    this is not a logical data type column
 BAD_ATABLE_FORMAT 311    ASCII table column has wrong format
 BAD_BTABLE_FORMAT 312    Binary table column has wrong format
 NO_NULL           314    null value has not been defined
 NOT_VARI_LEN      317    this is not a variable length column
 BAD_DIMEN         320    illegal number of dimensions in array
 BAD_PIX_NUM       321    first pixel number greater than last pixel
 ZERO_SCALE        322    illegal BSCALE or TSCALn keyword = 0
 NEG_AXIS          323    illegal axis length < 1

 NOT_GROUP_TABLE       340   Grouping function error
 HDU_ALREADY_MEMBER    341
 MEMBER_NOT_FOUND      342
 GROUP_NOT_FOUND       343
 BAD_GROUP_ID          344
 TOO_MANY_HDUS_TRACKED 345
 HDU_ALREADY_TRACKED   346
 BAD_OPTION            347
 IDENTICAL_POINTERS    348
 BAD_GROUP_ATTACH      349
 BAD_GROUP_DETACH      350

 NGP_NO_MEMORY         360     malloc failed
 NGP_READ_ERR          361     read error from file
 NGP_NUL_PTR           362     null pointer passed as an argument.
                                 Passing null pointer as a name of
                                 template file raises this error
 NGP_EMPTY_CURLINE     363     line read seems to be empty (used
                                 internally)
 NGP_UNREAD_QUEUE_FULL 364     cannot unread more then 1 line (or single
                                 line twice)
 NGP_INC_NESTING       365     too deep include file nesting (infinite
                                 loop, template includes itself ?)
 NGP_ERR_FOPEN         366     fopen() failed, cannot open template file
 NGP_EOF               367     end of file encountered and not expected
 NGP_BAD_ARG           368     bad arguments passed. Usually means
                                 internal parser error. Should not happen
 NGP_TOKEN_NOT_EXPECT  369     token not expected here

 BAD_I2C           401    bad int to formatted string conversion
 BAD_F2C           402    bad float to formatted string conversion
 BAD_INTKEY        403    can't interpret keyword value as integer
 BAD_LOGICALKEY    404    can't interpret keyword value as logical
 BAD_FLOATKEY      405    can't interpret keyword value as float
 BAD_DOUBLEKEY     406    can't interpret keyword value as double
 BAD_C2I           407    bad formatted string to int conversion
 BAD_C2F           408    bad formatted string to float conversion
 BAD_C2D           409    bad formatted string to double conversion
 BAD_DATATYPE      410    illegal datatype code value
 BAD_DECIM         411    bad number of decimal places specified
 NUM_OVERFLOW      412    overflow during data type conversion
 DATA_COMPRESSION_ERR   413  error compressing image
 DATA_DECOMPRESSION_ERR 414  error uncompressing image

 BAD_DATE          420    error in date or time conversion

 PARSE_SYNTAX_ERR  431    syntax error in parser expression
 PARSE_BAD_TYPE    432    expression did not evaluate to desired type
 PARSE_LRG_VECTOR  433    vector result too large to return in array
 PARSE_NO_OUTPUT   434    data parser failed not sent an out column
 PARSE_BAD_COL     435    bad data encounter while parsing column
 PARSE_BAD_OUTPUT  436    Output file not of proper type

 ANGLE_TOO_BIG     501    celestial angle too large for projection
 BAD_WCS_VAL       502    bad celestial coordinate or pixel value
 WCS_ERROR         503    error in celestial coordinate calculation
 BAD_WCS_PROJ      504    unsupported type of celestial projection
 NO_WCS_KEY        505    celestial coordinate keywords not found
 APPROX_WCS_KEY    506    approximate wcs keyword values were returned
\end{verbatim}
\end{document}

